speak_v a_o expression_n this_o be_v therefore_o much_o like_o that_o jer._n 2.12_o be_v you_o astonish_v o_o you_o heaven_n at_o this_o and_o be_v horrible_o afraid_a be_v you_o very_o desolate_a say_v the_o lord_n verse_n 29._o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o nun_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n die_v be_v a_o hundred_o and_o ten_o year_n old_a it_o be_v manifest_a there_o be_v but_o four_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o year_n betwixt_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o israelite_n come_v out_o of_o egypt_n 1._o king_n 6.1_o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o four_o hundred_o and_o fourscore_o year_n after_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n be_v come_v out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o solomon_n reign_n over_o israel_n in_o the_o month_n zif_fw-mi which_o be_v the_o second_o month_n that_o he_o begin_v to_o build_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o which_o yield_v forty_o year_n to_o their_o travel_n in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o then_o to_o othniels_n government_n forty_o year_n judge_n 3.11_o to_o ehud_n eighty_o year_n verse_n 30._o to_o shamgar_n some_o few_o month_n vers_fw-la 31._o to_o deborah_n and_o barak_n forty_o judge_n 5.31_o to_o gideon_n forty_o judge_n 8.28_o to_o abimelech_n three_o judges_z 9.22_o to_o tolah_n three_o and_o twenty_o judge_n 10.2_o and_o to_o jair_v two_o and_o twenty_o year_n verse_n 3._o to_o jephthe_n six_o judges_z 12.7_o and_o ibzan_n seven_o verse_n 9_o and_o elon_n ten_o verse_n 11._o and_o abdon_n eight_o verse_n 14._o to_o samson_n twenty_o judge_n 15.20_o to_o elie_n forty_o 1._o sam._n 4.18_o to_o samuel_n and_o saul_n forty_o year_n act_n 13.21_o to_o david_n forty_o 1._o king_n 2.11_o and_o then_o four_o to_o solomon_n ere_o he_o begin_v the_o temple_n all_o together_o make_v four_o hundred_o sixty_o and_o three_o and_o then_o the_o most_o leave_v for_o joshua_n will_v be_v seventeen_o though_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o interregnum_fw-la between_o the_o judge_n verse_n 32._o and_o the_o bone_n of_o joseph_n which_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n bring_v up_o out_o of_o egypt_n bury_v they_o in_o shechem_n etc._n etc._n joseph_n have_v command_v the_o israelite_n to_o carry_v his_o bone_n with_o they_o out_o of_o egypt_n gen._n 50.25_o which_o according_o they_o do_v exod._n 13.19_o here_o now_o we_o be_v tell_v where_o they_o bury_v his_o bone_n to_o wit_n in_o shechem_n in_o a_o parcel_n of_o ground_n which_o jacob_n buy_v of_o the_o son_n of_o hamor_n the_o father_n of_o shechem_n for_o a_o hundred_o piece_n of_o silver_n which_o be_v doubtless_o the_o parcel_n of_o a_o field_n mention_v gen._n 33.19_o which_o jacob_n buy_v of_o hamor_n the_o father_n of_o shechem_n and_o which_o when_o he_o lie_v upon_o his_o deathbed_n he_o give_v to_o joseph_n as_o a_o special_a legacy_n gen_n 48.22_o and_o this_o may_v well_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o they_o bury_v joseph_n bone_n here_o whereas_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o his_o forefather_n and_o their_o wife_n too_o be_v bury_v in_o the_o cave_n of_o machpelah_n gen._n 49.29_o 30_o 31._o i_o be_o say_v jacob_n to_o be_v gather_v unto_o my_o people_n bury_v i_o with_o my_o father_n in_o the_o cave_n that_o be_v in_o the_o field_n of_o ephron_n the_o hittite_n in_o the_o cave_n that_o be_v in_o the_o field_n of_o machpelah_n which_o be_v before_o mamre_o in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n which_o abraham_n buy_v with_o the_o field_n of_o ephron_n the_o hittite_n for_o a_o possession_n of_o a_o bury_a place_n there_o they_o bury_v abraham_n and_o sarah_n his_o wife_n there_o they_o bury_v isaac_n and_o rebekah_n his_o wife_n and_o there_o i_o bury_v leah_n to_o wit_n because_o it_o be_v the_o inheritance_n peculiar_o bequeath_v he_o by_o his_o father_n indeed_o by_o the_o word_n of_o stephen_n act_v 7.15_o 16._o it_o may_v seem_v that_o all_o the_o patriarch_n the_o son_n of_o jacob_n and_o so_o joseph_n bone_n among_o the_o rest_n be_v bury_v not_o in_o the_o field_n which_o jacob_n buy_v gen._n 33.19_o but_o in_o the_o burying-place_n which_o abraham_n buy_v of_o ephron_n in_o machpelah_n gen._n 23.17_o 18._o for_o though_o stephen_n say_v they_o be_v bury_v in_o a_o field_n buy_v of_o the_o son_n of_o emor_n the_o father_n of_o sichem_n yet_o withal_o he_o say_v express_o that_o they_o be_v bury_v in_o a_o sepulchre_n purchase_v by_o abraham_n act_v 7.15_o 16._o so_o jacob_n go_v down_o into_o egypt_n and_o die_v he_o and_o our_o father_n and_o be_v carry_v over_o into_o sichem_n and_o lay_v in_o the_o sepulchre_n which_o abraham_n buy_v for_o a_o sum_n of_o money_n now_o we_o read_v of_o no_o bury_a place_n which_o abraham_n buy_v but_o that_o of_o the_o cave_n of_o machpelah_n which_o he_o buy_v of_o ephron_n the_o hittite_n gen._n 23.16.17_o etc._n etc._n wherein_o it_o be_v evident_a gen._n 49.29_o 30_o 31._o that_o abraham_n and_o sarah_n and_o isaac_n and_o rebekah_n and_o jacob_n &_o leah_n be_v bury_v but_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v that_o many_o of_o our_o best_a expositor_n be_v of_o opinion_n that_o this_o place_n in_o the_o act_n of_o the_o apostle_n be_v corrupt_v by_o the_o carelessness_n or_o rather_o the_o mistake_n of_o those_o that_o transcribe_v the_o copy_n yet_o because_o it_o be_v dangerous_a to_o allow_v that_o the_o greek_a copy_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n be_v general_o falsify_v in_o any_o one_o passage_n i_o think_v it_o be_v better_a answer_v that_o though_o stephen_n say_v that_o the_o father_n be_v lay_v in_o the_o sepulchre_n of_o abraham_n buy_v for_o a_o sum_n of_o money_n of_o emor_n the_o father_n of_o sichem_n yet_o he_o mean_v only_o thereby_o that_o they_o be_v lay_v in_o the_o sepulchre_n which_o the_o posterity_n or_o the_o son_n of_o abraham_n buy_v of_o the_o son_n of_o emor_n and_o that_o be_v jacob_n because_o that_o which_o the_o son_n do_v the_o father_n may_v be_v say_v to_o do_v in_o he_o and_o if_o so_o than_o it_o seem_v that_o the_o bone_n of_o the_o other_o patriarch_n the_o son_n of_o jacob_n be_v bury_v here_o together_o with_o joseph_n at_o what_o time_n they_o bury_v joseph_n bone_n here_o it_o be_v not_o express_v yet_o by_o the_o last_o clause_n of_o this_o verse_n where_o it_o be_v say_v of_o this_o parcel_n of_o ground_n and_o it_o become_v the_o inheritance_n of_o the_o child_n of_o joseph_n it_o appear_v that_o it_o be_v do_v after_o they_o have_v rest_n in_o the_o land_n and_o have_v divide_v the_o whole_a country_n of_o canaan_n among_o the_o tribe_n and_o so_o this_o part_n of_o canaan_n where_o this_o parcel_n of_o land_n lay_v fall_v then_o by_o lot_n to_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n to_o who_o jacob_n at_o his_o death_n have_v bequeath_v it_o here_o they_o bury_v the_o bone_n of_o their_o father_n verse_n 33._o and_o they_o bury_v he_o in_o a_o hill_n that_o pertain_v to_o phinehas_n his_o son_n which_o be_v give_v he_o in_o mount_n ephraim_n because_o the_o city_n that_o fall_v to_o the_o priest_n by_o lot_n be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o simeon_n and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n chap._n 21.4_o and_o thence_o it_o may_v seem_v strange_a that_o eleazar_n or_o phinehas_n his_o son_n shall_v have_v any_o inheritance_n in_o mount_n ephraim_n wherein_o for_o that_o cause_n eleazar_n the_o high_a priest_n shall_v be_v bury_v since_o mount_v ephraim_n belong_v to_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n therefore_o in_o the_o last_o clause_n of_o this_o book_n it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o it_o belong_v to_o phinehas_n by_o warrant_n of_o a_o special_a and_o extraordinary_a gift_n and_o not_o by_o the_o designment_n of_o the_o lot_n which_o be_v draw_v forth_o for_o the_o priest_n it_o be_v give_v he_o in_o mount_n ephraim_n whether_o this_o hill_n be_v give_v to_o eleazar_n or_o phinehas_n it_o be_v not_o full_o and_o clear_o express_v the_o word_n seem_v rather_o to_o imply_v that_o it_o be_v give_v to_o phinehas_n they_o bury_v he_o in_o a_o hill_n which_o pertain_v to_o phinehas_n his_o son_n which_o be_v give_v he_o in_o mount_n ephraim_n but_o yet_o it_o may_v be_v that_o the_o place_n where_o eleazar_n be_v bury_v be_v here_o say_v to_o be_v the_o hill_n of_o phinehas_n or_o a_o hill_n that_o pertain_v to_o phinehas_n not_o because_o it_o do_v not_o first_o pertain_v to_o eleazar_n but_o with_o relation_n to_o future_a time_n whence_o it_o seem_v it_o be_v usual_o call_v the_o hill_n of_o phinehas_n and_o the_o reason_n that_o expositor_n give_v why_o this_o place_n in_o mount_n ephraim_n be_v by_o extraordinary_a gift_n confer_v upon_o the_o high_a priest_n whereas_o the_o priest_n have_v their_o dwelling_n by_o lot_n in_o the_o other_o tribe_n above_o mention_v be_v
in_o the_o utmost_a north-end_n of_o canaan_n whence_o the_o length_n of_o the_o land_n be_v ordinary_o describe_v to_o be_v from_o the_o entrance_n of_o hamath_n to_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n 1._o king_n 8.65_o see_v num._n 13.22_o and_o cinnereth_n be_v a_o city_n in_o the_o eastern_a part_n whence_o the_o lake_n so_o often_o mention_v in_o scripture_n be_v call_v the_o lake_n of_o genezereth_n verse_n 38._o nineteen_o city_n with_o their_o village_n for_o some_o of_o they_o mention_v before_o in_o draw_v the_o border_n of_o their_o lot_n stand_v happy_o in_o the_o portion_n of_o the_o border_a tribe_n verse_n 40._o and_o the_o seven_o lot_n come_v out_o for_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o dan._n though_o this_o tribe_n lot_n be_v not_o whole_o take_v out_o of_o that_o which_o be_v give_v to_o judah_n as_o simeon_n be_v yet_o that_o a_o part_n of_o it_o be_v be_v manifest_a by_o some_o of_o the_o city_n mention_v here_o that_o chap._n 15._o be_v number_v among_o those_o that_o be_v at_o first_o in_o judah_n portion_n it_o be_v compass_v with_o the_o sea_n and_o the_o border_n of_o the_o other_o tribe_n former_o describe_v and_o so_o the_o border_n of_o this_o tribe_n be_v here_o omit_v verse_n 41._o and_o the_o coast_n of_o their_o inheritance_n be_v zorah_n and_o eshtaol_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o zorah_n samson_n be_v bear_v judge_n 13.2_o and_o between_o zorah_n and_o eshtaol_n he_o be_v bury_v verse_n 43._o and_o elon_n and_o timnathah_n etc._n etc._n whence_o samson_n take_v a_o wife_n judges_z 14.1_o verse_n 47._o therefore_o the_o child_n of_o dan_n go_v up_o to_o fight_v against_o leshem_n etc._n etc._n or_o laish_n the_o story_n we_o have_v judge_n 18._o this_o then_o happen_v after_o joshuas_n death_n but_o here_o it_o be_v mention_v lest_o it_o shall_v seem_v strange_a how_o the_o danite_n come_v to_o inhabit_v the_o north_n part_n of_o the_o land_n when_o their_o lot_n fall_v to_o they_o in_o the_o south_n part_n even_o close_o by_o judah_n portion_n the_o reason_n be_v because_o be_v not_o able_a to_o drive_v out_o the_o philistine_n out_o of_o their_o land_n they_o be_v straighten_v for_o room_n &_o so_o go_v out_o and_o take_v laish_n a_o city_n that_o be_v in_o naphtalies_n lot_n though_o then_o in_o the_o zidonian_o possession_n and_o transplant_v a_o colony_n thither_o call_v it_o dan_n from_o their_o father_n dan_o the_o son_n of_o jacob_n it_o stand_v almost_o in_o the_o further_a north_n part_n of_o the_o land_n judges_z 20.1_o the_o congregation_n be_v gather_v together_o as_o one_o wan_a from_o dan_n to_o beersheba_n verse_n 50._o according_a to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n they_o give_v he_o the_o city_n he_o ask_v even_o timnath-serah_a in_o mount_n ephraim_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o he_o speak_v to_o moses_n not_o only_o concern_v caleb_n but_o concern_v joshua_n for_o why_o indeed_o shall_v he_o be_v leave_v out_o see_v josh_n 14.7_o to_o wit_n that_o he_o shall_v choose_v a_o peculiar_a portion_n to_o himself_o where_o he_o will_v yet_o it_o may_v be_v mean_v also_o of_o some_o direction_n give_v he_o by_o eleazar_n the_o priest_n upon_o his_o inquiry_n of_o god_n for_o he_o however_o herein_o first_o be_v the_o modesty_n of_o joshua_n remarkable_a that_o he_o be_v content_a to_o stay_v till_o all_o the_o tribe_n have_v their_o portion_n ere_o there_o be_v any_o motion_n make_v of_o that_o which_o by_o way_n of_o special_a prerogative_n be_v to_o be_v confer_v upon_o he_o second_o that_o he_o be_v content_a to_o receive_v what_o god_n have_v promise_v he_o as_o by_o way_n of_o gift_n from_o the_o people_n he_o ask_v and_o they_o give_v he_o the_o city_n he_o ask_v three_o that_o whereas_o he_o may_v have_v choose_v the_o fair_a and_o goodly_a city_n in_o all_o their_o tribe_n he_o choose_v his_o seat_n in_o a_o mountainous_a country_n nothing_o so_o pleasant_a and_o delightful_a as_o many_o other_o place_n be_v yea_o and_o it_o seem_v a_o city_n that_o be_v ruinate_v so_o that_o he_o be_v fain_o to_o build_v it_o ere_o he_o dwell_v in_o it_o for_o so_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o word_n and_o he_o build_v the_o city_n and_o dwell_v therein_o chap._n xx._n verse_n 2._o appoint_v out_o for_o you_o city_n of_o refuge_n etc._n etc._n concern_v these_o city_n of_o refuge_n see_v the_o note_n numb_a 35.6_o and_o 24_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 6._o and_o he_o shall_v dwell_v in_o that_o city_n until_o he_o stand_v before_o the_o congregation_n for_o judgement_n and_o until_o the_o death_n of_o the_o high_a priest_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v until_o he_o be_v fetch_v thence_o to_o the_o place_n where_o the_o fact_n be_v do_v that_o it_o may_v be_v there_o try_v whether_o it_o be_v do_v witting_o or_o unwitting_o so_o long_o he_o be_v to_o abide_v there_o however_o or_o until_o the_o death_n of_o the_o high_a priest_n if_o it_o be_v find_v that_o he_o do_v it_o unwitting_o for_o than_o he_o be_v to_o be_v send_v back_o to_o the_o city_n of_o refuge_n and_o to_o be_v keep_v there_o till_o the_o high_a priest_n die_v concern_v the_o mystical_a reason_n of_o the_o man-slayer_n stay_v in_o the_o city_n of_o refuge_n till_o the_o death_n of_o the_o high_a priest_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 35.25_o but_o to_o this_o some_o also_o do_v add_v a_o literal_a reason_n to_o wit_n that_o hereby_o be_v employ_v how_o heinous_a a_o fault_n it_o be_v to_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o a_o man_n and_o how_o displease_v to_o god_n in_o that_o the_o man_n that_o be_v but_o unwitting_o defile_v with_o the_o shed_n of_o blood_n must_v be_v thus_o shut_v up_o lest_o he_o shall_v happen_v to_o come_v into_o the_o sight_n of_o he_o who_o do_v as_o it_o be_v represent_v god_n person_n among_o they_o to_o wit_n the_o high_a priest_n nor_o can_v be_v suffer_v to_o stir_v from_o thence_o till_o he_o be_v dead_a verse_n 8._o and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n jordan_n by_o jericho_n eastward_o they_o assign_v bezer_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o confirm_v and_o ratify_v these_o to_o be_v city_n of_o refuge_n without_o jordan_n which_o moses_n himself_o have_v former_o choose_v and_o set_v apart_o for_o that_o use_n see_v deut._n 4.41_o 42_o 43._o chap._n xxi_o verse_n 1._o then_o come_v near_o the_o head_n of_o the_o father_n of_o the_o levite_n unto_o eleazar_n the_o priest_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v doubtless_o immediate_o after_o they_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o divide_v the_o land_n that_o the_o levite_n come_v thus_o to_o eleazar_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o commissioner_n to_o receive_v from_o they_o the_o city_n which_o god_n have_v appoint_v to_o be_v set_v apart_o for_o their_o dwell_n for_o first_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o there_o be_v any_o delay_n which_o may_v move_v the_o levite_n to_o challenge_v their_o right_n and_o second_o it_o be_v as_o improbable_a that_o the_o israelite_n do_v first_o settle_v themselves_o in_o these_o city_n and_o then_o be_v afterward_o put_v out_o to_o give_v way_n to_o the_o levite_n verse_n 2._o the_o lord_n command_v by_o the_o hand_n of_o moses_n to_o give_v we_o city_n to_o dwell_v in_o etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n upon_o numb_a 35.2_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 4._o and_o the_o lot_n come_v out_o for_o the_o family_n of_o the_o kohathite_n god_n have_v express_v the_o number_n of_o city_n that_o be_v to_o be_v give_v they_o to_o wit_n forty_o eight_o numb_a 35.7_o so_o all_o the_o city_n which_o you_o shall_v give_v to_o the_o levite_n shall_v be_v forty_o and_o eight_o city_n he_o have_v also_o give_v they_o direction_n to_o take_v these_o city_n out_o of_o each_o tribe_n some_o according_a as_o their_o proportion_n be_v great_a or_o lesser_a and_o therefore_o the_o commissioner_n for_o the_o divide_n of_o the_o land_n make_v choice_n no_o doubt_n of_o these_o city_n as_o in_o their_o wisdom_n they_o find_v they_o most_o convenient_a for_o the_o levite_n and_o for_o the_o people_n and_o then_o have_v divide_v the_o city_n they_o have_v choose_v into_o four_o part_n one_o for_o the_o priest_n a_o second_o for_o the_o levite_n of_o kohaths_n family_n a_o three_o for_o the_o gershonite_n and_o a_o four_o for_o the_o merarite_n than_o be_v it_o at_o last_o decide_v in_o which_o of_o the_o tribe_n the_o priest_n shall_v be_v place_v and_o so_o of_o the_o rest_n or_o at_o least_o of_o those_o city_n which_o be_v judge_v convenient_a they_o take_v the_o number_n agree_v upon_o by_o lot_n see_v vers_fw-la 11._o and_o the_o child_n of_o aaron_n the_o priest_n which_o be_v of_o the_o levite_n have_v by_o lot_n out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n thus_o by_o god_n special_a providence_n the_o
time_n the_o lord_n say_v unto_o joshua_n make_v thou_o sharp_a knife_n and_o circumcise_v again_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n the_o second_o time_n in_o this_o charge_n which_o the_o lord_n give_v to_o joshua_n for_o the_o circumcise_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n to_o wit_n those_o that_o be_v bear_v in_o their_o travel_n through_o the_o wilderness_n who_o have_v not_o be_v hitherto_o circumcise_v there_o be_v many_o thing_n questionable_a as_o first_o the_o time_n when_o this_o charge_n be_v give_v to_o joshua_n it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o at_o that_o time_n the_o lord_n say_v unto_o joshua_n make_v thou_o sharp_a knife_n etc._n etc._n which_o have_v manifest_a relation_n to_o that_o which_o go_v before_o but_o may_v be_v mean_v either_o that_o god_n give_v they_o that_o charge_n on_o the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n vers_fw-la 19_o present_o after_o they_o be_v pass_v over_o jordan_n and_o indeed_o late_a than_o so_o this_o charge_n can_v not_o be_v give_v for_o they_o be_v doubtless_o circumcise_v on_o the_o eleven_o day_n the_o very_a next_o day_n after_o their_o pass_v over_o jordan_n or_o else_o the_o anguish_n of_o their_o cut_n which_o use_v to_o be_v great_a on_o the_o three_o day_n after_o circumcision_n gen._n 34.25_o can_v not_o be_v in_o any_o good_a measure_n over_o on_o the_o fourteen_o day_n at_o even_o when_o they_o be_v to_o celebrate_v the_o passeover_n or_o else_o in_o a_o large_a extent_n namely_o that_o at_o that_o time_n when_o god_n give_v they_o direction_n for_o their_o pass_v over_o jordan_n and_o those_o other_o thing_n former_o relate_v he_o give_v they_o also_o this_o charge_n that_o when_o they_o be_v pass_v over_o jordan_n they_o shall_v circumcise_v those_o of_o the_o people_n that_o be_v as_o yet_o uncircumcised_a and_o this_o may_v be_v think_v the_o more_o probable_a first_o because_o than_o they_o may_v have_v the_o more_o time_n to_o provide_v the_o sharp_a knife_n here_o mention_v and_o second_o because_o than_o they_o may_v take_v order_n for_o the_o circumcise_n those_o of_o the_o two_o tribe_n and_o a_o half_a who_o they_o have_v leave_v behind_o they_o on_o the_o other_o side_n jordan_n as_o likewise_o for_o their_o celebrate_v the_o passeover_n who_o in_o all_o probability_n be_v not_o leave_v uncircumcised_a when_o the_o rest_n of_o their_o brethren_n be_v circumcise_v second_o what_o these_o knife_n be_v which_o joshua_n be_v appoint_v to_o prepare_v for_o this_o service_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v translate_v by_o some_o knife_n of_o edge_n or_o sharp_a knife_n and_o by_o other_o knife_n of_o flint_n for_o the_o word_n will_v bear_v both_o translation_n and_o according_o some_o concieve_v that_o joshua_n be_v here_o enjoin_v to_o make_v so_o many_o sharp_a flint_n or_o knife_n of_o flint_n as_o be_v requisite_a for_o this_o service_n and_o that_o because_o this_o tend_v the_o better_a to_o shadow_v forth_o our_o circumcision_n by_o christ_n who_o be_v our_o rock_n and_o other_o again_o conceive_v that_o he_o be_v only_o to_o provide_v knife_n or_o rasour_n well_o sharpen_v wherewith_o to_o circumcise_v they_o &_o indeed_o 1._o because_o in_o the_o first_o institution_n of_o circumcision_n we_o find_v no_o such_o thing_n prescribe_v as_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v do_v with_o stone_n and_o 2._o because_o it_o can_v be_v well_o conceive_v how_o knife_n of_o flint_n for_o the_o speedy_a circumcise_n of_o so_o many_o hundred_o thousand_o man_n can_v be_v on_o such_o a_o sudden_a purposely_o make_v therefore_o i_o conceive_v that_o the_o sharpen_n or_o at_o least_o the_o get_n in_o a_o readiness_n so_o many_o knife_n exact_o sharpen_v be_v all_o that_o be_v here_o enjoin_v joshua_n three_o why_o the_o lord_n command_v this_o to_o be_v do_v immediate_o upon_o their_o entrance_n into_o canaan_n of_o which_o these_o reason_n may_v be_v give_v to_o wit_n 1._o because_o be_v come_v to_o gilgal_n where_o the_o camp_n continue_v many_o year_n and_o so_o not_o be_v to_o remove_v from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o as_o they_o have_v do_v former_o at_o the_o removal_n of_o the_o cloud_n they_o have_v not_o that_o reason_n to_o forbear_v circumcision_n now_o which_o they_o have_v before_o 2._o that_o this_o may_v signify_v to_o they_o that_o it_o be_v by_o virtue_n of_o that_o covenant_n which_o god_n have_v make_v with_o their_o father_n whereof_o circumcision_n be_v the_o outward_a seal_n that_o they_o be_v now_o put_v into_o possession_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o may_v the_o more_o courageous_o encounter_v the_o inhabitant_n have_v receive_v this_o badge_n of_o their_o adoption_n the_o sign_n of_o circumcision_n 3._o that_o god_n may_v hereby_o make_v trial_n of_o their_o faith_n and_o indeed_o a_o very_a hard_a trial_n it_o be_v if_o it_o be_v well_o consider_v all_o that_o be_v the_o flower_n and_o strength_n of_o their_o army_n be_v now_o to_o be_v circumcise_v to_o wit_n all_o that_o be_v bear_v since_o their_o come_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o that_o be_v all_o under_o forty_o year_n of_o age_n and_o when_o they_o lie_v sore_o of_o their_o circumcision_n how_o easy_a a_o matter_n it_o have_v be_v for_o their_o enemy_n after_o the_o rout_v of_o those_o of_o the_o more_o age_a that_o be_v not_o now_o circumcise_v to_o have_v come_v upon_o the_o rest_n and_o to_o have_v cut_v all_o their_o throat_n we_o may_v see_v by_o the_o slaughter_n which_o the_o two_o son_n of_o jacob_n simeon_n and_o levi_n make_v among_o the_o shechemite_n when_o they_o lie_v in_o the_o same_o condition_n gen._n 34.25_o 26._o so_o that_o nothing_o can_v be_v more_o dangerous_a than_o that_o which_o god_n now_o enjoin_v they_o have_v this_o be_v do_v when_o they_o be_v on_o the_o other_o side_n jordan_n where_o the_o inhabitant_n be_v already_o destroy_v it_o may_v have_v be_v do_v far_o more_o safe_o and_o secure_o but_o now_o when_o they_o be_v hem_v in_o by_o the_o river_n jordan_n in_o the_o land_n of_o their_o enemy_n to_o weaken_v themselves_o so_o far_o that_o if_o they_o shall_v come_v sudden_o upon_o they_o as_o they_o have_v reason_n to_o expect_v they_o can_v be_v no_o way_n able_a to_o make_v any_o resistance_n this_o be_v all_o one_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o reason_n as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v command_v to_o bind_v one_o another_o hand_n and_o foot_n that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n may_v come_v upon_o they_o and_o massacre_v they_o all_o and_o thus_o i_o say_v the_o lord_n make_v trial_n of_o their_o faith_n to_o wit_n whether_o in_o confidence_n of_o his_o protection_n they_o will_v do_v whatever_o he_o enjoin_v they_o though_o it_o seem_v never_o so_o perilous_a in_o the_o judgement_n of_o their_o own_o reason_n 4_o because_o on_o the_o fourteen_o day_n of_o this_o month_n at_o even_o they_o be_v to_o eat_v the_o passeover_n of_o which_o none_o may_v eat_v that_o be_v uncircumcised_a exod._n 12.48_o no_o uncircumcised_a person_n shall_v eat_v thereof_o yea_o when_o they_o be_v once_o in_o possession_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n they_o be_v to_o observe_v all_o the_o precept_n of_o the_o ceremonial_a law_n exact_o deut._n 12.8_o 9_o 10._o and_o circumcision_n be_v the_o seal_n of_o the_o covenant_n whereby_o they_o be_v bind_v to_o the_o keep_n of_o these_o law_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o the_o apostle_n say_v gal._n 5.3_o that_o every_o man_n that_o be_v circumcise_v be_v a_o debtor_n to_o the_o whole_a law_n but_o last_o of_o all_o it_o may_v be_v question_v why_o the_o circumcise_n of_o the_o israelite_n give_v now_o in_o charge_n to_o joshua_n be_v call_v circumcise_n they_o again_o the_o second_o time_n and_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v that_o the_o reason_n of_o this_o be_v not_o because_o those_o that_o have_v be_v circumcise_v before_o be_v to_o be_v now_o circumcise_v again_o for_o that_o can_v not_o be_v but_o because_o this_o ordinance_n of_o circumcision_n which_o have_v be_v for_o some_o year_n omit_v be_v now_o to_o be_v put_v in_o practice_n again_o circumcise_v again_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n the_o second_o time_n that_o be_v set_v on_o foot_n again_o the_o use_n of_o the_o sacrament_n which_o have_v now_o be_v forbear_v and_o intermit_v these_o forty_o year_n the_o first_o time_n of_o circumcise_n be_v from_o the_o time_n that_o it_o be_v first_o enjoin_v abraham_n unto_o their_o come_n out_o of_o egypt_n since_o than_o they_o have_v not_o use_v it_o and_o thence_o be_v it_o that_o joshua_n be_v command_v to_o begin_v again_o that_o holy_a rite_n the_o second_o time_n verse_n 3._o and_o joshua_n make_v he_o sharp_a knife_n and_o circumcise_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n at_o the_o hill_n of_o the_o foreskin_n that_o be_v according_a as_o god_n have_v command_v joshua_n take_v order_n
be_v i_o tell_v he_o true_o what_o i_o think_v of_o the_o land_n and_o of_o our_o go_v to_o possess_v it_o nor_o do_v either_o for_o fear_n or_o favour_n of_o any_o man_n speak_v one_o word_n otherwise_o then_o as_o in_o my_o conscience_n i_o think_v i_o do_v not_o say_v as_o the_o other_o spy_v say_v to_o please_v they_o nor_o do_v i_o on_o the_o other_o side_n encourage_v the_o people_n to_o enter_v upon_o the_o land_n thereby_o to_o curry_v favour_n either_o with_o moses_n or_o the_o people_n but_o i_o do_v it_o sincere_o because_o i_o do_v indeed_o very_o believe_v that_o god_n will_v certain_o deliver_v it_o into_o our_o hand_n nor_o can_v this_o be_v count_v any_o blemish_n to_o caleb_n that_o he_o thus_o speak_v in_o his_o own_o commendation_n that_o his_o brethren_n may_v not_o tax_v he_o either_o of_o injustice_n or_o ambition_n for_o that_o which_o he_o be_v now_o about_o to_o require_v of_o joshua_n it_o be_v fit_a he_o shall_v show_v upon_o what_o just_a ground_n it_o be_v at_o first_o promise_v he_o verse_n 8._o my_o brethren_n that_o go_v up_o with_o i_o make_v the_o heart_n of_o the_o people_n melt_v but_o i_o whole_o follow_v the_o lord_n my_o god_n to_o wit_n by_o persuade_v the_o people_n to_o enter_v the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v bring_v they_o to_o even_o when_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o spy_n do_v so_o exceed_o discourage_v they_o which_o be_v a_o singular_a proof_n of_o the_o uprightness_n of_o calebs_n heart_n towards_o god_n verse_n 9_o and_o moses_n swear_v on_o that_o day_n say_v sure_o the_o land_n whereon_o thy_o foot_n have_v tread_v shall_v be_v thy_o inheritance_n etc._n etc._n hereby_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o there_o be_v a_o particular_a promise_n make_v unto_o caleb_n at_o kadesh-barnea_a that_o hebron_n and_o the_o land_n adjoin_v shall_v be_v he_o when_o the_o israelite_n come_v to_o possess_v canaan_n and_o that_o this_o place_n in_o the_o land_n be_v give_v he_o rather_o than_o any_o other_o because_o when_o the_o spy_n have_v see_v those_o giant_n the_o anakim_v and_o be_v strike_v with_o fear_n when_o they_o see_v they_o there_o numb_a 13.22_o and_o they_o ascend_v by_o the_o south_n and_o come_v unto_o hebron_n where_o ahiman_n sheshai_n and_o talmai_n the_o child_n of_o anak_n be_v and_o yet_o caleb_n afterward_o oppose_v these_o his_o fainthearted_a brethren_n and_o when_o they_o object_v the_o invincible_a strength_n of_o the_o place_n and_o people_n he_o encourage_v his_o people_n and_o assure_v they_o that_o they_o shall_v easy_o vanquish_v they_o either_o therefore_o those_o place_n in_o moses_n his_o story_n concern_v caleb_n must_v be_v understand_v of_o this_o particular_a gift_n though_o at_o first_o read_v they_o will_v not_o seem_v to_o import_v so_o much_o numb_a 14.24_o but_o my_o servant_n caleb_n because_o he_o have_v another_o spirit_n with_o he_o and_o have_v follow_v i_o full_o he_o will_v i_o bring_v into_o the_o land_n whereinto_o he_o go_v and_o his_o seed_n shall_v possess_v it_o and_o again_o deut._n 1.36_o save_v caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n he_o shall_v see_v it_o and_o to_o he_o will_v i_o give_v the_o land_n that_o he_o have_v tread_v upon_o and_o to_o his_o child_n because_o he_o have_v whole_o follow_v the_o lord_n or_o else_o there_o be_v some_o particular_a promise_n make_v to_o he_o concern_v this_o inheritance_n together_o with_o that_o mention_v in_o those_o place_n forenamed_a though_o it_o be_v not_o express_v and_o that_o confirm_v with_o a_o oath_n pronounce_v by_o moses_n in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n for_o so_o we_o read_v it_o num._n 14.21_o 23_o 24._o but_o as_o true_o as_o i_o live_v all_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v fill_v with_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n sure_o they_o shall_v not_o see_v the_o land_n which_o i_o swear_v unto_o their_o father_n neither_o shall_v any_o of_o they_o that_o provoke_v i_o see_v it_o but_o my_o servant_n caleb_n because_o he_o have_v another_o spirit_n with_o he_o and_o have_v follow_v i_o full_o he_o will_v i_o bring_v into_o the_o land_n whereinto_o he_o go_v and_o his_o seed_n shall_v possess_v it_o verse_n 10._o and_o now_o behold_v the_o lord_n have_v keep_v i_o alive_a as_o he_o say_v these_o forty_o and_o five_o year_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v god_n have_v you_o see_v even_o miraculous_o preserve_v my_o life_n and_o strength_n and_o so_o reserve_v i_o as_o it_o be_v to_o enjoy_v this_o portion_n of_o land_n which_o be_v then_o promise_v i_o verse_n 11._o as_o my_o strength_n be_v then_o even_o so_o be_v my_o strength_n now_o for_o war_n both_o to_o go_v out_o and_o come_v in_o see_v the_o note_n upon_o numb_a 27.17_o verse_n 12._o now_o therefore_o give_v i_o this_o mountain_n whereof_o the_o lord_n speak_v in_o that_o day_n that_o be_v the_o mountainous_a country_n promise_v he_o by_o moses_n wherein_o hebron_n debir_n and_o some_o other_o town_n stand_v see_v chap._n 11.21_o for_o thou_o hear_v in_o that_o day_n that_o the_o anakim_v be_v there_o and_o that_o the_o city_n be_v great_a and_o fence_v this_o he_o may_v speak_v as_o intimate_v that_o see_v he_o himself_o will_v undertake_v the_o expelling_a of_o the_o giant_n that_o dwell_v there_o though_o the_o most_o formidable_a in_o all_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n his_o desire_n be_v the_o more_o reasonable_a because_o he_o be_v to_o get_v with_o so_o much_o danger_n and_o difficulty_n the_o place_n that_o he_o desire_v of_o they_o but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v that_o this_o be_v add_v to_o clear_v it_o that_o this_o be_v the_o place_n promise_v he_o to_o wit_n because_o it_o be_v the_o place_n where_o the_o anakim_v dwell_v who_o huge_a body_n and_o great_a fence_a city_n be_v former_o so_o dreadful_a to_o the_o other_o spy_n that_o go_v with_o he_o if_o so_o be_v the_o lord_n will_v be_v with_o i_o than_o i_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o drive_v they_o out_o as_o the_o lord_n say_v this_o he_o say_v not_o as_o doubt_v god_n faithfulness_n and_o assistance_n but_o as_o thereby_o imply_v the_o difficulty_n of_o the_o work_n but_o that_o he_o repose_v himself_o on_o the_o help_n and_o assistance_n of_o god_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 11.24_o verse_n 13._o and_o joshua_n bless_v he_o and_o give_v unto_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n hebron_n for_o a_o inheritance_n that_o be_v he_o commend_v he_o approve_v his_o motion_n grant_v his_o request_n and_o desire_v god_n to_o bless_v it_o both_o to_o he_o and_o he_o how_o this_o be_v say_v to_o be_v calebs_n inheritance_n that_o be_v afterward_o give_v to_o the_o levite_n see_v chap._n 21.11_o verse_n 15._o and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_n from_o war_n we_o have_v this_o clause_n before_o chap._n 11.23_o here_o it_o be_v repeat_v again_o 1._o to_o intimate_a that_o though_o the_o forego_n passage_n concern_v calebs_n desire_v hebron_n be_v here_o insert_v yet_o it_o be_v do_v before_o joshua_n have_v end_v his_o war_n and_o that_o however_o all_o the_o victory_n of_o joshua_n be_v record_v in_o the_o ten_o and_o eleven_o chapter_n because_o he_o will_v join_v they_o altogether_o yet_o many_o of_o these_o thing_n hereafter_o express_v be_v do_v before_o the_o war_n be_v end_v and_o second_o to_o make_v way_n hereby_o to_o the_o relation_n of_o that_o which_o be_v further_o do_v concern_v the_o division_n of_o the_o land_n which_o be_v not_o till_o the_o land_n have_v rest_n chap._n xv._o verse_n 1._o this_o than_o be_v the_o lot_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n by_o their_o family_n even_o to_o the_o border_n of_o edom_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o chapter_n the_o narration_n of_o the_o divide_v the_o land_n within_o jordan_n by_o lot_n be_v continue_v which_o be_v break_v off_o in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n to_o show_v how_o caleb_n demand_v that_o hebron_n and_o the_o adjacent_a mountain_n may_v be_v reserve_v to_o he_o as_o his_o by_o a_o extraordinary_a promise_n which_o god_n have_v long_o since_o make_v to_o he_o that_o the_o lot_n be_v only_o to_o decide_v in_o what_o part_n of_o the_o country_n each_o tribe_n shall_v be_v plant_v and_o that_o afterward_o the_o quantity_n of_o the_o land_n which_o each_o tribe_n shall_v have_v be_v set_v out_o by_o joshua_n eleazar_n and_o the_o head_n of_o the_o tribe_n choose_v to_o be_v the_o man_n that_o shall_v divide_v the_o land_n be_v note_v before_o upon_o the_o second_o verse_n of_o the_o forego_n chapter_n as_o likewise_o num._n 26.55_o what_o manner_n of_o lottery_n they_o use_v in_o this_o business_n be_v not_o where_o express_v the_o common_a opinion_n of_o the_o hebrew_n writer_n be_v that_o there_o be_v two_o pot_n or_o other_o vessel_n set_v before_o the_o tabernacle_n the_o
be_v anoint_v king_n at_o jerusalem_n 1._o king_n 1.9_o 49._o by_o the_o valley_n of_o the_o son_n of_o hinnom_n unto_o the_o southside_n of_o the_o city_n jebus_n which_o be_v afterward_o call_v jerusalem_n not_o the_o fort_n of_o zion_n for_o that_o be_v more_o southward_o in_o judah_n portion_n but_o the_o city_n itself_o which_o by_o that_o mean_n be_v shut_v out_o of_o judah_n lot_n and_o leave_v in_o the_o portion_n of_o benjamin_n see_v the_o follow_a note_n upon_o verse_n 63._o verse_n 9_o and_o the_o border_n be_v draw_v to_o baalah_n which_o be_v kirjath-jearim_a call_v kirjath-baal_a verse_n 60._o and_o chap._n 18.14_o verse_n 10._o and_o the_o border_n compass_v from_o baalah_n westward_n unto_o mount_n seir_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v have_v before_o fetch_v a_o compass_n northward_n it_o now_o turn_v westward_n unto_o mount_n seir_n which_o be_v not_o that_o in_o the_o land_n of_o idumea_n but_o another_o of_o that_o name_n verse_n 12._o and_o the_o west-border_n be_v to_o the_o great_a sea_n and_o the_o coast_n thereof_o see_v chap._n 13.23_o verse_n 14._o and_o caleb_n drive_v thence_o the_o three_o son_n of_o anak_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v from_o the_o mountain_n about_o hebron_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 11.21_o verse_n 15._o he_o come_v up_o thence_o to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o debir_n etc._n etc._n there_o be_v a_o debir_n take_v before_o by_o joshua_n chap._n 10.38_o 39_o but_o that_o which_o joshua_n take_v i_o conceive_v be_v not_o this_o which_o lie_v so_o near_o to_o hebron_n which_o caleb_n now_o take_v but_o that_o mention_v above_o vers_n 7._o in_o the_o border_n of_o judah_n and_o much_o near_o to_o jordan_n whence_o it_o be_v happy_o that_o joshua_n be_v say_v to_o have_v take_v that_o in_o his_o return_n towards_o gilgal_n chap._n 10.38_o and_o that_o here_o this_o city_n be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v that_o city_n which_o be_v former_o call_v kirjath-seph_a to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o debir_n take_v by_o joshua_n verse_n 16._o he_o that_o smite_v kirjath-seph_a and_o take_v it_o to_o he_o will_v i_o give_v achsah_n my_o daughter_n to_o wife_n that_o be_v i_o will_v give_v my_o consent_n that_o he_o shall_v have_v my_o daughter_n we_o can_v hence_o infer_v that_o he_o may_v lawful_o force_v upon_o his_o daughter_n what_o husband_n he_o please_v for_o this_o he_o speak_v as_o take_v it_o for_o grant_v that_o his_o daughter_n will_v be_v guide_v by_o he_o verse_n 17._o and_o othniel_n the_o son_n of_o kenaz_n the_o brother_n of_o caleb_n take_v it_o this_o be_v that_o othniel_n which_o be_v afterward_o the_o judge_n of_o israel_n judg._n 3.9_o and_o when_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n cry_v unto_o the_o lord_n the_o lord_n raise_v up_o a_o deliverer_n to_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n who_o deliver_v they_o even_o othniel_n the_o son_n of_o kenaz_n calebs_n young_a brother_n and_o happy_o for_o this_o exploit_n he_o become_v first_o famous_a among_o the_o israelite_n and_o we_o may_v well_o think_v that_o this_o story_n be_v here_o insert_v chief_o for_o his_o sake_n by_o brother_n here_o may_v be_v mean_v kinsman_n and_o so_o be_v refer_v to_o othniel_n that_o he_o be_v the_o brother_n that_o be_v the_o near_a kinsman_n of_o caleb_n but_o because_o of_o that_o word_n young_a add_v judg._n 1.13_o othniel_n the_o son_n of_o kenaz_n calebs_n young_a brother_n and_o so_o again_o judg._n 3.9_o i_o conceive_v this_o word_n brother_n be_v to_o be_v refer_v to_o kenaz_n that_o he_o be_v the_o father_n of_o othniel_n and_o the_o brother_n of_o caleb_n for_o though_o caleb_n be_v the_o son_n or_o grandchild_n of_o kenaz_n and_o thence_o call_v a_o kenezite_n chap._n 14.16_o yet_o he_o may_v have_v a_o kenaz_v to_o his_o brother_n too_o verse_n 18._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v as_o she_o come_v unto_o he_o that_o she_o move_v he_o to_o ask_v of_o her_o father_n a_o field_n etc._n etc._n this_o follow_a passage_n concern_v the_o enlarge_n of_o achsahs_n dowry_n by_o a_o portion_n of_o land_n which_o her_o father_n give_v she_o may_v well_o be_v add_v to_o show_v how_o caleb_n prize_v othniel_n because_o of_o this_o his_o take_v debir_n it_o come_v to_o pass_v say_v the_o text_n as_o she_o come_v unto_o he_o that_o be_v as_o she_o be_v go_v from_o her_o father_n to_o her_o husband_n family_n she_o move_v he_o to_o ask_v of_o her_o father_n a_o field_n that_o be_v take_v the_o opportunity_n of_o her_o be_v now_o to_o leave_v her_o father_n for_o then_o the_o affection_n of_o father_n be_v wont_a to_o be_v move_v towards_o their_o daughter_n she_o persuade_v her_o husband_n to_o ask_v a_o field_n of_o her_o father_n to_o wit_n over_o and_o above_o that_o which_o he_o have_v already_o give_v she_o as_o a_o increase_n of_o her_o dowry_n for_o caleb_n have_v son_n 1._o chron._n 4.15_o and_o in_o this_o case_n it_o be_v clear_a they_o may_v not_o give_v away_o any_o part_n of_o their_o inheritance_n from_o their_o son_n to_o their_o daughter_n numb_a 27.8_o 9_o if_o a_o man_n die_v and_o have_v no_o son_n than_o you_o shall_v cause_v his_o inheritance_n to_o pass_v unto_o his_o daughter_n and_o if_o he_o have_v no_o daughter_n than_o you_o shall_v give_v his_o inheritance_n unto_o his_o brethren_n and_o therefore_o we_o must_v know_v that_o the_o land_n which_o caleb_n have_v already_o give_v his_o daughter_n and_o which_o she_o further_o now_o desire_v of_o he_o be_v to_o be_v give_v she_o only_o as_o a_o dowry_n for_o term_n of_o life_n or_o till_o the_o year_n of_o jubilee_n be_v it_o seem_v not_o content_a with_o that_o portion_n of_o land_n which_o her_o father_n have_v already_o give_v she_o vers_fw-la 19_o she_o move_v her_o husband_n to_o ask_v or_o for_o so_o also_o the_o word_n may_v be_v understand_v she_o move_v her_o husband_n that_o she_o may_v ask_v another_o field_n to_o wit_n as_o a_o enlargement_n of_o her_o dowry_n and_o she_o light_v off_o her_o ass_n and_o caleb_n say_v unto_o she_o what_o will_v thou_o we_o may_v two_o several_a way_n understand_v this_o which_o be_v here_o say_v concern_v achsah_n calebs_n daughter_n that_o she_o light_v off_o her_o ass_n for_o either_o the_o meaning_n may_v be_v that_o when_o they_o have_v set_v she_o upon_o a_o ass_n that_o she_o may_v ride_v home_o with_o her_o husband_n othniel_n to_o his_o house_n she_o slip_v down_o again_o as_o in_o discontent_n and_o seem_a to_o be_v unwilling_a to_o go_v with_o her_o husband_n to_o wit_n because_o her_o husband_n have_v not_o as_o she_o have_v move_v he_o desire_v of_o her_o father_n a_o enlargement_n of_o her_o dowry_n and_o so_o thereupon_o her_o father_n demand_v of_o she_o what_o will_v thou_o as_o perceive_v that_o she_o be_v discontent_v and_o desirous_a to_o know_v what_o it_o be_v that_o trouble_a she_o or_o else_o that_o have_v desire_v her_o husband_n as_o they_o be_v ride_v away_o from_o her_o father_n house_n to_o make_v suit_n to_o her_o father_n for_o another_o field_n to_o be_v add_v to_o what_o he_o have_v already_o give_v she_o when_o she_o perceive_v that_o he_o be_v loath_a to_o do_v it_o or_o persuade_v she_o rather_o to_o undertake_v it_o herself_o she_o light_v off_o her_o ass_n as_o address_v herself_o to_o make_v her_o request_n to_o her_o father_n which_o her_o father_n perceive_v demand_v of_o she_o present_o what_o she_o will_v have_v verse_n 19_o who_o answer_v give_v i_o a_o blessing_n for_o thou_o have_v give_v i_o a_o south_n land_n give_v i_o also_o spring_v of_o water_n to_o intimate_v that_o the_o portion_n of_o land_n which_o he_o have_v give_v she_o be_v dry_a and_o not_o well_o water_v she_o call_v it_o a_o south_n land_n to_o wit_n either_o because_o the_o southern_a part_n of_o judahs_n portion_n be_v dry_a and_o barren_a and_o hence_o such_o land_n be_v call_v south_n land_n or_o else_o because_o the_o southern_a part_n of_o calebs_n portion_n in_o particular_a be_v such_o and_o hereupon_o she_o desire_v he_o to_o give_v she_o also_o spring_v of_o water_n thereby_o intend_v either_o mere_o some_o spring_n of_o water_n which_o may_v be_v convey_v into_o the_o south_n land_n to_o make_v it_o fruitful_a or_o else_o some_o portion_n of_o land_n that_o be_v well_o water_v and_o he_o give_v she_o the_o upper_a spring_n and_o the_o nether_a spring_n that_o be_v some_o high_a ground_n that_o be_v well_o water_v and_o some_o low_a or_o which_o tend_v much_o to_o one_o he_o give_v she_o some_o spring_n or_o water_a ground_n on_o each_o side_n the_o land_n he_o have_v former_o give_v she_o for_o a_o dowry_n both_o above_o it_o and_o below_o it_o verse_n 21._o and_o the_o uttermost_a city_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n towards_o the_o coast_n
whole_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n judge_n 5.14_o out_o of_o machir_n come_v down_o governor_n and_o among_o his_o posterity_n it_o seem_v that_o manasseh_n portion_n be_v now_o whole_o divide_v but_o than_o it_o may_v be_v question_v by_o some_o why_o machir_n be_v here_o call_v the_o first_o bear_v of_o manasseh_n to_o which_o i_o answer_v that_o the_o child_n that_o first_o open_v the_o womb_n be_v usual_o in_o the_o scripture_n call_v the_o first_o bear_v though_o there_o be_v no_o more_o bear_v after_o he_o because_o he_o be_v a_o man_n of_o war_n therefore_o he_o have_v gilead_n and_o bashan_n that_o be_v because_o machir_n the_o father_n of_o gilead_n be_v a_o man_n of_o war_n many_o conceive_v that_o machir_n have_v no_o other_o son_n but_o gilead_n and_o that_o all_o manasseh_n portion_n be_v divide_v among_o gilead_v posterity_n but_o this_o we_o may_v well_o doubt_v 1._o because_o gen._n 50.23_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o machir_n child_n 2._o because_o num._n 26.29_o we_o read_v of_o a_o family_n of_o the_o machirite_n distinct_a from_o those_o that_o be_v call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o son_n of_o gilead_n concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n on_o the_o place_n however_o the_o posterity_n of_o machir_n have_v the_o land_n of_o gilead_n and_o bashan_n that_o be_v the_o half_a of_o it_o settle_v upon_o they_o which_o be_v here_o mention_v by_o the_o way_n that_o after_o he_o may_v proceed_v to_o speak_v of_o their_o divide_v to_o the_o other_o half_a of_o this_o tribe_n their_o portion_n of_o the_o land_n within_o jordan_n and_o that_o because_o machir_n be_v a_o man_n of_o war_n that_o be_v because_o the_o machirite_n be_v man_n of_o war_n and_o do_v themselves_o win_v gilead_n and_o dispossess_v the_o enemy_n of_o it_o see_v the_o note_n numb_a 32.39_o 40._o verse_n 4._o therefore_o according_a to_o the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n he_o give_v they_o a_o inheritance_n etc._n etc._n see_v numb_a 27.7_o verse_n 5._o and_o there_o fall_v ten_o portion_n to_o manasseh_n that_o be_v the_o land_n be_v divide_v into_o six_o part_n according_a to_o the_o number_n of_o the_o son_n of_o gilead_n mention_v verse_n 2._o and_o hepher_n part_n be_v divide_v into_o five_o part_n and_o give_v to_o his_o son_n zelophehad_n five_o daughter_n and_o so_o there_o be_v ten_o portion_n in_o all_o verse_n 7._o and_o the_o coast_n of_o manasseh_n be_v from_o asher_n to_o michmethah_n etc._n etc._n if_o asher_n be_v a_o town_n seat_v at_o the_o southeast_n end_n of_o manasseh_n lot_n as_o some_o conceive_v it_o be_v then_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a verse_n we_o have_v only_o the_o description_n of_o the_o southern_a bound_n of_o this_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n which_o be_v also_o the_o north_n bound_n of_o ephraim_n portion_n as_o be_v evident_a because_o michmethah_n and_o the_o other_o follow_v place_n here_o mention_v as_o tappuah_n and_o the_o river_n kanah_n be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v name_v before_o in_o the_o north_n border_n of_o ephraim_n but_o if_o asher_n stand_v as_o other_o think_v in_o the_o north-east_n of_o manasseh_n portion_n then_o in_o the_o first_o word_n we_o have_v the_o east_n bound_n of_o this_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n to_o wit_n that_o they_o be_v draw_v from_o asher_n on_o the_o north_n all_o along_o by_o the_o river_n jordan_n to_o michmethah_n on_o the_o south_n that_o lie_v before_o shechem_n and_o then_o in_o the_o next_o word_n we_o have_v the_o southern_a bound_n describe_v from_o michmethah_n to_o the_o midland_n sea_n to_o wit_n that_o from_o michmethah_n it_o go_v a_o long_a on_o the_o right_a hand_n turn_v westward_o to_o tappuah_n and_o so_o on_o the_o south_n of_o the_o river_n kanah_n verse_n 9_o and_o so_o right_o on_o to_o the_o sea_n and_o thus_o as_o be_v note_v in_o that_o nine_o verse_n the_o land_n be_v manasseh_n both_o on_o the_o north_n and_o south_n side_n of_o the_o river_n kanah_n though_o the_o city_n that_o stand_v on_o the_o south_n side_n of_o that_o river_n belong_v to_o ephraim_n which_o be_v intend_v in_o those_o word_n these_o city_n of_o ephraim_n be_v among_o the_o city_n of_o manasseh_n that_o be_v the_o city_n on_o the_o south_n side_n of_o the_o river_n belong_v to_o ephraim_n though_o they_o be_v within_o the_o coast_n of_o manasseh_n verse_n 10._o and_o they_o meet_v together_o in_o asher_n on_o the_o north_n and_o on_o issachar_n on_o the_o east_n that_o be_v the_o north_n bound_n of_o joseph_n portion_n to_o wit_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n consider_v joint_o in_o one_o be_v the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n on_o the_o north_n and_o issachar_n on_o the_o east_n for_o otherwise_o then_o thus_o it_o can_v be_v conceive_v how_o they_o shall_v meet_v together_o in_o asher_n on_o the_o north_n since_o ephraim_n no_o where_n can_v reach_v to_o asher_n be_v bound_v as_o manasseh_n also_o be_v on_o the_o west_n by_o the_o main_a sea_n verse_n 11._o and_o manasseh_n have_v in_o issachar_n and_o in_o asher_n bethshean_a and_o her_o town_n etc._n etc._n even_o three_o country_n this_o be_v add_v to_o intimate_v that_o these_o town_n to_o wit_n bethshean_a iblâ—am_n dor_n and_o en-dor_n whither_o saul_n go_v to_o a_o witch_n and_o taanach_n and_o megiddo_n be_v in_o the_o confine_n of_o asher_n and_o issachar_n and_o yet_o belong_v to_o manasseh_n stand_v not_o all_o in_o one_o place_n but_o be_v in_o three_o several_a tract_n of_o ground_n or_o else_o it_o may_v be_v add_v to_o show_v that_o three_o of_o the_o country_n before_o mention_v be_v in_o ashers_n portion_n and_o three_o in_o issachar_n and_o so_o manasseh_n have_v in_o each_o of_o they_o three_o country_n verse_n 12._o yet_o the_o child_n of_o manasseh_n can_v not_o drive_v out_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o those_o city_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o time_n after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n and_o therefore_o the_o same_o be_v repeat_v judg._n 1.27_o 28._o partly_o through_o cowardliness_n and_o partly_o through_o god_n withdraw_v his_o help_n at_o first_o they_o can_v not_o drive_v they_o out_o afterward_o when_o their_o fear_n can_v not_o so_o much_o blind_v their_o judgement_n but_o that_o they_o must_v needs_o then_o acknowledge_v themselves_o strong_a enough_o yet_o they_o put_v they_o to_o tribute_n which_o do_v much_o aggravate_v their_o sin_n verse_n 14._o and_o the_o child_n of_o joseph_n speak_v unto_o joshua_n say_v why_o have_v thou_o give_v i_o but_o one_o lot_n etc._n etc._n here_o the_o story_n relate_v how_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n that_o be_v the_o two_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n come_v to_o joshua_n and_o make_v a_o great_a complaint_n and_o it_o be_v doubtless_o after_o they_o have_v enter_v upon_o the_o land_n which_o fall_v to_o they_o by_o lot_n that_o there_o be_v not_o a_o convenient_a portion_n of_o land_n assign_v to_o they_o for_o their_o inheritance_n no_o more_o indeed_o then_o be_v fit_v to_o be_v the_o lot_n of_o one_o tribe_n for_o that_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o those_o word_n why_o have_v thou_o give_v i_o but_o one_o lot_n and_o one_o portion_n to_o inherit_v that_o be_v why_o have_v thou_o give_v we_o no_o more_o of_o the_o land_n then_o if_o we_o have_v be_v to_o be_v account_v but_o as_o one_o tribe_n and_o so_o to_o have_v but_o one_o lot_n questionless_a joshua_n and_o the_o rest_n that_o be_v entrust_v in_o this_o business_n have_v not_o either_o through_o ignorance_n or_o partiality_n set_v forth_o a_o less_o portion_n of_o land_n for_o these_o son_n of_o joseph_n then_o be_v fit_v but_o because_o a_o part_n of_o the_o land_n allot_v they_o be_v overgrow_v with_o wood_n and_o a_o great_a part_n of_o it_o be_v still_o in_o the_o possession_n of_o the_o perizzites_n and_o the_o rephaim_v or_o giant_n with_o who_o through_o infidelity_n and_o sloth_n they_o afraid_a to_o encounter_v therefore_o they_o judge_v this_o as_o nothing_o conclude_v they_o have_v no_o more_o give_v they_o to_o dwell_v in_o then_o may_v well_o be_v reckon_v the_o portion_n of_o one_o tribe_n the_o most_o questionable_a passage_n in_o this_o complaint_n of_o they_o be_v this_o that_o to_o make_v good_a that_o they_o have_v not_o a_o competent_a portion_n of_o land_n assign_v they_o they_o allege_v the_o extraordinary_a increase_n of_o their_o people_n in_o number_n through_o the_o special_a blessing_n of_o god_n upon_o they_o why_o have_v thou_o give_v i_o but_o one_o lot_n and_o one_o portion_n to_o inherit_v see_v i_o be_o a_o great_a people_n forasmuch_o as_o the_o lord_n have_v bless_v i_o hitherto_o since_o it_o be_v evident_a as_o be_v note_v num._n 26.37_o that_o the_o son_n of_o ephraim_n when_o they_o be_v number_v the_o second_o time_n a_o little_a before_o their_o entrance_n into_o canaan_n be_v eight_o thousand_o
few_o than_o when_o they_o be_v number_v the_o first_o time_n at_o their_o first_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n but_o for_o this_o we_o must_v know_v that_o though_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n be_v so_o much_o decrease_v at_o that_o last_o number_n of_o the_o people_n yet_o since_o that_o time_n under_o the_o government_n of_o joshua_n they_o may_v be_v great_o increase_v again_o but_o however_o though_o at_o that_o time_n the_o son_n of_o ephraim_n be_v eight_o thousand_o few_o than_o when_o they_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n yet_o even_o at_o that_o time_n on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n there_o be_v twenty_o thousand_o and_o five_o hundred_o more_o than_o at_o the_o first_o number_n num._n 26.34_o and_o therefore_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n speak_v here_o of_o themselves_o joint_o together_o both_o ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n they_o may_v well_o say_v they_o be_v a_o great_a people_n and_o that_o god_n have_v great_o bless_v they_o in_o regard_n of_o their_o number_n verse_n 15._o and_o joshua_n answer_v they_o if_o thou_o be_v a_o great_a people_n then_o get_v thou_o up_o to_o the_o wood_n country_n etc._n etc._n thus_o he_o covert_o retort_v their_o plea_n upon_o they_o as_o make_v more_o for_o he_o then_o for_o they_o for_o say_v he_o be_v a_o great_a people_n the_o more_o able_a art_n thou_o to_o drive_v the_o canaanite_n out_o of_o those_o part_n allot_v you_o for_o your_o proportion_n and_o the_o more_o shame_n be_v it_o that_o you_o shall_v let_v they_o alone_o and_o yet_o complain_v of_o the_o narrowness_n of_o your_o lot_n get_v thou_o up_o say_v joshua_n to_o the_o wood_n country_n and_o cut_v down_o for_o thyself_o there_o in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o perizzites_n and_o the_o giant_n that_o be_v cut_v down_o the_o wood_n and_o drive_v out_o and_o destroy_v the_o inhabitant_n that_o lurk_v there_o in_o their_o fastness_n and_o strong_a hold_n and_o then_o if_o mount_n ephraim_n be_v to_o narrow_a for_o thou_o that_o be_v the_o mountain_n out_o of_o which_o the_o canaanite_n be_v already_o expel_v whereof_o you_o have_v the_o possession_n at_o present_a you_o may_v by_o this_o mean_n have_v land_n enough_o to_o dwell_v in_o and_o need_v not_o complain_v that_o your_o portion_n be_v too_o straight_o for_o you_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o when_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n come_v to_o make_v their_o complaint_n to_o joshua_n they_o assure_v themselves_o that_o they_o shall_v find_v the_o more_o favour_n because_o he_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n but_o in_o a_o point_n of_o justice_n we_o see_v they_o find_v joshua_n far_o from_o yield_v to_o they_o in_o the_o least_o degree_n upon_o that_o ground_n verse_n 16._o and_o the_o child_n of_o joseph_n say_v the_o hill_n be_v not_o enough_o for_o we_o etc._n etc._n these_o first_o word_n seem_v to_o have_v be_v speak_v with_o some_o kind_n of_o anger_n and_o discontent_n joshua_n have_v tell_v they_o what_o they_o shall_v do_v if_o mount_n ephraim_n be_v too_o narrow_a for_o they_o now_o as_o man_n discontent_v be_v wont_a to_o do_v they_o snap_v at_o those_o last_o word_n of_o joshua_n yes_o say_v they_o the_o hill_n be_v not_o enough_o for_o we_o mean_v that_o mount_n ephraim_n whereof_o joshua_n have_v speak_v and_o then_o they_o add_v and_o all_o the_o canaanite_n that_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o valley_n have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n as_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v say_v whereas_o you_o call_v upon_o we_o to_o enlarge_v our_o dwelling_n in_o the_o wood_n country_n by_o cut_v down_o the_o wood_n by_o expel_v and_o destroy_v the_o perizzites_n and_o the_o giant_n that_o dwell_v there_o you_o may_v know_v that_o this_o we_o can_v do_v and_o that_o because_o the_o valley_n we_o must_v pass_v through_o ere_o we_o can_v come_v to_o that_o mountainous_a wood_n country_n which_o you_o refer_v we_o to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o the_o canaanite_n that_o have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n so_o that_o there_o be_v no_o hope_n for_o we_o to_o prevail_v over_o they_o this_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v the_o best_a exposition_n of_o this_o place_n yet_o some_o understand_v those_o first_o word_n the_o hill_n be_v not_o enough_o for_o we_o of_o that_o mountainous_a wood_n country_n to_o which_o joshua_n have_v refer_v they_o for_o the_o enlarge_n of_o their_o dwelling_n and_o so_o conceive_v the_o scope_n of_o this_o reply_n of_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n to_o be_v that_o even_o that_o mountainous_a country_n if_o they_o have_v it_o in_o their_o possession_n will_v not_o be_v enough_o for_o they_o and_o for_o the_o valley_n there_o be_v no_o hope_n to_o subdue_v they_o because_o the_o canaanite_n that_o dwell_v there_o have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n that_o be_v as_o all_o expositor_n agree_v chariot_n who_o wheel_n be_v arm_v with_o scythe_n as_o i_o may_v say_v or_o hook_n of_o iron_n wherewith_o when_o they_o break_v in_o among_o their_o enemy_n they_o must_v needs_o mighty_o tear_v cut_v and_o mow_v down_o those_o that_o stand_v in_o their_o way_n and_o indeed_o these_o chariot_n can_v only_o be_v useful_a in_o the_o valley_n and_o plain_n in_o the_o mountain_n and_o wood_n country_n they_o can_v not_o be_v use_v verse_n 17._o and_o joshua_n speak_v unto_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n even_o to_o ephraim_n and_o to_o manasseh_n say_v thou_o be_v a_o great_a people_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v what_o i_o answer_v before_o i_o must_v answer_v again_o thou_o be_v a_o great_a people_n by_o thy_o own_o confession_n and_o have_v great_a power_n and_o therefore_o beside_o god_n promise_n you_o have_v otherwise_o no_o cause_n of_o distrust_n thou_o shall_v not_o have_v one_o lot_n only_o that_o be_v thou_o shall_v if_o thou_o will_v not_o be_v fail_v to_o thyself_o prevail_v over_o those_o place_n and_o then_o thou_o shall_v find_v the_o portion_n allot_v thou_o be_v more_o than_o one_o lot_n full_o enough_o for_o two_o such_o numerous_a tribe_n verse_n 18._o but_o the_o mountain_n shall_v be_v thou_o for_o it_o be_v a_o wood_n and_o thou_o shall_v cut_v it_o down_o and_o the_o outgoing_n of_o it_o shall_v be_v thou_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v not_o only_o the_o mountain_n shall_v be_v thou_o which_o when_o thou_o have_v cut_v down_o the_o wood_n will_v be_v find_v good_a ground_n but_o also_o the_o outgoing_n of_o it_o that_o be_v the_o valley_n round_o about_o the_o mountain_n shall_v be_v thou_o too_o chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o and_o the_o whole_a congregation_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n assemble_v themselves_o together_o at_o shiloh_n and_o set_v up_o the_o tabernacle_n etc._n etc._n no_o doubt_n god_n appoint_v they_o to_o remove_v the_o tabernacle_n to_o shiloh_n so_o much_o may_v be_v gather_v from_o that_o which_o be_v say_v deut._n 12.5_o but_o unto_o the_o place_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n shall_v choose_v out_o of_o all_o your_o tribe_n to_o put_v his_o name_n there_o even_o unto_o his_o habitation_n shall_v you_o seek_v and_o thither_o thou_o shall_v come_v as_o also_o jer._n 7.12_o where_o it_o be_v plain_o call_v the_o place_n where_o god_n set_v his_o name_n at_o the_o first_o hitherto_o both_o camp_n and_o tabernacle_n have_v be_v in_o gilgal_n a_o place_n in_o the_o very_a first_o entrance_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n now_o they_o remove_v further_o into_o the_o land_n both_o the_o camp_n vers_fw-la 9_o and_o the_o man_n go_v and_o pass_v through_o the_o land_n and_o describe_v it_o by_o city_n into_o seven_o part_n in_o a_o book_n and_o come_v again_o to_o joshua_n to_o the_o host_n at_o shiloh_n and_o the_o tabernacle_n as_o be_v here_o express_v both_o as_o a_o manifest_a sign_n of_o their_o take_a possession_n of_o the_o land_n they_o have_v conquer_v and_o for_o the_o more_o convenient_a come_n of_o the_o people_n to_o the_o tabernacle_n to_o worship_n and_o shiloh_n god_n appoint_v to_o be_v the_o place_n a_o city_n in_o ephraim_n therein_o god_n honour_v joshua_n the_o ruler_n of_o the_o people_n who_o be_v of_o this_o tribe_n and_o withal_o it_o be_v bring_v near_o to_o the_o place_n which_o god_n have_v decree_v to_o be_v the_o settle_a place_n of_o his_o worship_n to_o wit_n jerusalem_n from_o this_o time_n therefore_o the_o people_n be_v bind_v to_o the_o strict_a observation_n of_o the_o ceremonial_a law_n deut._n 12.8_o 9_o 10_o 11._o you_o shall_v not_o do_v after_o all_o the_o thing_n that_o we_o do_v here_o this_o day_n every_o man_n what_o be_v right_a in_o his_o own_o eye_n for_o you_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o come_v to_o the_o rest_n and_o to_o the_o inheritance_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n give_v you_o but_o when_o you_o come_v over_o jordan_n and_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n give_v
you_o to_o inherit_v and_o when_o he_o give_v you_o rest_n from_o all_o your_o enemy_n round_o about_o so_o that_o you_o dwell_v in_o safety_n then_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o place_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n shall_v choose_v to_o cause_v his_o name_n to_o dwell_v there_o thither_o shall_v you_o bring_v all_o that_o i_o command_v you_o your_o burn_a offering_n and_o your_o sacrifice_n your_o tithe_n and_o the_o heave_v offer_v of_o your_o hand_n and_o all_o your_o choice_a vow_n which_o you_o vow_v unto_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n and_o here_o the_o tabernacle_n continue_v unto_o the_o day_n of_o samuel_n to_o wit_n above_o three_o hundred_o year_n and_o the_o land_n be_v subdue_v before_o they_o that_o be_v the_o land_n about_o shiloh_n be_v subdue_v and_o the_o inhabitant_n drive_v out_o of_o it_o and_o those_o that_o dwell_v further_o off_o be_v so_o strike_v with_o the_o terror_n of_o god_n that_o they_o dare_v not_o stir_v to_o molest_v the_o israelite_n verse_n 2._o and_o there_o remain_v among_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n seven_o tribe_n which_o have_v not_o yet_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n it_o may_v seem_v strange_a that_o the_o israelite_n have_v begin_v in_o gilgal_n to_o divide_v the_o land_n by_o lot_n go_v not_o on_o in_o that_o work_n but_o have_v draw_v three_o lot_n which_o fall_v to_o judah_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n give_v over_o and_o intermit_v this_o work_n and_o that_o as_o it_o seem_v a_o long_a time_n for_o so_o much_o be_v evident_a by_o joshua_n his_o expostulation_n with_o they_o vers_n 3_o though_o it_o be_v not_o express_o say_v how_o long_o it_o be_v how_o long_o say_v he_o be_v you_o slack_a to_o go_v to_o possess_v the_o land_n etc._n etc._n why_o they_o do_v this_o no_o reason_n be_v give_v in_o the_o text_n but_o this_o by_o expositor_n be_v think_v the_o most_o probable_a reason_n to_o wit_n that_o the_o other_o tribe_n perceive_v what_o a_o large_a circuit_n of_o land_n be_v give_v to_o judah_n out_o of_o which_o indeed_o more_o than_o the_o portion_n of_o one_o tribe_n be_v afterward_o take_v see_v chap._n 19.9_o they_o begin_v to_o murmur_v as_o suppose_v that_o there_o will_v not_o be_v leave_v a_o equal_a share_n for_o they_o and_o the_o rather_o because_o they_o hear_v the_o son_n of_o joseph_n already_o complain_v and_o therefore_o pretend_v that_o there_o can_v not_o be_v any_o equal_a division_n make_v when_o the_o remote_a part_n be_v no_o better_o know_v to_o they_o as_o be_v yet_o in_o the_o enemy_n possession_n they_o desire_v some_o stay_n of_o the_o work_n till_o they_o have_v further_o prevail_v and_o may_v know_v the_o land_n they_o be_v to_o divide_v better_a than_o yet_o they_o can_v do_v and_o thus_o the_o work_n be_v put_v off_o for_o a_o time_n by_o degree_n they_o begin_v to_o mind_v it_o no_o more_o till_o joshua_n find_v they_o shameful_o remiss_a urge_v they_o to_o set_v upon_o it_o again_o and_o for_o their_o better_a satisfaction_n to_o send_v forth_o man_n to_o search_v the_o land_n verse_n 4._o give_v out_o from_o among_o you_o three_o man_n of_o each_o tribe_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n not_o only_o of_o the_o seven_o tribe_n mention_v vers_fw-la 2._o but_o also_o of_o judah_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n lest_o if_o these_o searcher_n shall_v conceive_v that_o it_o be_v fit_a somewhat_o shall_v be_v take_v from_o those_o that_o have_v their_o lot_n already_o they_o may_v otherwise_o complain_v of_o partiality_n in_o those_o that_o be_v send_v to_o search_v the_o land_n as_o for_o the_o work_n that_o these_o man_n be_v to_o do_v namely_o to_o describe_v the_o land_n according_a to_o the_o inheritance_n of_o they_o it_o be_v mean_v doubtless_o of_o some_o catalogue_n they_o be_v to_o bring_v of_o the_o several_a country_n and_o part_n of_o the_o land_n that_o be_v not_o yet_o divide_v with_o the_o several_a city_n and_o town_n and_o village_n that_o be_v in_o each_o of_o they_o that_o so_o according_o they_o may_v the_o better_o divide_v it_o into_o so_o many_o part_n verse_n 5._o judah_n shall_v abide_v on_o their_o coast_n on_o the_o south_n etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o be_v only_a that_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n shall_v continue_v seat_v the_o one_o on_o the_o south_n the_o other_o on_o the_o north_n in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o land_n wherein_o the_o lot_n that_o be_v draw_v for_o they_o in_o gilgal_n fall_v and_o not_o that_o they_o shall_v have_v still_o the_o same_o quantity_n of_o land_n that_o be_v at_o first_o assign_v they_o for_o we_o see_v afterward_o that_o the_o tribe_n of_o simeon_n have_v their_o portion_n assign_v they_o out_o of_o that_o which_o be_v at_o first_o in_o the_o lot_n of_o judah_n chap._n 19.9_o verse_n 6._o you_o shall_v therefore_o describe_v the_o land_n into_o seven_o part_n and_o bring_v the_o descrition_n hither_o to_o i_o that_o i_o may_v cast_v lot_n here_o for_o you_o before_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n this_o some_o say_n be_v speak_v to_o the_o man_n that_o be_v choose_v to_o describe_v the_o land_n but_o i_o conceive_v it_o may_v as_o well_o be_v speak_v to_o the_o whole_a assembly_n to_o who_o hitherto_o joshua_n have_v direct_v his_o speech_n you_o shall_v therefore_o describe_v the_o land_n into_o seven_o part_n and_o bring_v the_o description_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v you_o shall_v take_v order_n that_o by_o the_o man_n you_o send_v out_o the_o land_n be_v describe_v into_o seven_o part_n and_o then_o that_o the_o description_n thereof_o be_v bring_v to_o i_o however_o the_o mention_n he_o make_v in_o the_o last_o word_n of_o the_o account_n they_o be_v to_o give_v of_o what_o they_o have_v do_v before_o the_o lord_n in_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v doubtless_o to_o intimate_v how_o careful_a the_o man_n that_o be_v send_v have_v need_n to_o be_v diligent_o and_o careful_o to_o carry_v themselves_o in_o this_o great_a charge_n that_o be_v impose_v upon_o they_o verse_n 9_o and_o the_o man_n go_v and_o pass_v through_o the_o land_n and_o describe_v it_o by_o city_n into_o seven_o part_n etc._n etc._n they_o may_v use_v some_o likely_a mean_n to_o prevent_v danger_n when_o they_o search_v the_o country_n of_o their_o enrage_a enemy_n perhaps_o they_o divide_v themselves_o and_o go_v not_o all_o together_o they_o may_v also_o go_v under_o pretence_n of_o negotiation_n and_o it_o may_v be_v disguise_v that_o they_o may_v not_o seem_v isralite_n but_o doubtless_o the_o astonishment_n and_o fear_n wherewith_o god_n have_v strike_v the_o inhabitant_n upon_o the_o israelite_n late_a victory_n be_v the_o best_a mean_n of_o their_o safety_n and_o by_o their_o preservation_n in_o this_o dangerous_a service_n we_o may_v well_o think_v their_o brethren_n be_v much_o encourage_v to_o set_v upon_o the_o get_n of_o the_o remainder_n of_o the_o land_n into_o their_o possession_n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o lot_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o benjamin_n come_v up_o etc._n etc._n thus_o have_v benjamin_n the_o honour_n of_o have_v the_o first_o lot_n among_o the_o seven_o tribe_n and_o be_v by_o god_n providence_n seat_v the_o very_a next_o to_o his_o brethren_n ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n who_o likewise_o be_v of_o rachel_n and_o have_v also_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o jerusalem_n within_o his_o border_n where_o god_n dwell_v in_o his_o holy_a temple_n wherein_o that_o be_v accomplish_v which_o moses_n prophesy_v of_o this_o tribe_n deut._n 33.12_o and_o of_o benjamin_n he_o say_v the_o belove_a of_o the_o lord_n shall_v dwell_v in_o safety_n by_o he_o and_o the_o lord_n shall_v cover_v he_o all_o the_o day_n long_o and_o he_o shall_v dwell_v between_o his_o shoulder_n verse_n 12._o and_o their_o border_n on_o the_o north_n be_v from_o jordan_n etc._n etc._n this_o north_n border_n of_o benjamin_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o south_n border_n of_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n describe_v before_o chap._n 16.1_o concern_v which_o therefore_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 14._o and_o the_o border_n be_v draw_v thence_o and_o compass_v the_o corner_n of_o the_o sea_n southward_a etc._n etc._n here_o begin_v the_o western_a border_n of_o benjamins_n portion_n for_o here_o the_o line_n turn_v from_o north_n to_o south_n and_o fetch_v a_o compass_n about_o a_o inlet_n or_o creek_n of_o the_o sea_n go_v on_o southward_a till_o it_o come_v to_o kirjath-baal_a in_o judahs_n portion_n call_v by_o the_o israelite_n to_o suppress_v the_o name_n of_o their_o idol-god_n kirjath-jearim_a verse_n 15._o and_o the_o south_n quarter_n be_v from_o the_o end_n of_o kirjath-jearim_a etc._n etc._n see_v chap._n 15.5_o 6._o where_o you_o shall_v find_v the_o same_o to_o be_v make_v the_o north_n border_n of_o judah_n only_o that_o line_n be_v draw_v
priest_n be_v seat_v partly_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n where_o the_o temple_n be_v afterward_o to_o be_v build_v and_o partly_o in_o the_o two_o border_a tribe_n of_o simeon_n and_o benjamin_n and_o so_o whilst_o they_o shall_v approve_v their_o piety_n and_o devotion_n to_o the_o service_n of_o god_n in_o be_v content_a to_o leave_v their_o dwelling_n to_o go_v up_o unto_o jerusalem_n in_o their_o turn_n to_o attend_v upon_o the_o service_n of_o god_n yet_o withal_o god_n provide_v for_o their_o ease_n that_o their_o journey_n may_v not_o be_v over_o long_a and_o burdensome_a to_o they_o as_o for_o their_o assign_v as_o it_o be_v here_o say_v of_o thirteen_o city_n to_o the_o priest_n herein_o god_n and_o the_o governor_n of_o israel_n have_v respect_n unto_o succeed_a time_n when_o the_o posterity_n of_o aaron_n shall_v be_v increase_v for_o at_o present_a there_o be_v but_o a_o few_o priest_n not_o enough_o to_o inhabit_v the_o half_a part_n of_o one_o city_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n they_o be_v give_v they_o for_o their_o possession_n which_o they_o may_v dispose_v of_o according_a to_o the_o right_n they_o have_v in_o they_o for_o that_o they_o may_v so_o do_v and_o that_o the_o city_n of_o the_o levite_n be_v give_v they_o not_o only_o for_o their_o habitation_n but_o also_o for_o their_o possession_n and_o inheritance_n be_v evident_a in_o several_a place_n see_v levit._n 25.32_o verse_n 9_o and_o they_o give_v out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o simeon_n these_o city_n etc._n etc._n judah_n and_o simeon_n city_n be_v reckon_v together_o because_o simeons_n portion_n lie_v within_o judah_n chap._n 19.1_o and_o the_o second_o lot_n come_v forth_o to_o simeon_n even_o for_o the_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o simeon_n according_a to_o their_o family_n and_o their_o inheritance_n be_v within_o the_o inheritance_n of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n verse_n 11._o and_o they_o give_v they_o the_o city_n of_o arbah_n the_o father_n of_o anak_n which_o be_v hebron_n in_o the_o hill-countrey_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n this_o city_n with_o the_o land_n adjoin_v be_v former_o give_v to_o caleb_n which_o make_v it_o more_o probable_a that_o the_o city_n for_o the_o levite_n be_v take_v by_o lot_n because_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o both_o hebron_n and_o debir_n shall_v be_v take_v out_o of_o his_o inheritance_n without_o the_o lord_n special_a direction_n but_o god_n require_v it_o caleb_n willing_o yield_v the_o rather_o because_o the_o country_n and_o land_n about_o be_v the_o chief_a of_o his_o possession_n which_o be_v not_o take_v from_o he_o and_o beside_o no_o doubt_n they_o desire_v to_o have_v the_o levite_n who_o be_v to_o instruct_v they_o in_o the_o law_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o be_v seat_v among_o they_o verse_n 15._o and_o holon_n with_o her_o suburb_n call_v hilen_a 1._o chron._n 6.58_o verse_n 16._o and_o ain_z with_o her_o suburb_n and_o juttah_n with_o her_o suburb_n etc._n etc._n this_o city_n ain_z be_v not_o reckon_v 1._o chron._n 6._o among_o the_o city_n give_v to_o the_o son_n of_o aaron_n nor_o gibeon_n here_o name_v vers_fw-la 17._o as_o for_o juttah_n it_o be_v call_v ashan_n 1._o chron._n 6.59_o some_o indeed_o conceive_v that_o it_o be_v ain_z that_o be_v there_o call_v ashan_n but_o there_o be_v a_o argument_n against_o that_o which_o seem_v to_o i_o unanswerable_a to_o wit_n that_o ashan_n and_o ain_z be_v in_o one_o verse_n distinct_o name_v among_o the_o city_n of_o simeon_n chap._n 19.7_o and_o so_o also_o almon_n vers_fw-la 18._o be_v call_v aleme_v 1._o chron._n 6.60_o verse_n 22._o and_o kibzaim_v with_o her_o suburb_n call_v jokneam_fw-la 1._o chron._n 6.68_o verse_n 23._o and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o dan_n eltekeh_n with_o her_o suburb_n gibbethon_n with_o her_o suburb_n these_o two_o city_n be_v omit_v 1._o chron._n 6._o and_o aijalon_n and_o gathrimmon_a be_v there_o join_v with_o the_o city_n of_o ephraim_n but_o that_o they_o be_v give_v out_o of_o dans_fw-fr portion_n be_v evident_a by_o this_o place_n verse_n 25._o and_o out_o of_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n tanach_n with_o her_o suburb_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n that_o half_a of_o the_o tribe_n which_o be_v seat_v within_o jordan_n next_o dan_n and_o ephraim_n tanach_n here_o mention_v be_v call_v aner_n 1._o chron._n 6.70_o as_o also_o gath-rimmon_n be_v there_o call_v bileam_n verse_n 27._o and_o beeshterah_n with_o her_o suburb_n call_v ashtaroth_n 1._o chron._n 6.71_o verse_n 28._o and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o issachar_n kishon_n with_o her_o suburb_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v call_v kedesh_n as_o also_o dabareh_n be_v call_v deberath_n and_o jarmuth_n ramoth_n and_o engannim_n anem_fw-la 1._o chron._n 6.72.73_o verse_n 30._o and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n mishal_n with_o her_o suburb_n etc._n etc._n call_v mashal_v 1._o chron._n 6.74_o as_o also_o helkath_v be_v there_o call_v hukok_n verse_n 32._o and_o hammoth-dor_n with_o her_o suburb_n etc._n etc._n call_v hammon_n 1._o chron._n 6.76_o as_o also_o kartan_n be_v there_o call_v kirjathaim_n verse_n 34._o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o zebulun_n jokneam_fw-la with_o her_o suburb_n etc._n etc._n jokneam_fw-la and_o kartah_n be_v omit_v 1._o chron._n 6.77_o and_o dimnah_n be_v there_o call_v rimmon_n and_o nahalal_n tabor_n verse_n 36._o and_o out_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o reuben_n bezer_n with_o her_o suburb_n and_o jahazah_n with_o her_o suburb_n it_o be_v say_v that_o bezer_n be_v a_o city_n of_o refuge_n chap._n 20.8_o though_o it_o be_v not_o here_o express_v as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o rest_n vers_n 13.20_o 27._o which_o why_o it_o be_v here_o omit_v we_o can_v say_v as_o for_o jahazah_n it_o be_v call_v jahzah_n 1._o chron._n 6._o verse_n 41._o all_o the_o city_n of_o the_o levite_n within_o the_o possession_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n be_v forty_o and_o eight_o city_n with_o their_o suburb_n it_o may_v seem_v strange_a why_o in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n we_o read_v of_o but_o two_o and_o twenty_o city_n give_v to_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n nineteen_o to_o the_o tribe_n of_o naphtali_n yea_o but_o twelve_o city_n to_o the_o tribe_n of_o zebulun_n and_o yet_o the_o levite_n which_o be_v nothing_o so_o many_o in_o number_n as_o they_o have_v here_o eight_o and_o forty_o city_n give_v they_o i_o answer_v first_o that_o beside_o the_o city_n mention_v the_o other_o tribe_n have_v many_o town_n and_o village_n wherein_o they_o dwell_v which_o the_o levite_n have_v not_o second_o that_o the_o chief_a city_n be_v only_o there_o mention_v it_o be_v evident_a in_o several_a place_n that_o many_o city_n which_o be_v in_o the_o several_a portion_n of_o those_o tribe_n be_v not_o there_o set_v down_o three_o other_o do_v not_o doubt_n inhabit_v these_o city_n beside_o the_o levite_n and_o fourthly_a it_o be_v no_o wonder_n though_o god_n deal_v bountiful_o with_o the_o levite_n that_o be_v to_o be_v employ_v in_o his_o special_a service_n verse_n 43._o and_o the_o lord_n give_v unto_o israel_n all_o the_o land_n which_o he_o swear_v to_o give_v unto_o their_o father_n and_o they_o possess_v it_o and_o dwell_v therein_o though_o there_o be_v much_o of_o the_o land_n out_o of_o which_o the_o canaanite_n be_v not_o yet_o expel_v we_o can_v therefore_o call_v this_o truth_n in_o question_n for_o first_o he_o have_v give_v they_o all_o by_o lot_n divide_v among_o they_o which_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o actual_a enstate_v they_o in_o it_o second_o he_o have_v put_v they_o into_o possession_n of_o the_o great_a part_n of_o it_o neither_o have_v he_o promise_v they_o otherwise_o but_o that_o they_o shall_v possess_v it_o by_o degree_n see_v exod._n 23.29_o so_o both_o clause_n of_o that_o which_o be_v here_o say_v be_v true_a to_o wit_n first_o that_o god_n have_v give_v they_o all_o the_o land_n which_o he_o swear_v to_o give_v unto_o their_o father_n and_o second_o that_o they_o possess_v it_o and_o dwell_v therein_o only_o we_o must_v conceive_v of_o they_o several_o thus_o to_o wit_n 1._o that_o he_o have_v already_o actual_o give_v they_o the_o whole_a land_n and_o enable_v they_o to_o divide_v it_o among_o their_o tribe_n and_o 2._o that_o they_o possess_v it_o and_o dwell_v therein_o to_o wit_n by_o degree_n a_o great_a deal_n of_o it_o they_o have_v already_o in_o their_o possession_n and_o the_o rest_n by_o degree_n come_v into_o their_o hand_n as_o god_n have_v promise_v and_o soon_o than_o they_o do_v they_o may_v have_v enjoy_v it_o have_v it_o not_o be_v for_o their_o sin_n chap._n xxii_o verse_n 3._o you_o have_v not_o leave_v your_o brethren_n these_o many_o day_n unto_o this_o day_n that_o for_o which_o joshua_n here_o
commend_v the_o reubenites_n and_o gadite_n and_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n when_o he_o be_v now_o to_o dismiss_v they_o and_o send_v they_o back_o to_o their_o own_o inheritance_n be_v that_o notwithstanding_o the_o war_n have_v last_v so_o long_o yet_o they_o have_v not_o be_v weary_a of_o that_o which_o they_o have_v undertake_v but_o have_v continue_v constant_o with_o their_o brethren_n to_o help_v they_o against_o their_o enemy_n till_o god_n have_v give_v they_o rest_n from_o their_o enemy_n as_o he_o have_v promise_v they_o it_o be_v not_o where_o express_v how_o long_o the_o war_n have_v last_v ere_o the_o israelite_n be_v settle_v peaceable_o in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o so_o thereupon_o these_o tribe_n be_v set_v free_a to_o return_v back_o to_o their_o own_o dwelling_n only_o by_o that_o which_o be_v say_v concern_v calebs_n age_n joshua_n 14.10_o at_o that_o time_n when_o they_o be_v set_v themselves_o to_o the_o work_n of_o divide_v the_o land_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o then_o the_o war_n have_v last_v full_a seven_o year_n and_o how_o long_o it_o be_v after_o that_o ere_o the_o work_n be_v full_o end_v we_o can_v say_v some_o learned_a expositor_n hold_v that_o it_o be_v at_o least_o fourteen_o year_n after_o the_o israelite_n pass_v over_o jordan_n ere_o joshua_n send_v back_o these_o tribe_n to_o their_o own_o dwelling_n but_o if_o it_o be_v not_o so_o long_o not_o happy_o above_o nine_o or_o ten_o year_n yet_o however_o if_o we_o consider_v that_o they_o have_v leave_v their_o wife_n and_o child_n and_o estate_n behind_o they_o in_o a_o land_n new_o conquer_v we_o may_v well_o conceive_v what_o just_a cause_n joshua_n have_v to_o praise_v they_o for_o their_o faithfulness_n herein_o that_o can_v be_v content_a for_o so_o many_o year_n together_o to_o continue_v with_o their_o brethren_n for_o their_o help_n till_o they_o see_v they_o peaceable_o seat_v each_o tribe_n in_o their_o inheritance_n verse_n 4._o therefore_o now_o return_v you_o and_o get_v you_o unto_o your_o tent_n and_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o your_o possession_n that_o be_v from_o the_o assembly_n they_o be_v to_o go_v to_o their_o tent_n and_o so_o from_o thence_o to_o the_o land_n of_o their_o possession_n beyond_o jordan_n verse_n 5._o but_o take_v diligent_a heed_n to_o do_v the_o commandment_n and_o the_o law_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v be_v circumspect_o watchful_a over_o yourselves_o lest_o you_o be_v draw_v away_o from_o do_v what_o god_n have_v enjoin_v you_o verse_n 6._o so_o joshua_n bless_v they_o and_o send_v they_o away_o see_v the_o note_n chap._n 14.13_o verse_n 8._o divide_v the_o spoil_n of_o your_o enemy_n with_o your_o brethren_n that_o be_v when_o you_o come_v home_o let_v your_o brethren_n there_o have_v share_n in_o the_o spoil_n you_o carry_v hence_o with_o you_o now_o this_o division_n may_v be_v either_o that_o every_o one_o shall_v have_v a_o equal_a share_n or_o rather_o that_o these_o that_o have_v be_v in_o the_o war_n shall_v have_v one_o half_a and_o the_o rest_n of_o their_o tribe_n that_o stay_v behind_o shall_v have_v the_o other_o half_o for_o so_o moses_n by_o direction_n from_o the_o lord_n have_v order_v it_o in_o the_o war_n that_o be_v make_v by_o a_o party_n that_o be_v send_v out_o against_o the_o midianite_n num._n 31.27_o and_o divide_v the_o prey_n into_o part_n between_o they_o that_o take_v the_o war_n upon_o they_o who_o go_v out_o to_o battle_n and_o between_o all_o the_o congregation_n concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n upon_o that_o place_n and_o it_o be_v therefore_o probable_a that_o joshua_n follow_v the_o example_n of_o moses_n herein_o verse_n 10._o and_o when_o they_o come_v unto_o the_o border_n of_o jordan_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v when_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n and_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n come_v to_o the_o border_n of_o jordan_n within_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n before_o they_o pass_v over_o jordan_n they_o build_v there_o a_o very_a great_a altar_n after_o the_o pattern_n of_o that_o in_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o this_o they_o do_v as_o afterward_o vers_fw-la 24_o etc._n etc._n they_o make_v know_v to_o the_o messenger_n that_o be_v send_v to_o they_o about_o it_o not_o with_o any_o thought_n to_o offer_v sacrifice_n thereon_o but_o only_o to_o the_o end_n that_o altar_n may_v be_v in_o the_o age_n to_o come_v a_o memorial_n that_o those_o tribe_n that_o dwell_v without_o jordan_n be_v of_o the_o stock_n of_o israel_n as_o well_o as_o they_o within_o jordan_n and_o have_v a_o right_a to_o come_v to_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o to_o offer_v their_o sacrifice_n on_o god_n altar_n there_o as_o well_o as_o they_o in_o that_o it_o will_v still_o be_v know_v by_o tradition_n from_o their_o father_n to_o all_o succeed_a generation_n that_o that_o altar_n within_o jordan_n be_v build_v by_o the_o tribe_n without_o jordan_n when_o they_o return_v that_o way_n home_o from_o help_v their_o brethren_n against_o the_o canaanite_n when_o they_o first_o settle_v themselves_o in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n verse_n 12._o the_o whole_a congregation_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n gather_v themselves_o together_o at_o shiloh_n to_o go_v up_o to_o war_n against_o they_o god_n have_v enjoin_v his_o people_n that_o in_o case_n any_o of_o their_o brethren_n of_o any_o city_n in_o israel_n shall_v fall_v off_o from_o the_o true_a worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n to_o the_o worship_n of_o false_a god_n and_o consequent_o to_o any_o idolatrous_a worship_n whatsoever_o they_o shall_v then_o gather_v themselves_o together_o and_o utter_o destroy_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o that_o city_n deut._n 13.13_o etc._n etc._n now_o therefore_o when_o the_o israelite_n hear_v of_o the_o altar_n which_o their_o brethren_n have_v build_v on_o the_o bank_n of_o jordan_n in_o their_o return_n home_o they_o present_o conclude_v that_o they_o have_v do_v it_o with_o a_o purpose_n to_o offer_v sacrifice_n thereon_o which_o will_v have_v be_v a_o manifest_a rebellion_n against_o god_n law_n wherein_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n be_v enjoin_v to_o bring_v all_o their_o sacrifice_n to_o that_o one_o altar_n that_o be_v in_o the_o tabernacle_n deut._n 12.5_o 6._o and_o thereupon_o they_o unanimous_o gather_v themselves_o together_o at_o shiloh_n to_o make_v war_n against_o these_o tribe_n that_o have_v build_v this_o altar_n only_o they_o first_o send_v messenger_n as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n to_o make_v inquiry_n concern_v that_o which_o they_o have_v do_v according_a to_o the_o direction_n of_o the_o law_n deut._n 13.14_o thou_o shall_v inquire_v and_o make_v search_n etc._n etc._n though_o they_o be_v their_o brethren_n that_o do_v not_o abate_v their_o indignation_n against_o they_o but_o rather_o increase_v it_o yea_o the_o manassites_n within_o jordan_n be_v as_o forward_o as_o the_o rest_n to_o fight_v in_o this_o quarrel_n though_o one_o half_a of_o their_o own_o tribe_n be_v among_o those_o they_o be_v to_o fight_v against_o verse_n 13._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n send_v unto_o the_o child_n of_o reuben_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n to_o inquire_v concern_v that_o which_o they_o have_v hear_v to_o expostulate_v the_o matter_n with_o they_o to_o try_v if_o by_o any_o fair_a mean_n they_o may_v be_v draw_v from_o the_o evil_n which_o they_o conceive_v they_o have_v do_v and_o indeed_o not_o only_o because_o they_o be_v brethren_n but_o especial_o because_o these_o tribe_n have_v so_o late_o continue_v so_o many_o year_n so_o faithful_o with_o they_o to_o help_v they_o against_o their_o enemy_n till_o they_o be_v seat_v peaceable_o in_o the_o land_n of_o their_o inheritance_n it_o have_v be_v a_o great_a evil_a to_o have_v proceed_v to_o extremity_n before_o they_o have_v assay_v to_o make_v up_o the_o matter_n in_o a_o gentle_a way_n verse_n 17._o be_v the_o iniquity_n of_o peor_n too_o little_a for_o we_o from_o which_o we_o be_v not_o cleanse_v unto_o this_o day_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v say_v be_v it_o not_o enough_o that_o we_o do_v many_o year_n since_o so_o high_o provoke_v god_n to_o displeasure_n against_o we_o by_o suffer_v ourselves_o to_o be_v draw_v by_o the_o daughter_n of_o moab_n to_o the_o worship_n of_o baal-peor_n that_o we_o must_v now_o afresh_o provoke_v god_n again_o by_o a_o new_a rebellion_n against_o his_o law_n and_o indeed_o consider_v how_o exceed_o zealous_a phinehas_n have_v be_v in_o that_o matter_n of_o peor_n when_o he_o slay_v zimri_n and_o cozbi_n in_o the_o very_a act_n of_o their_o uncleanness_n it_o be_v no_o wonder_n though_o he_o do_v particular_o instance_n in_o this_o example_n of_o their_o former_a rebellion_n to_o show_v they_o how_o dangerous_a a_o thing_n it_o be_v so_o again_o to_o
near_o which_o under_o a_o oak_n there_o be_v a_o stone_n erect_v as_o a_o witness_n of_o the_o covenant_n which_o the_o people_n have_v make_v with_o god_n but_o it_o be_v more_o probable_a that_o this_o assembly_n be_v in_o shechem_n and_o that_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o ark_n be_v remove_v hither_o upon_o this_o occasion_n 1._o because_o shechem_n be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n as_o well_o as_o shiloh_n and_o perhaps_o near_o unto_o joshua_n his_o city_n and_o so_o the_o more_o convenient_a for_o he_o to_o come_v thither_o 2._o because_o we_o no_o where_n read_v that_o shiloh_n be_v call_v shechem_n which_o be_v the_o only_a ground_n of_o the_o other_o opinion_n 3._o because_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o upon_o special_a extraordinary_a occasion_n they_o be_v wont_v sometime_o to_o remove_v the_o ark_n 1._o sam._n 4.4_o so_o the_o people_n send_v to_o shiloh_n that_o they_o may_v bring_v from_o thence_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n but_o why_o shall_v they_o not_o have_v meet_v at_o shiloh_n that_o so_o there_o may_v be_v no_o need_n to_o remove_v the_o ark_n i_o answer_v that_o shechem_n be_v a_o city_n of_o great_a note_n a_o city_n of_o refuge_n chap._n 21.21_o a_o place_n famous_a for_o the_o abode_n of_o the_o patriarch_n there_o yea_o and_o there_o god_n do_v at_o first_o enter_v into_o a_o covenant_n with_o abraham_n gen._n 12.6_o 7._o and_o the_o people_n there_o have_v late_o renew_v their_o covenant_n with_o god_n upon_o mount_n gerizim_n and_o mount_n ebal_n in_o which_o regard_n joshua_n may_v think_v it_o the_o fit_a to_o bring_v the_o people_n now_o to_o renew_v it_o again_o in_o the_o same_o place_n and_o then_o beside_o there_o may_v be_v some_o other_o special_a occasion_n for_o some_o other_o business_n that_o be_v to_o be_v do_v at_o shechem_n as_o happy_o the_o burial_n of_o joseph_n bone_n there_o whereof_o mention_n be_v make_v in_o the_o 32._o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n verse_n 2._o your_o father_n be_v dwell_v on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o flood_n in_o old_a time_n even_o terah_n the_o father_n of_o abraham_n and_o the_o father_n of_o nachor_n that_o be_v euphrates_n which_o be_v by_o way_n of_o eminency_n usual_o in_o the_o scripture_n call_v the_o river_n and_o they_o serve_v other_o god_n that_o be_v their_o father_n to_o wit_n terah_n and_o abram_n and_o nachor_n of_o who_o they_o be_v descend_v by_o the_o mother_n side_n for_o they_o be_v all_o mention_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n neither_o need_v it_o seem_v strange_a unto_o we_o that_o abraham_n shall_v serve_v other_o god_n before_o his_o call_n for_o therein_o be_v god_n mercy_n the_o more_o magnify_v and_o indeed_o if_o abraham_n have_v continue_v incorrupt_a in_o a_o idolatrous_a family_n the_o posterity_n of_o abraham_n may_v have_v boast_v in_o this_o whereas_o the_o drift_n of_o joshua_n in_o these_o word_n be_v quite_o contrary_a even_o to_o set_v forth_o god_n goodness_n in_o rescue_v he_o out_o of_o that_o way_n of_o danger_n and_o choose_v he_o to_o be_v the_o father_n of_o his_o peculiar_a people_n when_o there_o be_v nothing_o in_o he_o to_o move_v the_o lord_n to_o show_v he_o such_o special_a favour_n verse_n 3._o and_o i_o take_v your_o father_n abraham_n from_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o flood_n and_o lead_v he_o throughout_o all_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n the_o mention_n which_o be_v here_o make_v of_o god_n lead_v abraham_n through_o the_o several_a part_n of_o canaan_n be_v to_o intimate_v god_n goodness_n to_o he_o that_o he_o do_v not_o only_o preserve_v he_o be_v in_o a_o strange_a land_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o so_o many_o barbarous_a people_n but_o also_o bless_v and_o prosper_v he_o and_o cause_v he_o to_o be_v so_o great_o esteem_v among_o they_o and_o multiply_v his_o seed_n and_o give_v he_o isaac_n that_o be_v give_v he_o several_a son_n to_o wit_n ishmael_n and_o the_o son_n of_o keturah_n and_o among_o the_o rest_n isaac_n and_o therefore_o i_o conceive_v mention_n be_v make_v of_o his_o other_o child_n to_o illustrate_v god_n singular_a favour_n to_o the_o israelite_n in_o pass_v by_o so_o many_o of_o abraham_n issue_n and_o choose_v their_o father_n to_o be_v the_o heir_n of_o promise_n verse_n 4._o and_o i_o give_v unto_o isaac_n jacob_n and_o esau_n and_o i_o give_v unto_o esau_n mount_v seir_n etc._n etc._n esau_n be_v here_o also_o mention_v to_o intimate_v the_o free_a grace_n of_o god_n in_o pass_v by_o esau_n though_o his_o posterity_n grow_v present_o great_a and_o inhabit_v mount_n seir_n and_o establish_v his_o covenant_n with_o their_o father_n jacob_n his_o young_a brother_n verse_n 7._o and_o your_o eye_n have_v see_v what_o i_o have_v do_v in_o egypt_n many_o may_v be_v now_o live_v as_o well_o as_o joshua_n and_o eleazar_n that_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n for_o only_o those_o that_o be_v above_o twenty_o year_n old_a when_o they_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n do_v the_o lord_n threaten_v to_o destroy_v in_o the_o wilderness_n num._n 14.29_o as_o for_o the_o next_o clause_n and_o you_o dwell_v in_o the_o wilderness_n a_o long_a season_n it_o be_v add_v to_o intimate_v god_n wonderful_a providence_n in_o feed_v they_o and_o preserve_v they_o for_o so_o many_o year_n in_o their_o travel_n there_o verse_n 9_o then_o balak_n the_o son_n of_o zippor_n king_n of_o moab_n rose_n and_o war_v against_o israel_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v prepare_v to_o make_v war_n against_o they_o intend_v to_o have_v set_v upon_o they_o if_o he_o can_v have_v get_v balaam_n to_o curse_v they_o num._n 22.11_o behold_v there_o be_v a_o people_n come_v out_o of_o egypt_n which_o cover_v the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n come_v now_o curse_v i_o they_o peradventure_o i_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o overcome_v they_o and_o drive_v they_o out_o verse_n 11._o and_o the_o man_n of_o jericho_n fight_v with_o you_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v make_v preparation_n to_o resist_v you_o shut_v up_o their_o city_n against_o you_o and_o fortify_v themselves_o which_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o defensive_a war_n though_o indeed_o they_o never_o dare_v stir_v out_o of_o their_o gate_n to_o fight_v against_o the_o israelite_n nor_o have_v the_o heart_n once_o to_o lift_v a_o weapon_n in_o defence_n of_o themselves_o when_o they_o see_v their_o wall_n so_o miraculous_o to_o fall_v down_o before_o they_o verse_n 12._o and_o i_o send_v the_o hornet_n before_o you_o which_o drive_v they_o out_o from_o before_o you_o etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n upon_o exod._n 23.28_o verse_n 14._o and_o put_v away_o the_o god_n which_o your_o father_n serve_v etc._n etc._n so_o likewise_o vers_fw-la 23._o he_o say_v put_v away_o the_o strange_a god_n that_o be_v among_o you_o their_o zeal_n against_o their_o brethren_n for_o build_v that_o altar_n on_o the_o bank_n of_o jordan_n chap._n 22.16_o thus_o say_v the_o whole_a congregation_n of_o the_o lord_n what_o trespass_n be_v this_o which_o you_o have_v commit_v against_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n to_o turn_v this_o day_n from_o follow_v the_o lord_n in_o that_o you_o have_v build_v you_o a_o altar_n that_o you_o may_v rebel_v this_o day_n against_o the_o lord_n and_o that_o which_o be_v say_v of_o they_o in_o this_o chapter_n vers_fw-la 31._o and_o israel_n serve_v the_o lord_n all_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n show_v plain_o that_o for_o the_o general_a they_o be_v not_o yet_o corrupt_v and_o that_o there_o be_v no_o idolatry_n public_o allow_v beside_o have_v joshua_n know_v any_o particular_a family_n or_o person_n that_o have_v worship_v idol_n no_o doubt_n he_o will_v have_v punish_v they_o according_a to_o the_o law_n but_o it_o seem_v in_o his_o government_n he_o have_v find_v that_o many_o of_o they_o be_v still_o linger_a after_o these_o superstition_n of_o their_o father_n and_o therefore_o fear_v that_o though_o they_o dare_v not_o open_o do_v it_o there_o be_v some_o that_o secret_o be_v worshipper_n of_o idol_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o he_o admonish_v they_o in_o this_o wise_a to_o put_v away_o the_o strange_a god_n from_o among_o they_o and_o indeed_o that_o in_o the_o wilderness_n many_o secret_o do_v worship_n idol_n be_v evident_a by_o that_o place_n amos_n 5.25_o 26._o which_o be_v cite_v by_o s._n stephen_n act_v 7.42_o 43._o then_o god_n turn_v and_o give_v they_o up_o to_o worship_v the_o host_n of_o heaven_n as_o it_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o prophet_n o_o you_o house_n of_o israel_n have_v you_o offer_v to_o i_o any_o beast_n and_o sacrifice_n by_o the_o space_n of_o forty_o year_n in_o the_o wilderness_n yea_o you_o take_v up_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o moloch_n and_o the_o star_n of_o your_o god_n remphan_n figure_n which_o you_o make_v to_o worship_v they_o verse_n 15._o
these_o first_o that_o he_o may_v be_v near_o hand_n to_o joshua_n who_o dwell_v in_o mount_n ephraim_n to_o the_o end_n that_o by_o he_o he_o may_v inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n upon_o any_o special_a service_n second_o that_o he_o may_v be_v the_o near_a to_o the_o tabernacle_n which_o at_o this_o time_n be_v in_o shiloh_n a_o city_n in_o ephraim_n annotation_n upon_o the_o book_n of_o judge_n chap._n i._n now_o after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o book_n the_o history_n of_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o israel_n be_v continue_v from_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n to_o the_o day_n of_o eli_n all_o which_o time_n at_o least_o the_o most_o of_o which_o time_n they_o live_v under_o the_o command_n and_o government_n of_o certain_a judge_n who_o god_n successive_o raise_v up_o to_o rule_v over_o they_o as_o his_o deputy_n and_o vicegerent_n and_o therefore_o be_v this_o book_n call_v the_o book_n of_o judge_n for_o though_o eli_n and_o samuel_n may_v well_o be_v number_v among_o the_o judge_n of_o israel_n because_o they_o command_v in_o chief_a after_o the_o same_o way_n of_o government_n as_o these_o do_v who_o history_n be_v record_v in_o this_o book_n yet_o because_o the_o change_n of_o the_o government_n from_o that_o of_o judge_n to_o that_o of_o king_n happen_v in_o the_o day_n of_o samuel_n and_o the_o story_n of_o samuel_n must_v needs_o be_v begin_v from_o the_o day_n of_o eli_n therefore_o the_o act_n of_o their_o time_n be_v not_o record_v here_o but_o be_v reserve_v to_o another_o book_n who_o write_v this_o book_n be_v not_o where_o express_v it_o suffice_v we_o to_o know_v that_o it_o have_v always_o be_v keep_v in_o the_o church_n among_o those_o oracle_n of_o god_n who_o penman_n be_v guide_v by_o the_o infallible_a inspiration_n of_o his_o spirit_n and_o indeed_o one_o passage_n of_o this_o book_n to_o wit_n that_o concern_v samson_n chap._n 13.7_o the_o child_n shall_v be_v a_o nazarite_n to_o god_n be_v by_o the_o judgement_n of_o many_o learned_a expositor_n principal_o intend_v by_o the_o evangelist_n s_o matthew_n where_o he_o undertake_v to_o allege_v a_o testimony_n out_o of_o the_o writing_n of_o god_n prophet_n matt._n 2.23_o and_o he_o come_v and_o dwell_v in_o a_o city_n call_v nazareth_n that_o it_o may_v be_v fulfil_v which_o be_v speak_v by_o the_o prophet_n he_o shall_v be_v call_v a_o nazarene_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n ask_v the_o lord_n say_v who_o shall_v go_v up_o for_o we_o against_o the_o canaanite_n first_o to_o fight_v with_o they_o in_o the_o last_o year_n of_o joshua_n his_o government_n the_o israelite_n have_v live_v in_o peace_n josh_n 21.44_o and_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o rest_v round_o about_o according_a to_o all_o that_o he_o swear_v unto_o their_o father_n and_o there_o stand_v not_o a_o man_n of_o all_o their_o enemy_n before_o they_o the_o lord_n deliver_v all_o their_o enemy_n into_o their_o hand_n the_o canaanites_n not_o dare_v to_o provoke_v they_o and_o the_o israelites_n not_o yet_o attempt_v any_o further_o upon_o the_o canaanite_n partly_o because_o the_o land_n they_o have_v already_o vanquish_v be_v as_o much_o as_o they_o can_v well_o people_n partly_o perhaps_o out_o of_o a_o over-eager_a desire_n to_o and_o love_n of_o the_o rest_n they_o now_o enjoy_v and_o indeed_o they_o know_v it_o be_v agreeable_a to_o the_o will_n of_o god_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o drive_v out_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n at_o once_o but_o by_o degree_n deut._n 7.22_o and_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n will_v put_v out_o these_o nation_n from_o before_o thou_o by_o little_a and_o little_a thou_o may_v not_o consume_v they_o at_o once_o lest_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o field_n increase_v upon_o thou_o but_o now_o joshua_n be_v dead_a who_o a_o little_a before_o his_o death_n have_v encourage_v they_o to_o go_v forward_o in_o expel_v the_o canaanite_n though_o they_o have_v no_o man_n choose_v of_o god_n to_o command_v over_o they_o in_o chief_a as_o moses_n and_o joshua_n do_v yet_o find_v that_o indeed_o it_o be_v now_o fit_a they_o shall_v proceed_v on_o in_o the_o war_n they_o assemble_v themselves_o together_o as_o it_o seem_v at_o shiloh_n and_o there_o resolve_v to_o renew_v their_o battle_n against_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o land_n only_o because_o the_o success_n of_o their_o first_o attempt_n will_v be_v a_o matter_n of_o great_a consequence_n either_o for_o the_o encouragement_n or_o dishearten_v the_o people_n therefore_o they_o will_v first_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n which_o according_o they_o do_v they_o ask_v the_o lord_n as_o it_o be_v here_o say_v to_o wit_n by_o phinehas_n the_o high_a priest_n or_o eleazar_n if_o he_o be_v yet_o live_v which_o be_v doubtful_a because_o he_o die_v immediate_o after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n josh_n 24.33_o before_o the_o propitiatory_a or_o mercy-seat_n who_o shall_v go_v up_o for_o we_o against_o the_o canaanite_n first_o to_o fight_v against_o they_o that_o be_v which_o of_o our_o tribe_n shall_v first_o begin_v and_o set_v upon_o the_o inhabitant_n that_o still_o abide_v in_o their_o lot_n for_o this_o be_v doubtless_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o question_n they_o ask_v verse_n 2._o and_o the_o lord_n say_v judah_n shall_v go_v up_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n because_o that_o be_v the_o most_o populous_a and_o the_o strong_a of_o the_o tribe_n and_o have_v their_o portion_n in_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o land_n which_o it_o be_v therefore_o fit_a shall_v be_v first_o clear_v of_o the_o enemy_n therefore_o they_o be_v appoint_v first_o to_o begin_v the_o war_n and_o beside_o thus_o be_v that_o still_o accomplish_v which_o jacob_n prophesy_v concern_v the_o pre-eminence_n this_o tribe_n shall_v have_v above_o the_o rest_n gen._n 49.8_o judah_n thou_o be_v he_o who_o thy_o brethren_n shall_v praise_v thy_o hand_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o neck_n of_o thy_o enemy_n thy_o father_n child_n shall_v bow_v down_o before_o thou_o verse_n 3._o and_o judah_n say_v unto_o simeon_n his_o brother_n come_v up_o with_o i_o etc._n etc._n the_o simeonites_n be_v brethren_n to_o those_o of_o judah_n both_o by_o father_n and_o mother_n but_o beside_o their_o cohabitation_n be_v another_o tie_n betwixt_o they_o in_o regard_n whereof_o they_o live_v in_o the_o same_o lot_n as_o brethren_n in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o house_n and_o in_o this_o respect_n chief_o be_v simeon_n call_v judah_n brother_n verse_n 4._o and_o judah_n go_v up_o and_o the_o lord_n deliver_v the_o canaanite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v one_o particular_a people_n of_o this_o country_n so_o call_v and_o they_o slay_v of_o they_o in_o bezek_n ten_o thousand_o man_n that_o be_v in_o and_z about_o bezek_n to_o wit_n in_o take_v the_o town_n or_o after_o they_o have_v take_v it_o when_o the_o king_n flee_v thence_o to_o save_v his_o life_n as_o be_v more_o particular_o after_o relate_v verse_n 6._o but_o adoni-bezek_n flee_v and_o they_o pursue_v after_o he_o and_o catch_v he_o and_o cut_v off_o his_o thumb_n and_o his_o great_a toe_n and_o thus_o as_o he_o have_v do_v to_o many_o other_o king_n as_o himself_o confess_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n to_o wit_n either_o out_o of_o a_o kind_n of_o barbarous_a sport_v cruelty_n or_o else_o to_o render_v they_o thereby_o unfit_a for_o war_n ever_o after_o that_o by_o the_o all-ruling_a providence_n of_o god_n be_v now_o do_v to_o he_o by_o the_o israelite_n that_o have_v now_o take_v he_o prisoner_n indeed_o we_o read_v not_o that_o god_n people_n be_v wont_a to_o inflict_v any_o such_o strange_a kind_n of_o punishment_n upon_o those_o that_o be_v vanquish_v by_o they_o nor_o do_v it_o stand_v with_o piety_n thus_o to_o torture_v and_o afflict_v those_o that_o be_v take_v in_o war_n with_o such_o study_a and_o uncoucht_v way_n of_o punishment_n and_o beside_o the_o israelite_n have_v a_o express_v command_v not_o to_o spare_v the_o life_n of_o any_o of_o these_o nation_n but_o present_o to_o cut_v they_o off_o and_o therefore_o as_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o some_o special_a reason_n move_v the_o israelite_n to_o inflict_v this_o unusual_a punishment_n upon_o he_o so_o i_o conceive_v it_o most_o probable_a that_o either_o when_o they_o take_v the_o city_n they_o find_v some_o of_o these_o poor_a captive_a king_n that_o have_v be_v thus_o inhumane_o use_v by_o he_o a_o spectacle_n that_o may_v well_o stir_v their_o spirit_n against_o he_o or_o at_o least_o that_o they_o may_v receive_v information_n from_o other_o herein_o and_o so_o may_v be_v move_v thereby_o to_o deal_v with_o he_o as_o he_o have_v deal_v with_o other_o as_o judge_v it_o consonant_a to_o that_o law_n of_o retaliation_n which_o god_n establish_v among_o his_o people_n eye_n for_o eye_n tooth_n for_o tooth_n hand_n for_o
they_o begin_v present_o to_o provoke_v the_o lord_n with_o their_o sin_n for_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o these_o city_n be_v not_o long_o after_o this_o inhabit_a by_o the_o philistine_n chap._n 3.1_o 2_o 3._o now_o these_o be_v â—he_n nation_n which_o the_o lord_n leave_v to_o prove_v israel_n by_o they_o etc._n etc._n namely_o five_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n etc._n etc._n and_o so_o again_o 1._o sam._n 6.17_o now_o these_o be_v the_o golden_a emerods_n which_o the_o philistine_n return_v for_o a_o trespasse-offering_a unto_o the_o lord_n for_o ashdod_n one_o for_o gaza_n one_o for_o askelon_n one_o for_o gath_n one_o for_o ekron_n one_o as_o for_o ekron_n one_o of_o the_o city_n here_o mention_v it_o be_v in_o dans_fw-fr lot_n josh_n 19.43_o therefore_o it_o seem_v that_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n join_v with_o those_o of_o dan_n as_o well_o as_o with_o those_o of_o simeon_n for_o the_o clear_n of_o their_o coast_n the_o rather_o because_o they_o can_v not_o hold_v those_o city_n they_o have_v get_v from_o the_o philistine_n if_o they_o have_v let_v they_o alone_o in_o this_o neighbour_a city_n verse_n 19_o and_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o judah_n and_o he_o drive_v out_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o mountain_n this_o clause_n and_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o judah_n be_v add_v to_o show_v of_o what_o difficulty_n their_o attempt_n be_v if_o the_o lord_n have_v not_o be_v with_o they_o and_o withal_o to_o condemn_v their_o cowardice_n that_o dare_v not_o proceed_v in_o their_o conquest_n against_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o valley_n have_v have_v such_o encourage_v experience_n of_o god_n assistance_n but_o can_v not_o drive_v out_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o valley_n because_o they_o have_v chariot_n of_o iron_n their_o own_o fear_n disable_n they_o and_o god_n for_o their_o sin_n withdraw_v himself_o from_o they_o concern_v these_o chariot_n of_o iron_n see_v the_o note_n josh_n 17.16_o verse_n 21._o and_o the_o child_n of_o benjamin_n do_v not_o drive_v out_o the_o jebusite_n that_o inhabit_v jerusalem_n etc._n etc._n see_v josh_n 15.63_o verse_n 26._o and_o the_o man_n go_v into_o the_o land_n of_o the_o hittite_n and_o build_v a_o city_n whence_o it_o seem_v probable_a that_o the_o israelite_n do_v not_o only_o spare_v his_o life_n and_o the_o life_n of_o his_o family_n but_o also_o give_v he_o a_o rich_a reward_n to_o wit_n for_o show_v they_o the_o way_n into_o bethel_n as_o be_v before_o say_v verse_n 27._o neither_o do_v manasseh_n drive_v out_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o bethshean_a etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n josh_n 17.12_o thus_o in_o the_o day_n after_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n when_o it_o seem_v they_o have_v no_o one_o set_v over_o they_o in_o chief_a but_o be_v only_o govern_v by_o the_o joynt-authority_n of_o the_o elder_n in_o each_o tribe_n they_o begin_v to_o be_v remiss_a in_o endeavour_v to_o drive_v out_o the_o remainder_n of_o the_o canaanite_n that_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n but_o be_v content_a to_o make_v peace_n with_o they_o and_o this_o be_v the_o first_o step_n of_o their_o defection_n from_o god_n which_o do_v by_o degree_n lead_v they_o into_o grosser_n sin_n and_o great_o provoke_v the_o lord_n to_o displeasure_n against_o they_o verse_n 35._o yet_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n prevail_v so_o that_o they_o become_v tributary_n that_o be_v though_o the_o danite_n be_v sore_o for_o a_o time_n oppress_v by_o the_o amorites_n as_o be_v express_v before_o vers_fw-la 34._o and_o the_o amorites_n force_v the_o child_n of_o dan_n into_o the_o mountain_n for_o they_o will_v not_o suffer_v they_o to_o come_v down_o to_o the_o valley_n yet_o afterward_o with_o the_o help_n of_o the_o son_n of_o joseph_n who_o border_v upon_o dans_fw-fr portion_n and_o come_v up_o to_o aid_v they_o they_o prevail_v against_o they_o so_o that_o they_o become_v tributary_n verse_n and_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o amorites_n be_v from_o the_o go_v up_o to_o akrabbim_n from_o the_o rock_n and_o upward_o this_o be_v add_v to_o show_v how_o the_o israelite_n through_o their_o own_o sloth_n suffer_v themselves_o to_o be_v hem_v in_o with_o these_o accurse_a enemy_n chap._n ii_o verse_n 1._o and_o a_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v up_o from_o gilgal_n to_o bochim_n it_o be_v very_o hard_a to_o determine_v whether_o this_o be_v a_o angel_n indeed_o or_o some_o man_n either_o priest_n or_o prophet_n that_o by_o special_a commission_n be_v send_v at_o this_o time_n from_o god_n unto_o the_o people_n to_o reprove_v they_o for_o their_o sin_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_n may_v well_o be_v translate_v either_o angel_n or_o messenger_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n of_o our_o bible_n and_o the_o reason_n be_v very_o considerable_a which_o have_v move_v many_o to_o think_v that_o it_o be_v some_o man_n of_o god_n that_o be_v send_v to_o they_o to_o wit_n first_o because_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o come_v up_o from_o gilgal_n not_o that_o he_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n and_o so_o appear_v to_o they_o and_o second_o because_o he_o speak_v in_o a_o general_a assembly_n as_o be_v evident_a vers_fw-la 4._o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o speak_v unto_o all_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n whereas_o the_o apparition_n of_o angel_n have_v be_v usual_o only_a to_o some_o particular_a man_n in_o private_a but_o yet_o the_o most_o of_o expositor_n conceive_v that_o it_o be_v a_o true_a angel_n and_o that_o have_v assume_v for_o this_o present_a service_n the_o body_n of_o man_n the_o scripture_n therefore_o speak_v of_o he_o as_o a_o man_n that_o he_o come_v up_o from_o gilgal_n to_o bochim_n and_o this_o they_o hold_v 1._o because_o he_o speak_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o angel_n not_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n as_o the_o prophet_n be_v wont_a to_o speak_v but_o as_o in_o the_o person_n of_o god_n i_o make_v you_o to_o go_v up_o out_o of_o egypt_n and_o 2._o because_o the_o author_n of_o this_o book_n elsewhere_o speak_v different_o of_o the_o prophet_n and_o the_o angel_n as_o chap._n 6.8_o the_o lord_n send_v a_o prophet_n unto_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n which_o say_v unto_o they_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n i_o bring_v you_o up_o from_o egypt_n and_o bring_v you_o forth_o out_o of_o the_o house_n of_o bondage_n but_o than_o vers_n 12._o and_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n appear_v unto_o he_o that_o be_v to_o gideon_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o thou_o thou_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n yea_o some_o hold_n that_o it_o be_v the_o son_n of_o god_n the_o angel_n of_o the_o covenant_n who_o be_v wont_v thus_o to_o appear_v to_o the_o father_n and_o that_o because_o he_o ascribe_v here_o to_o himself_o that_o which_o be_v the_o work_n of_o god_n as_o the_o bring_v this_o people_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o the_o make_n of_o a_o covenant_n with_o they_o however_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o this_o be_v do_v in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o elder_n that_o outlive_v joshua_n and_o that_o before_o they_o begin_v to_o worship_v the_o god_n of_o the_o nation_n they_o dwell_v among_o for_o else_o doubtless_o this_o angel_n or_o messenger_n of_o the_o lord_n will_v have_v reprove_v they_o for_o their_o idolatry_n as_o well_o as_o for_o make_v a_o league_n of_o peace_n with_o the_o land_n it_o seem_v therefore_o that_o find_v themselves_o sore_o annoy_v by_o the_o canaanite_n in_o several_a part_n of_o the_o land_n there_o be_v a_o assembly_n of_o the_o people_n call_v of_o all_o the_o tribe_n that_o they_o may_v consult_v what_o be_v fit_a to_o be_v do_v and_o so_o thereupon_o the_o lord_n send_v his_o angel_n to_o they_o with_o a_o message_n and_o very_o likely_a it_o be_v that_o it_o be_v some_o place_n about_o shiloh_n where_o the_o people_n be_v now_o meet_v together_o which_o upon_o occasion_n of_o the_o people_n weep_v here_o be_v call_v bochim_n that_o be_v weeper_n for_o first_o thither_o the_o tribe_n use_v to_o assemble_v themselves_o especial_o at_o their_o three_o solemn_a feast_n and_o some_o general_a assembly_n of_o the_o people_n there_o be_v at_o this_o time_n as_o be_v before_o note_a and_o second_o the_o people_n do_v offer_v sacrifice_n there_o vers_n 5._o and_o that_o they_o may_v only_o do_v where_o the_o altar_n and_o tabernacle_n be_v verse_n 2._o but_o you_o have_v not_o obey_v my_o voice_n why_o have_v you_o do_v this_o that_o be_v consider_v how_o great_a and_o inexcusable_a your_o sin_n be_v for_o these_o word_n why_o have_v you_o do_v this_o be_v as_o much_o in_o effect_n as_o if_o he_o have_v say_v that_o they_o have_v not_o the_o least_o colour_n for_o that_o they_o have_v do_v and_o that_o if_o they_o be_v challenge_v to_o give_v a_o reason_n
for_o the_o service_n he_o be_v to_o undertake_v and_o withal_o do_v secret_o but_o mighty_o work_v upon_o his_o spirit_n in_o move_v he_o to_o undertake_v that_o service_n for_o which_o he_o have_v fit_v he_o verse_n 11._o and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_v forty_o year_n that_o be_v unto_o the_o expiration_n of_o forty_o year_n to_o wit_n from_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n among_o expositor_n whether_o the_o year_n wherein_o the_o israelite_n be_v say_v in_o this_o book_n to_o have_v be_v in_o bondage_n under_o those_o nation_n that_o prevail_v over_o they_o and_o the_o year_n wherein_o the_o judge_n be_v here_o say_v to_o have_v judge_v israel_n and_o wherein_o the_o land_n be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v in_o rest_n be_v to_o be_v account_v as_o several_a distinct_a year_n or_o no_o and_o so_o it_o be_v in_o this_o particular_a place_n some_o hold_v that_o the_o land_n have_v rest_v forty_o year_n under_o othniels_n government_n after_o those_o eight_o year_n wherein_o the_o king_n of_o mesopotamia_n have_v tyrannize_v over_o they_o and_o other_o hold_v that_o both_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o the_o bondage_n of_o israel_n under_o cushan-rishathaim_a and_o the_o forego_n year_n wherein_o the_o israelite_n live_v without_o a_o judge_n under_o the_o joynt-government_n of_o their_o elder_n and_o have_v not_o yet_o by_o their_o sin_n bring_v themselves_o into_o bondage_n be_v to_o be_v all_o comprehend_v under_o the_o forty_o year_n here_o mention_v and_o indeed_o these_o last_o i_o conceive_v be_v in_o the_o right_n unquestionable_o as_o may_v be_v thus_o make_v evident_a it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o from_o the_o israelite_n go_v out_o of_o egypt_n to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o solomon_n reign_n there_o be_v but_o four_o hundred_o and_o eighty_o year_n 1._o king_n 6.1_o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o four_o hundred_o and_o fourscore_o year_n after_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n be_v come_v out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o solomon_n reign_n etc._n etc._n that_o he_o begin_v to_o build_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n now_o first_o if_o to_o the_o forty_o year_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n wander_v in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o joshua_n we_o add_v the_o several_a year_n of_o israel_n bondage_n mention_v in_o this_o book_n of_o judge_n and_o second_o the_o year_n wherein_o the_o land_n be_v say_v to_o have_v rest_v and_o three_o the_o several_a year_n of_o the_o judge_n from_o abimelech_n to_o eli_n and_o fourthly_a the_o year_n of_o eli_n samuel_n and_o david_n we_o must_v say_v then_o that_o there_o be_v well_o nigh_o six_o hundred_o year_n from_o the_o israelite_n go_v out_o of_o egypt_n to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o solomon_n reign_n yea_o though_o we_o allow_v no_o time_n of_o distance_n between_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n and_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o cushan-rishathaims_a tyranny_n which_o will_v be_v absurd_a and_o this_o can_v stand_v with_o that_o place_n 1._o king_n 6.1_o beside_o in_o one_o place_n of_o this_o book_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o year_n of_o the_o judge_n be_v confound_v with_o those_o of_o the_o enemy_n oppress_v the_o land_n namely_o chap._n 15.20_o where_o it_o be_v say_v of_o samson_n that_o he_o judge_v israel_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o philistine_n twenty_o year_n and_o why_o therefore_o may_v it_o not_o be_v so_o with_o the_o other_o judge_n too_o i_o make_v no_o question_n therefore_o but_o under_o the_o forty_o year_n here_o mention_v and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_v forty_o year_n we_o must_v comprehend_v both_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o israel_n bondage_n under_o the_o king_n of_o mesopotamia_n and_o all_o the_o year_n before_o that_o bondage_n of_o the_o israelite_n even_o from_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n the_o main_a objection_n against_o this_o be_v how_o the_o land_n can_v be_v say_v to_o have_v rest_v forty_o year_n if_o part_n of_o those_o forty_o year_n it_o be_v waste_v with_o war_n and_o the_o people_n hold_v under_o a_o miserable_a bondage_n but_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v 1._o that_o it_o be_v not_o unusual_a in_o the_o scripture_n to_o denominate_v a_o full_a number_n of_o year_n from_o that_o which_o be_v proper_o true_a only_o of_o the_o great_a part_n of_o that_o number_n as_o we_o see_v gen._n 35.26_o where_o after_o the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o son_n of_o jacob_n this_o clause_n be_v add_v these_o be_v the_o son_n of_o jacob_n that_o be_v bear_v to_o he_o in_o padan-aram_n and_o yet_o benjamin_n be_v mention_v among_o they_o who_o be_v not_o bear_v in_o padan-aram_n but_o in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o so_o likewise_o act_v 7.14_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o joseph_n send_v and_o call_v his_o father_n and_o all_o his_o kindred_n threescore_o and_o fifteen_o soul_n and_o yet_o indeed_o there_o go_v but_o threscore_a and_o ten_o of_o they_o at_o that_o time_n into_o egypt_n gen._n 46.27_o and_o so_o again_o exod._n 12.40_o where_o it_o say_v that_o the_o sojourn_v of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n who_o dwell_v in_o egypt_n be_v four_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o year_n and_o yet_o they_o be_v not_o in_o egypt_n above_o two_o hundred_o and_o fifteen_o year_n and_o 2._o that_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_v forty_o year_n may_v be_v that_o the_o land_n have_v rest_n unto_o the_o end_n of_o forty_o year_n to_o wit_n count_v the_o forty_o year_n from_o the_o death_n of_o joshua_n to_o the_o death_n of_o othniel_n and_o so_o indeed_o junius_n translate_v these_o word_n usque_fw-la ad_fw-la quadragesimum_fw-la annune_n unto_o the_o expiration_n of_o forty_o year_n for_o so_o the_o like_a expression_n we_o find_v chap._n 14.17_o where_o it_o be_v say_v of_o samson_n wife_n that_o she_o weep_v before_o he_o the_o seven_o day_n while_o the_o feast_n last_v and_o yet_o the_o meaning_n be_v only_o that_o she_o weep_v to_o the_o end_n of_o those_o seven_o day_n to_o wit_n from_o the_o time_n he_o refuse_v to_o tell_v she_o the_o meaning_n of_o his_o riddle_n verse_n 12._o and_o the_o lord_n strengthen_v eglon_n the_o king_n of_o moab_n against_o israel_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o give_v he_o courage_n and_o strength_n to_o invade_v israel_n and_o prosper_v his_o attempt_n against_o they_o whereas_o otherwise_o happy_o they_o will_v have_v be_v afraid_a to_o meddle_v with_o a_o people_n that_o have_v be_v so_o victorious_a verse_n 13._o and_o go_v and_o smite_v israel_n and_o possess_v the_o city_n of_o palm-tree_n that_o be_v jericho_n deut._n 34.3_o jericho_n be_v indeed_o whole_o burn_v by_o the_o israelite_n josh_n 6.24_o and_o be_v not_o rebuilt_a till_o ahabs_n day_n 1._o king_n 16.43_o but_o the_o meaning_n therefore_o be_v that_o this_o eglon_fw-mi king_n of_o moab_n have_v vanquish_v the_o israelite_n in_o battle_n possess_v himself_o of_o the_o land_n and_o territory_n thereabouts_o where_o the_o city_n jericho_n former_o stand_v and_o either_o build_v some_o strong_a fort_n there_o or_o possess_v himself_o of_o some_o fort_n that_o may_v he_o there_o before_o and_o that_o to_o the_o end_n he_o may_v have_v the_o command_n of_o the_o ford_n of_o jordan_n both_o because_o there_o be_v the_o passage_n over_o towards_o his_o own_o country_n the_o land_n of_o moab_n and_o because_o by_o this_o mean_v he_o shall_v be_v the_o better_a able_a to_o keep_v the_o israelite_n within_o jordan_n and_o those_o without_o from_o join_v their_o force_n together_o against_o he_o and_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o when_o ehud_n begin_v to_o raise_v the_o country_n against_o the_o moabite_n after_o he_o have_v slay_v eglon_n their_o king_n the_o first_o thing_n they_o do_v be_v to_o take_v the_o ford_n of_o jordan_n vers_fw-la 28._o they_o go_v down_o after_o he_o and_o take_v the_o ford_n of_o jordan_n towards_o moab_n and_o suffer_v not_o a_o man_n to_o pass_v over_o verse_n 14._o so_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n serve_v eglon_n king_n of_o moab_n eighteen_o year_n how_o long_o it_o be_v after_o the_o death_n of_o othniel_n ere_o these_o eighteen_o year_n of_o the_o israelite_n bondage_n under_o eglon_n begin_v it_o be_v not_o express_v only_o this_o be_v clear_a that_o first_o the_o israelite_n revolt_v to_o idolatry_n after_o othniels_n death_n and_o then_o the_o lord_n bring_v eglon_n against_o they_o for_o it_o however_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o whereas_o their_o first_o bondage_n under_o cushan-rishathaim_a king_n of_o mesopotamia_n continue_v but_o eight_o year_n ver_fw-la 8._o this_o next_o under_o eglon_n continue_v eighteen_o year_n and_o so_o the_o next_o too_o after_o that_o under_o jabin_n king_n of_o canaan_n continue_v twenty_o year_n
all_o the_o man_n of_o the_o tower_n of_o shechem_n hear_v that_o they_o enter_v into_o a_o hold_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o god_n berith_n this_o tower_n of_o shechem_n be_v some_o fort_n or_o castle_n in_o some_o adjoin_a village_n belong_v to_o shechem_n but_o not_o in_o the_o city_n as_o be_v evident_a because_o the_o man_n of_o this_o tower_n see_v not_o the_o destruction_n of_o shechem_n but_o hear_v of_o it_o and_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o which_o be_v call_v vers_fw-la 6._o the_o house_n of_o millo_n the_o ruin_n whereof_o be_v here_o relate_v to_o show_v that_o jothams_n curse_n vers_fw-la 20._o do_v fall_v as_o well_o upon_o the_o house_n of_o millo_n as_o upon_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o shechem_n for_o hear_v what_o abimelech_n have_v do_v to_o shechem_n they_o retire_v to_o a_o strong_a hold_n in_o the_o house_n of_o baal-berith_a to_o wit_n as_o rest_v not_o only_o in_o the_o strength_n but_o also_o in_o the_o holiness_n of_o the_o place_n and_o the_o help_n of_o their_o god_n and_o this_o it_o may_v be_v be_v the_o fort_n from_o which_o the_o village_n be_v call_v the_o tower_n of_o shechem_n or_o perhaps_o some_o other_o place_n near_o hand_n of_o great_a strength_n than_o that_o and_o so_o there_o they_o be_v all_o burn_v by_o abimelech_n about_o a_o thousand_o man_n and_o woman_n as_o be_v express_v afterward_o vers_fw-la 49._o verse_n 50._o then_o go_v abimelech_n to_o thebez_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v also_o some_o place_n belong_v to_o shechem_n for_o how_o else_o be_v jothams_n prophecy_n fulfil_v vers_fw-la 20._o that_o a_o fire_n shall_v come_v out_o from_o the_o man_n of_o shechem_n and_o devour_v abimelech_n verse_n 53._o and_o a_o certain_a woman_n cast_v a_o piece_n of_o a_o millstone_n upon_o abimelech_n head_n etc._n etc._n thus_o he_o receive_v his_o death_n wound_n with_o a_o stone_n who_o have_v slay_v his_o brethren_n all_o upon_o one_o stone_n vers_n 5._o verse_n 56._o thus_o god_n render_v the_o wickedness_n of_o abimelech_n which_o he_o do_v unto_o his_o father_n in_o slay_v his_o seventy_o brethren_n to_o wit_n because_o gideon_n his_o father_n be_v wrong_v though_o dead_a in_o the_o murder_n of_o his_o child_n and_o this_o be_v the_o circumstance_n that_o do_v most_o aggravate_v abimelech_n sin_n and_o provoke_v the_o lord_n that_o he_o can_v so_o far_o forget_v his_o father_n as_o to_o imbrue_v his_o hand_n in_o the_o blood_n of_o his_o child_n chap._n x._o verse_n 1._o and_o after_o abimelech_n there_o arise_v to_o defend_v israel_n tola_n the_o son_n of_o puah_n etc._n etc._n though_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v of_o any_o enemy_n that_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n in_o the_o day_n of_o this_o tola_n the_o seven_o judge_n of_o israel_n if_o abimelech_n be_v reckon_v for_o one_o yet_o it_o need_v not_o seem_v strange_a that_o it_o shall_v be_v say_v of_o he_o that_o he_o arise_v to_o defend_v israel_n or_o to_o deliver_v israel_n as_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_n may_v also_o be_v translate_v for_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o the_o land_n be_v invade_v in_o his_o time_n by_o some_o of_o the_o neighbour_a nation_n though_o it_o be_v not_o express_v and_o indeed_o consider_v that_o idolatry_n and_o superstition_n be_v so_o rise_v in_o the_o land_n all_o the_o time_n of_o abimelech_n three_o year_n tyranny_n as_o be_v evident_a chap._n 8.33_o and_o 9.4_o 46._o it_o be_v like_a enough_o that_o god_n do_v raise_v they_o up_o some_o adversary_n or_o other_o to_o plead_v the_o quarrel_n of_o his_o covenant_n as_o in_o former_a time_n but_o then_o beside_o it_o may_v be_v say_v that_o he_o do_v descend_v or_o deliver_v israel_n either_o because_o he_o do_v happy_o compose_v the_o factious_a tumult_n and_o combustion_n that_o be_v raise_v in_o the_o land_n in_o abimelech_n time_n or_o else_o because_o he_o retain_v they_o from_o their_o idolatry_n which_o be_v a_o great_a deliverance_n and_o thence_o it_o be_v say_v that_o afterward_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n do_v evil_a again_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o serve_v baalim_fw-la etc._n etc._n vers_fw-la 6._o or_o else_o because_o be_v raise_v of_o god_n to_o be_v judge_n of_o israel_n consequent_o he_o be_v to_o descend_v or_o deliver_v they_o in_o case_n any_o enemy_n shall_v rise_v up_o against_o they_o and_o oppress_v they_o as_o for_o the_o last_o clause_n of_o this_o verse_n where_o it_o be_v say_v of_o this_o tola_n that_o he_o dwell_v in_o shamir_n in_o mount_n ephraim_n though_o he_o be_v a_o man_n of_o issachar_n we_o need_v not_o stumble_v at_o that_o neither_o for_o beside_o that_o the_o israelite_n do_v not_o always_o live_v in_o their_o own_o tribe_n it_o be_v probable_a that_o in_o this_o place_n tola_n live_v for_o the_o more_o conveniency_n of_o execute_v judgement_n among_o the_o people_n shamir_n in_o mount_n ephraim_n be_v near_o upon_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o tribe_n within_o jordan_n and_o not_o far_o too_o from_o the_o tabernacle_n in_o shiloh_n which_o be_v another_o considerable_a advantage_n verse_n 3._o and_o after_o he_o arise_v jair_a a_o gileadite_n etc._n etc._n to_o show_v that_o this_o jair_a the_o eight_o judge_n of_o israel_n be_v a_o man_n of_o great_a renown_n before_o he_o be_v raise_v to_o be_v judge_n it_o be_v note_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n that_o he_o have_v thirty_o son_n to_o wit_n by_o several_a wife_n that_o ride_v on_o asse-colt_n as_o be_v prince_n and_o man_n of_o great_a place_n see_v chap._n 5.10_o and_o that_o they_o have_v thirty_o city_n call_v havoth-jair_a that_o be_v the_o village_n of_o jair_a now_o though_o there_o be_v one_o jair_n who_o at_o the_o first_o enter_v of_o the_o israelite_n into_o cannaan_n above_o three_o hundred_o year_n before_o this_o take_v all_o the_o country_n of_o argob_n in_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n and_o so_o the_o town_n therein_o be_v call_v after_o his_o name_n havoth-jair_a num._n 33.41_o and_o jair_v the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n take_v the_o small_a town_n thereof_o and_o call_v they_o havoth-jair_a deut._n 3.14_o jair_a the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n take_v all_o the_o country_n of_o argob_n unto_o the_o coast_n of_o geshuri_n and_o maachathi_o and_o call_v they_o after_o his_o own_o name_n bashan_n havoth-jair_a yet_o this_o must_v needs_o be_v another_o jair_n and_o so_o perhaps_o these_o be_v other_o town_n which_o have_v their_o name_n from_o this_o jair_a the_o judge_n of_o israel_n as_o the_o other_o have_v their_o name_n from_o the_o other_o jair_a in_o moses_n time_n and_o indeed_o of_o those_o that_o be_v call_v havoth-jair_a in_o moses_n time_n there_o be_v but_o three_o and_o twenty_o 1._o chron._n 2.22_o and_o zegub_n beget_v jair_a who_o have_v three_o and_o twenty_o city_n in_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n yet_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o this_o man_n be_v descend_v of_o that_o jair_a and_o that_o come_v to_o inherit_v so_o many_o of_o those_o town_n which_o his_o ancestor_n have_v take_v from_o the_o amorites_n the_o possession_n or_o government_n whereof_o he_o divide_v among_o his_o thirty_o son_n they_o be_v also_o in_o this_o regard_n call_v havoth-jair_a the_o old_a name_n on_o a_o second_o ground_n be_v now_o renew_v and_o confirm_v on_o they_o as_o we_o see_v the_o like_a in_o the_o note_n upon_o gen._n 26.33_o however_o this_o jair_n be_v of_o that_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n that_o inhabit_v without_o jordan_n though_o he_o be_v raise_v to_o be_v judge_n of_o all_o israel_n and_o doubtless_o one_o out_o of_o those_o part_n be_v purposely_o raise_v of_o god_n to_o be_v judge_n because_o those_o tribe_n without_o jordan_n be_v to_o suffer_v so_o much_o in_o his_o day_n by_o the_o invasion_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n vers_fw-la 8._o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v most_o sit_v that_o he_o that_o be_v to_o be_v judge_n shall_v live_v among_o they_o verse_n 6._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n do_v evil_a again_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o serve_v baalim_fw-la etc._n etc._n concern_v baalim_fw-la and_o ashtaroth_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 2.9_o 13._o the_o heinousness_n of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o israelite_n at_o this_o time_n above_o that_o of_o their_o forefather_n be_v note_v first_o by_o set_v down_o not_o only_o general_o that_o they_o worship_v the_o idol-god_n of_o the_o nation_n that_o be_v about_o they_o baalim_fw-la and_o ashtaroth_n but_o also_o particular_o what_o a_o multitude_n of_o false_a god_n they_o have_v now_o entertain_v even_o the_o god_n of_o all_o the_o nation_n about_o they_o the_o god_n of_o syria_n sidon_n moab_n the_o child_n of_o ammon_n and_o the_o philistine_n as_o indeed_o we_o find_v elsewhere_o that_o these_o nation_n have_v for_o the_o most_o part_n some_o
particular_a god_n as_o rimmon_n be_v a_o god_n among_o the_o assyrian_n 2._o king_n 15.18_o and_o chemosh_fw-mi the_o god_n of_o the_o moabite_n and_o milcom_v the_o god_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n 2._o king_n 11.23_o and_o dagon_n the_o god_n of_o the_o philistine_n 1._o sam._n 5.2_o and_o second_o that_o by_o degree_n they_o do_v so_o whole_o give_v themselves_o to_o the_o worship_n of_o these_o false_a god_n that_o at_o length_n they_o quite_o lay_v by_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n in_o the_o tabernacle_n build_v by_o moses_n they_o forsake_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v not_o he_o when_o the_o israelite_n begin_v thus_o to_o apostatise_v it_o be_v not_o express_o say_v only_o thus_o much_o we_o may_v certain_o conclude_v from_o the_o text_n that_o though_o the_o death_n of_o jair_n be_v mention_v in_o the_o verse_n before_o yet_o it_o be_v long_o before_o his_o death_n even_o immediate_o after_o the_o death_n of_o tola_n the_o former_a judge_n and_o that_o because_o about_o four_o year_n after_o this_o jair_a begin_v to_o be_v judge_n of_o israel_n through_o the_o just_a hand_n of_o god_n upon_o they_o for_o their_o idolatry_n the_o ammonite_n begin_v their_o incursion_n into_o their_o land_n as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o 8._o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n verse_n 7._o and_o he_o sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n so_o that_o they_o be_v invade_v both_o on_o the_o east_n and_o west_n on_o the_o west_n by_o the_o philistine_n and_o on_o the_o east_n by_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n chap._n 2.14_o verse_n 8._o and_o that_o year_n they_o vex_v and_o oppress_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n eighteen_o year_n all_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v on_o the_o other_o side_n jordan_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o ammonite_n have_v eighteen_o year_n before_o in_o the_o day_n of_o jair_a oppress_v the_o israelite_n by_o many_o incursion_n and_o inroad_n make_v upon_o they_o and_o especial_o those_o tribe_n that_o lay_v without_o jordan_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o amorites_n that_o year_n that_o jair_n die_v they_o do_v again_o invade_v the_o land_n and_o happy_o in_o a_o more_o sore_a and_o grievous_a manner_n than_o ever_o before_o do_v oppress_v and_o crush_v the_o poor_a people_n in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o kingdom_n or_o else_o the_o meaning_n may_v be_v that_o have_v eighteen_o year_n before_o by_o several_a incursion_n oppress_v the_o tribe_n without_o jordan_n that_o year_n that_o jair_n die_v encourage_v by_o the_o death_n of_o their_o judge_n they_o begin_v to_o vex_v and_o oppress_v the_o israelite_n in_o general_a even_o those_o within_o jordan_n also_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n moreover_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n pass_v over_o jordan_n to_o sight_n also_o against_o judah_n and_o against_o benjamin_n and_o against_o the_o house_n of_o ephraim_n so_o that_o israel_n be_v sore_o distress_v however_o the_o eighteen_o year_n here_o mention_v must_v necessary_o be_v refer_v to_o the_o year_n of_o jair_n government_n for_o that_o place_n 1._o king_n 6.1_o will_v not_o suffer_v the_o year_n of_o oppression_n to_o be_v reckon_v apart_o from_o the_o year_n of_o the_o judge_n as_o be_v before_o note_v chap._n 3.11_o and_o to_o the_o year_n follow_v they_o can_v be_v refer_v if_o we_o consider_v first_o israel_n repent_v at_o present_a vers_n 10._o and_o vers_n 16._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n cry_v unto_o the_o lord_n say_v we_o have_v sin_v against_o thou_o both_o because_o we_o have_v forsake_v our_o god_n and_o also_o serve_v baalim_fw-la and_o they_o put_v the_o strange_a god_n from_o among_o they_o and_o serve_v the_o lord_n and_o second_o that_o jephthah_n judge_v the_o people_n but_o six_o year_n chap._n 12.7_o and_o do_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o government_n whole_o vanquish_v the_o ammonite_n chap._n 11.32_o 33._o and_o therefore_o in_o his_o time_n the_o people_n can_v not_o be_v under_o the_o oppression_n of_o the_o ammonite_n eighteen_o year_n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n either_o by_o a_o angel_n or_o by_o some_o prophet_n or_o perhaps_o by_o the_o high_a priest_n who_o after_o enquiry_n make_v for_o they_o return_v this_o answer_n from_o the_o lord_n many_o deliverance_n be_v here_o mention_v which_o god_n have_v give_v they_o which_o if_o they_o be_v not_o before_o particular_o express_v it_o be_v because_o the_o lord_n do_v many_o great_a thing_n for_o they_o which_o be_v not_o write_v verse_n 12._o the_o zidonian_o also_o and_o the_o amalekite_n and_o the_o maonite_n do_v oppress_v you_o etc._n etc._n we_o read_v of_o a_o city_n call_v maon_n in_o the_o mountain_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.55_o and_o of_o a_o wilderness_n also_o so_o call_v 1._o sam._n 23.24_o and_o they_o arise_v and_o go_v to_o ziph_n before_o saul_n but_o david_n and_o his_o man_n be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n of_o maon_n it_o be_v therefore_o likely_a that_o the_o canaanite_n inhabit_v there_o or_o in_o the_o part_n adjoin_v be_v here_o call_v maonites_n verse_n 13._o wherefore_o i_o will_v deliver_v you_o no_o more_o god_n speak_v here_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o man_n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o they_o deserve_v no_o more_o help_n and_o that_o he_o will_v deliver_v they_o no_o more_o to_o wit_n except_o they_o do_v true_o repent_v and_o amend_v that_o which_o be_v amiss_o for_o the_o condition_n of_o conditional_a threaten_n be_v not_o always_o express_v verse_n 15._o do_v unto_o we_o whatsoever_o seem_v good_a unto_o thou_o deliver_v we_o only_o we_o pray_v thou_o this_o day_n thus_o first_o they_o acknowledge_v that_o for_o their_o sin_n god_n may_v just_o destroy_v they_o second_o they_o do_v willing_o stoop_v under_o his_o hand_n and_o submit_v themselves_o to_o whatsoever_o he_o will_v do_v and_o yet_o three_o they_o beseech_v the_o lord_n that_o if_o it_o may_v be_v he_o will_v try_v they_o once_o more_o verse_n 17._o then_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n be_v gather_v together_o and_o encamp_v in_o gilead_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n as_o in_o vers_n 18._o which_o they_o now_o claim_v to_o belong_v to_o they_o chap._n 11._o vers_fw-la 13._o verse_n 18._o and_o the_o people_n and_o the_o prince_n of_o gilead_n say_v one_o to_o another_o what_o man_n be_v he_o that_o will_v begin_v to_o fight_v etc._n etc._n thus_o at_o first_o they_o proffer_v the_o principallitie_n of_o gilead_n to_o any_o one_o that_o will_v undertake_v to_o lead_v they_o forth_o against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n till_o find_v that_o no_o body_n will_v accept_v of_o it_o they_o then_o send_v to_o jephthah_n as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o next_o chapter_n chap._n xi_o verse_n 1._o now_o jephthah_n the_o gileadite_n be_v a_o mighty_a man_n etc._n etc._n though_o he_o be_v the_o son_n of_o one_o gilead_n as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o last_o word_n of_o this_o verse_n and_o gilead_n beget_v jephthah_n not_o the_o same_o who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o machir_n the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n josh_n 17.1_o 2._o of_o who_o the_o great_a part_n if_o not_o all_o of_o that_o tribe_n be_v descend_v but_o another_o of_o his_o posterity_n and_o call_v by_o his_o name_n yet_o doubtless_o he_o be_v here_o call_v a_o gileadite_n either_o from_o the_o land_n or_o city_n of_o gilead_n the_o place_n of_o his_o birth_n and_o education_n for_o the_o most_o of_o gilead_n be_v possess_v by_o manasseh_n tribe_n verse_n 2._o and_o they_o thrust_v out_o jephthah_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o thou_o shall_v not_o inherit_v in_o our_o father_n house_n etc._n etc._n this_o his_o brethren_n do_v by_o the_o help_n and_o decree_n of_o the_o magistrate_n of_o gilead_n as_o appear_v by_o jephthahs_n answer_n to_o the_o elder_n vers_fw-la 17._o and_o jephthah_n say_v unto_o the_o elder_n of_o gilead_n do_v you_o not_o hate_v i_o and_o expel_v i_o out_o of_o my_o father_n house_n whether_o they_o only_o cast_v he_o one_o from_o have_v any_o share_n in_o the_o inheritance_n of_o their_o father_n or_o whether_o also_o they_o deny_v he_o any_o portion_n for_o his_o livelihood_n among_o they_o we_o can_v from_o the_o word_n certain_o conclude_v yet_o because_o be_v a_o bastard_n he_o can_v not_o challenge_v any_o part_n of_o his_o father_n inheritance_n and_o his_o complaint_n vers_fw-la 7._o seem_v to_o imply_v that_o he_o apprehend_v himself_o great_o wrong_v therefore_o the_o last_o be_v think_v most_o probable_a verse_n 3._o and_o jephthah_n flee_v from_o his_o brethren_n and_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n of_o tob._n where_o this_o land_n of_o tob_z be_v we_o read_v not_o but_o their_o sudden_a fetch_v jephthah_n to_o be_v their_o captain_n show_v plain_o that_o it_o be_v
what_o if_o a_o dog_n or_o a_o swine_n have_v meet_v he_o yea_o what_o if_o his_o wife_n or_o any_o of_o his_o marry_a servant_n have_v meet_v he_o that_o can_v not_o have_v be_v devote_v to_o perpetual_a virginity_n for_o to_o avoid_v this_o it_o can_v be_v reasonable_o answer_v that_o such_o may_v have_v be_v redeem_v for_o if_o they_o speak_v of_o redemtion_n in_o these_o case_n than_o we_o reply_v why_o may_v not_o his_o daughter_n have_v be_v redeem_v too_o that_o be_v also_o allow_v by_o the_o law_n levit._n 27.5_o and_o if_o it_o be_v from_o five_o year_n old_a even_o to_o twenty_o year_n old_a than_o thy_o estimation_n shall_v be_v of_o the_o male_a twenty_o shekel_n and_o for_o the_o female_a ten_o shekel_n and_o three_o the_o bitter_a lamentation_n of_o jephthah_n vers_fw-la 35._o alas_o my_o daughter_n thou_o have_v bring_v i_o very_o low_a and_o thou_o be_v one_o of_o they_o that_o trouble_v i_o show_v that_o there_o be_v something_o more_o in_o his_o vow_n than_o the_o consecrate_v of_o his_o daughter_n to_o perpetual_a virginity_n verse_n 39_o she_o return_v unto_o her_o father_n who_o do_v with_o she_o according_a to_o his_o vow_n which_o he_o have_v vow_v that_o be_v he_o sacrifice_v she_o it_o be_v indeed_o strange_a that_o have_v two_o month_n liberty_n to_o deliberate_v about_o it_o he_o be_v not_o all_o that_o time_n either_o by_o the_o priest_n or_o some_o other_o resolve_v both_o how_o unlawful_a his_o vow_n be_v and_o how_o lawful_o he_o may_v now_o break_v it_o but_o much_o must_v be_v ascribe_v to_o the_o ignorance_n corruption_n and_o confusion_n of_o these_o time_n and_o she_o know_v not_o man_n these_o word_n be_v add_v to_o imply_v that_o this_o do_v much_o aggravate_v jephthahs_n loss_n that_o his_o daughter_n die_v childless_a and_o it_o be_v a_o custom_n in_o israel_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n that_o four_o day_n every_o year_n the_o daughter_n of_o israel_n go_v into_o the_o mountain_n to_o bewail_v jephthahs_n daughter_n as_o it_o follow_v vers_fw-la 40._o at_o first_o happy_o they_o meet_v only_o that_o be_v her_o companion_n but_o at_o last_o it_o grow_v to_o be_v a_o anniversary_n custom_n and_o it_o may_v be_v be_v the_o rather_o take_v up_o and_o continue_v that_o it_o may_v be_v a_o memorial_n to_o warn_v man_n to_o take_v heed_n of_o all_o such_o rash_a and_o unlawful_a vow_n chap._n xii_o verse_n 1._o and_o the_o man_n of_o ephraim_n gather_v themselves_o together_o and_o go_v northward_n that_o be_v have_v pass_v over_o jordan_n they_o then_o turn_v northward_n into_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n wherefore_o passedst_a thou_o over_o to_o fight_v against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n and_o do_v not_o call_v we_o to_o go_v with_o thou_o etc._n etc._n upon_o the_o same_o ground_n they_o quarrel_v before_o with_o gideon_n chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 1._o jephthah_n as_o be_v evident_a by_o his_o answer_n vers_n 2._o have_v send_v unto_o they_o to_o desire_v they_o to_o come_v and_o expel_v the_o ammonite_n out_o of_o their_o coast_n and_o can_v not_o persuade_v they_o to_o undertake_v it_o yet_o now_o himself_o have_v do_v it_o they_o envy_v his_o victory_n and_o quarrel_n with_o he_o because_o he_o do_v not_o call_v they_o to_o go_v with_o he_o to_o wit_n as_o pretend_v that_o though_o he_o call_v they_o to_o expel_v the_o ammonite_n out_o of_o their_o coast_n yet_o he_o do_v not_o make_v know_v to_o they_o his_o own_o resolution_n to_o go_v against_o they_o nor_o do_v desire_v they_o to_o join_v with_o he_o and_o so_o make_v this_o the_o ground_n of_o their_o quarrel_n and_o withal_o give_v the_o gileadite_n many_o opprobrious_a and_o revile_v speech_n vers_fw-la 4._o and_o the_o man_n of_o gilead_n smite_v ephraim_n because_o they_o say_v you_o gileadite_n be_v fugitive_n of_o ephraim_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 3._o and_o when_o i_o see_v that_o you_o deliver_v i_o not_o i_o put_v my_o life_n in_o my_o hand_n and_o pass_v over_o against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n etc._n etc._n all_o expositor_n agree_v that_o by_o this_o phrase_n i_o put_v my_o life_n in_o my_o hand_n jephthah_n mean_v that_o he_o expose_v his_o life_n to_o manifest_a danger_n to_o wit_n because_o he_o go_v against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n with_o force_n no_o way_n answerable_a to_o they_o and_o that_o thereby_o jephthah_n intend_v to_o intimate_v to_o the_o man_n of_o ephraim_n that_o he_o will_v have_v be_v glad_a of_o their_o assistance_n that_o he_o may_v not_o have_v go_v out_o upon_o so_o much_o hazard_n of_o his_o life_n as_o he_o do_v but_o whence_o be_v that_o phrase_n that_o when_o a_o man_n expose_v his_o life_n to_o manifest_a peril_n he_o be_v say_v to_o put_v his_o life_n in_o his_o hand_n i_o answer_v the_o reason_n of_o this_o phrase_n some_o conceive_v to_o be_v this_o that_o when_o a_o man_n carry_v any_o precious_a thing_n that_o be_v brittle_a in_o his_o hand_n it_o be_v in_o danger_n to_o fall_v or_o to_o be_v snatch_v away_o sudden_o from_o he_o but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v the_o ground_n of_o it_o to_o be_v because_o when_o a_o man_n intend_v to_o lay_v down_o or_o deliver_v up_o any_o thing_n to_o another_o he_o take_v it_o into_o his_o hand_n that_o he_o may_v deliver_v it_o up_o and_o therefore_o he_o that_o expose_v his_o life_n to_o manifest_a peril_n for_o any_o cause_n be_v say_v to_o take_v his_o life_n into_o his_o hand_n because_o for_o that_o cause_n he_o be_v ready_a to_o lay_v down_o his_o life_n according_a to_o that_o 1._o john_n 3.16_o hereby_o perceive_v we_o the_o love_n of_o god_n because_o he_o lay_v down_o his_o life_n for_o we_o and_o we_o ought_v to_o lay_v down_o our_o life_n for_o the_o brethren_n and_o indeed_o it_o may_v well_o be_v which_o a_o learned_a divine_a have_v observe_v that_o they_o be_v wont_v in_o former_a time_n to_o picture_n the_o martyr_n of_o the_o primitive_a church_n with_o their_o head_n in_o their_o hand_n only_o to_o express_v this_o by_o way_n of_o hieroglyphic_n that_o they_o lay_v down_o their_o life_n for_o the_o cause_n of_o christ_n which_o the_o ignorant_a people_n not_o understand_v in_o the_o succeed_a dark_a time_n of_o popery_n they_o thence_o raise_v those_o absurd_a and_o ridiculous_a tale_n and_o legend_n of_o divers_a martyr_n that_o when_o their_o head_n be_v cut_v off_o do_v notwithstanding_o walk_v a_o certain_a way_n with_o their_o head_n in_o their_o hand_n wherefore_o then_o be_v you_o come_v up_o unto_o we_o this_o day_n to_o fight_v against_o i_o as_o if_o he_o shall_v say_v do_v you_o thus_o reward_v i_o for_o the_o good_a service_n i_o have_v do_v to_o the_o whole_a land_n of_o israel_n verse_n 4_o and_o the_o man_n of_o gilead_n smite_v ephraim_n because_o they_o say_v you_o gileadite_n be_v fugitive_n of_o ephraim_n among_o the_o ephraimite_n and_o among_o the_o manassites_n these_o be_v the_o revile_v speech_n wherewith_o the_o ephraimite_n have_v enrage_v the_o gileadite_n and_o provoke_v they_o to_o deal_v so_o rigorous_o with_o they_o for_o the_o understanding_n whereof_o we_o must_v note_v that_o jephthah_n and_o the_o gileadite_n with_o who_o the_o ephramite_n do_v now_o contend_v be_v of_o that_o half_a of_o the_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n that_o be_v plant_v in_o the_o utmost_a coast_n northward_o of_o the_o land_n without_o jordan_n now_o the_o ephraimite_n and_o the_o other_o half_a of_o manasseh_n which_o be_v seat_v within_o jordan_n and_o that_o next_o to_o the_o tribe_n of_o ephraim_n they_o live_v love_o together_o and_o keep_v good_a correspondence_n the_o one_o with_o the_o other_o as_o be_v both_o descend_v of_o joseph_n and_o have_v continual_o commerce_n together_o by_o reason_n of_o their_o neighbourhood_n but_o have_v no_o commerce_n with_o the_o other_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n without_o jordan_n because_o they_o dwell_v so_o far_o off_o from_o they_o even_o their_o brethren_n the_o manassites_n within_o jordan_n begin_v to_o grow_v strange_a to_o they_o and_o at_o last_o to_o despise_v and_o scorn_v they_o as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v no_o better_a than_o fugitive_n that_o be_v run_v away_o from_o they_o the_o very_a scum_n and_o refuse_v of_o their_o tribe_n cast_v out_o into_o the_o utmost_a bound_n of_o that_o land_n without_o jordan_n as_o unworthy_a to_o live_v with_o the_o rest_n of_o their_o brethren_n in_o the_o heart_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o this_o be_v that_o which_o in_o their_o fury_n these_o ephraimite_n do_v with_o scorn_n cast_v into_o the_o tooth_n of_o the_o gileadite_n that_o both_o themselves_o and_o their_o brethren_n of_o manasseh_n do_v esteem_v the_o gileadite_v no_o better_a than_o fugitive_n of_o ephraim_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 6._o then_o say_v they_o unto_o he_o say_v now_o shibbole_v etc._n etc._n which_o signify_v
instinct_n especial_o in_o these_o time_n when_o it_o be_v very_o questionable_a whether_o they_o be_v bind_v to_o that_o law_n deut._n 12.15_o to_o wit_n because_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o the_o ark_n be_v now_o in_o several_a place_n and_o so_o a_o long_a time_n continue_v chap._n viii_o verse_n 1._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o samuel_n be_v old_a that_o he_o make_v his_o son_n judge_n over_o israel_n to_o wit_n as_o his_o deputy_n and_o substitute_n be_v through_o age_n unable_a to_o go_v through_o the_o land_n to_o judge_v the_o people_n as_o former_o he_o have_v do_v he_o appoint_v his_o son_n to_o judge_v the_o people_n in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o land_n in_o his_o stead_n and_o that_o happy_o not_o without_o god_n permission_n and_o consent_n verse_n 2._o now_o the_o name_n of_o his_o first-born_a be_v joel_n who_o be_v also_o call_v vashni_n 1_o chron._n 6.28_o they_o be_v judge_n in_o beersheba_n though_o they_o exercise_v authority_n and_o power_n of_o judge_n over_o all_o the_o people_n at_o least_o in_o those_o part_n and_o go_v happy_o in_o their_o circuit_n as_o their_o father_n have_v do_v yet_o there_o they_o dwell_v as_o their_o father_n do_v in_o ramah_n and_o there_o most_o a_o end_n they_o judge_v the_o people_n and_o that_o it_o may_v be_v purposely_o either_o because_o that_o town_n be_v in_o the_o utmost_a southpart_n of_o the_o land_n the_o further_a off_o from_o ramah_n from_o whence_o it_o be_v most_o trouble_v for_o the_o people_n to_o come_v to_o samuel_n in_o ramah_n or_o because_o it_o border_v close_o upon_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n over_o who_o they_o may_v the_o better_o keep_v a_o vigilant_a eye_n verse_n 3._o and_o his_o son_n walk_v not_o in_o his_o way_n but_o turn_v aside_o after_o lucre_n not_o only_o the_o singular_a piety_n of_o samuel_n but_o also_o the_o experience_n he_o have_v of_o god_n severity_n against_o eli_n for_o his_o indulgence_n to_o his_o child_n may_v well_o induce_v we_o to_o think_v that_o he_o do_v what_o he_o can_v to_o train_v up_o his_o son_n in_o the_o way_n of_o righteousness_n nor_o can_v we_o indeed_o think_v that_o he_o will_v have_v entrust_v they_o with_o the_o subordinate_a power_n of_o govern_v the_o people_n under_o he_o have_v they_o not_o to_o that_o time_n behave_v themselves_o well_o and_o give_v hope_n of_o manage_v the_o trust_n well_o that_o be_v commit_v to_o they_o but_o be_v advance_v to_o these_o place_n of_o dignity_n and_o power_n it_o seem_v they_o soon_o degenerate_v and_o prove_v the_o occasion_n of_o much_o mischief_n to_o the_o commonwealth_n verse_n 5._o behold_v thou_o be_v old_a and_o thy_o son_n walk_v not_o in_o thy_o way_n now_o make_v we_o a_o king_n etc._n etc._n they_o express_o pretend_v only_a samuel_n age_n and_o his_o son_n wickedness_n as_o the_o reason_n why_o they_o desire_v a_o king_n but_o there_o be_v other_o thing_n that_o do_v chief_o move_v they_o in_o this_o attempt_n to_o wit_n first_o their_o fear_n of_o the_o great_a preparation_n which_o they_o perceive_v nahash_n the_o king_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n make_v against_o they_o whereupon_o as_o man_n not_o have_v any_o confidence_n in_o god_n protection_n they_o fly_v to_o other_o device_n and_o piâ—ch_v upon_o this_o of_o make_v they_o a_o king_n chap._n 12.12_o and_o when_o you_o see_v that_o nahash_n the_o king_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n come_v against_o you_o you_o say_v unto_o i_o nay_o but_o a_o king_n shall_v reign_v over_o we_o and_o second_o a_o ambitious_a affectation_n of_o be_v like_o other_o nation_n by_o turn_v their_o government_n into_o a_o absolute_a monarchy_n which_o be_v employ_v in_o their_o last_o word_n now_o make_v we_o a_o king_n to_o judge_v we_o like_o all_o the_o nation_n but_o though_o they_o be_v resolve_v to_o have_v a_o king_n yet_o they_o refer_v the_o choice_n of_o he_o that_o shall_v reign_v over_o they_o to_o the_o lord_n for_o they_o come_v to_o samuel_n as_o a_o prophet_n that_o may_v inquire_v in_o this_o business_n of_o god_n and_o that_o no_o doubt_n as_o pretend_v respect_n to_o that_o which_o be_v write_v in_o their_o law_n deut._n 17.14_o 15._o when_o thâ—â—_n be_v come_v unto_o the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n give_v thou_o and_o shall_v possess_v it_o and_o shall_v dwell_v therein_o and_o shall_v say_v i_o will_v set_v a_o king_n over_o i_o like_a as_o all_o the_o nation_n that_o be_v about_o i_o thou_o shall_v in_o any_o wise_a set_v he_o king_n over_o thou_o who_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n shall_v choose_v verse_n 6._o but_o the_o thing_n displease_v samuel_n etc._n etc._n it_o can_v not_o but_o grieve_v he_o that_o the_o people_n of_o who_o he_o have_v deserve_v so_o well_o shall_v thus_o unthankful_o shake_v off_o his_o government_n but_o the_o chief_n thing_n that_o trouble_v he_o be_v because_o he_o know_v their_o desire_n be_v sinful_a and_o will_v be_v displease_v to_o god_n and_o therefore_o that_o clause_n be_v add_v that_o samuel_n pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v he_o pray_v he_o to_o forgive_v this_o their_o sin_n to_o help_v in_o this_o danger_n and_o to_o direct_v he_o what_o course_n he_o shall_v take_v with_o they_o verse_n 7._o and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o samuel_n harken_v unto_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o people_n in_o all_o that_o they_o say_v unto_o thou_o thus_o god_n yield_v to_o their_o desire_n but_o in_o his_o anger_n hosea_n 13.11_o for_o they_o have_v not_o reject_v thou_o but_o they_o have_v reject_v i_o that_o i_o shall_v not_o reign_v over_o they_o that_o be_v for_o they_o have_v reject_v i_o rather_o than_o thou_o we_o have_v the_o like_a phrase_n in_o many_o place_n of_o scripture_n as_o matth._n 10.20_o for_o it_o be_v not_o you_o that_o speak_v but_o the_o spirit_n of_o your_o father_n which_o speak_v in_o you_o it_o be_v the_o spirit_n of_o your_o father_n rather_o than_o you_o that_o speak_v hos_fw-la 6.6_o for_o i_o desire_v mercy_n and_o not_o sacrifice_v that_o be_v mercy_n rather_o than_o sacrifice_v act_v 5.4_o thou_o have_v not_o lie_v unto_o man_n but_o unto_o god_n that_o be_v unto_o god_n rather_o than_o man_n and_o this_o god_n say_v first_o because_o they_o cast_v off_o that_o government_n which_o god_n have_v establish_v among_o they_o for_o though_o god_n have_v a_o purpose_n to_o erect_v a_o regal_a throne_n among_o they_o and_o to_o give_v they_o king_n out_o of_o who_o seed_n the_o messiah_n shall_v come_v and_o now_o make_v use_n of_o their_o inordinate_a desire_n to_o accomplish_v his_o own_o purpose_n as_o usual_o he_o do_v turn_v the_o evil_a action_n of_o man_n to_o a_o good_a end_n yea_o tho_o he_o have_v partly_o make_v know_v this_o to_o his_o people_n gen._n 17.6_o and_o i_o will_v make_v thou_o exceed_o fruitful_a and_o i_o will_v make_v nation_n of_o thou_o and_o king_n shall_v come_v out_o of_o thou_o and_o 49.10_o the_o sceptre_n shall_v not_o depart_v from_o judah_n nor_o a_o lawgiver_n from_o between_o his_o foot_n until_o shiloh_n come_v deut._n 17.18_o and_o it_o shall_v be_v when_o he_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o kingdom_n that_o he_o shall_v write_v he_o a_o copy_n of_o this_o law_n in_o a_o book_n yet_o they_o shall_v have_v wait_v god_n leisure_n neither_o be_v it_o therefore_o lawful_a to_o make_v a_o innovation_n in_o the_o government_n without_o any_o direction_n from_o the_o lord_n especial_o in_o such_o a_o sinful_a manner_n out_o of_o a_o distrustful_a fear_n and_o proud_a affectation_n to_o be_v therein_o like_o all_o other_o nation_n as_o be_v note_v before_o upon_o deut._n 17.14_o second_o because_o though_o god_n do_v govern_v by_o king_n also_o prov._n 8.15_o 16._o by_o i_o king_n reign_n and_o prince_n decree_v justice_n by_o i_o prince_n rule_v and_o noble_n even_o all_o the_o judge_n of_o the_o earth_n yet_o his_o government_n be_v more_o immediate_a which_o he_o now_o exercise_v over_o they_o by_o judge_n both_o because_o they_o be_v extraordinary_o raise_v up_o of_o god_n and_o because_o they_o have_v not_o that_o absolute_a power_n which_o king_n usual_o have_v but_o judge_v they_o chief_o by_o make_v know_v to_o they_o the_o will_n of_o god_n and_o to_o that_o end_n do_v often_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n in_o difficult_a case_n see_v judg._n 8.23_o and_o thus_o the_o lord_n show_v samuel_n first_o the_o grievousnesse_n of_o their_o sin_n and_o that_o this_o move_v he_o in_o his_o displeasure_n to_o yield_v they_o their_o desire_n and_o second_o he_o seek_v to_o prevent_v the_o wonder_n and_o indignation_n of_o samuel_n for_o why_o they_o deal_v no_o otherwise_o with_o he_o then_o with_o the_o lord_n himself_o as_o christ_n say_v to_o his_o disciple_n matt._n 10.24_o â—5_n the_o disciple_n
the_o mean_a time_n by_o conceal_v whereof_o they_o both_o provide_v for_o their_o own_o safety_n that_o nothing_o may_v be_v present_o attempt_v against_o they_o and_o make_v their_o enemy_n the_o more_o secure_a that_o saul_n may_v come_v upon_o they_o unaware_o verse_n 11._o saul_n put_v the_o people_n in_o three_o company_n and_o they_o come_v into_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o host_n in_o the_o morning_n watch_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v saul_n march_v all_o night_n that_o by_o the_o morning_n watch_v he_o may_v come_v upon_o they_o and_o surprise_v they_o unaware_o and_o thus_o he_o raise_v the_o siege_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a and_o free_v they_o from_o that_o horrid_a cruelty_n which_o the_o enemy_n intend_v against_o they_o and_o how_o thankful_a the_o inhabitant_n of_o this_o city_n be_v to_o saul_n for_o this_o great_a benefit_n they_o enjoy_v by_o his_o mean_n we_o may_v see_v chap._n 31.11_o 12_o 13._o and_o when_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a hear_v of_o that_o which_o the_o philistine_n have_v do_v to_o saul_n all_o the_o valiant_a man_n arise_v and_o go_v all_o night_n and_o take_v the_o body_n of_o saul_n and_o the_o body_n of_o his_o son_n from_o the_o wall_n of_o bethshan_a and_o come_v to_o jabesh_n and_o burn_v they_o there_o and_o they_o take_v their_o bone_n and_o bury_v they_o under_o a_o tree_n and_o fast_v seven_o day_n verse_n 13._o and_o saul_n say_v there_o shall_v not_o a_o man_n be_v put_v to_o death_n this_o day_n for_o to_o day_n the_o lord_n have_v wrought_v salvation_n for_o israel_n in_o this_o reason_n that_o saul_n give_v why_o he_o will_v not_o suffer_v any_o man_n to_o be_v put_v to_o death_n that_o day_n for_o to_o day_n the_o lord_n have_v wrought_v salvation_n in_o israel_n two_o thing_n may_v be_v employ_v first_o that_o he_o will_v not_o have_v a_o day_n of_o so_o much_o joy_n and_o triumph_n stain_v with_o the_o least_o sorrow_n and_o mourning_n among_o any_o of_o the_o people_n and_o second_o that_o when_o god_n have_v show_v himself_o so_o good_a and_o gracious_a to_o his_o people_n he_o can_v not_o think_v it_o fit_a to_o be_v so_o rigid_a &_o severe_a against_o those_o that_o have_v at_o first_o slight_v he_o in_o his_o sovereignty_n however_o here_o again_o we_o see_v what_o a_o difference_n there_o be_v betwixt_o that_o which_o saul_n be_v in_o his_o first_o government_n and_o that_o he_o be_v afterward_o when_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v depart_v from_o he_o now_o none_o more_o humble_a and_o gentle_a then_o he_o not_o a_o man_n shall_v be_v put_v to_o death_n for_o he_o but_o afterward_o in_o his_o deal_n with_o david_n and_o the_o priest_n of_o the_o lord_n he_o be_v another_o man_n even_o bloodthirsty_a cruel_a and_o implacable_a beyond_o measure_n verse_n 14._o then_o say_v samuel_n to_o the_o people_n come_v and_o let_v we_o go_v to_o gilgal_n and_o renew_v the_o kingdom_n there_o a_o city_n this_o be_v near_o hand_n adjoin_v upon_o jordan_n there_o joshua_n renew_v the_o covenant_n betwixt_o the_o lord_n and_o his_o people_n josh_n 5.9_o and_o there_o samuel_n now_o renew_v the_o covenant_n concern_v the_o kingdom_n betwixt_o saul_n and_o the_o people_n before_o he_o be_v choose_v but_o this_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o solemnity_n of_o his_o inauguration_n and_o coronation_n and_o now_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v anoint_v in_o public_a as_o before_o in_o private_a and_o therefore_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n samuel_n speak_v to_o the_o people_n call_v saul_n several_a time_n the_o lord_n anoint_v verse_n 15._o and_o there_o they_o make_v saul_n king_n before_o the_o lord_n in_o gilgal_n and_o there_o they_o sacrifice_v etc._n etc._n it_o be_v evident_a therefore_o that_o here_o now_o saul_n and_o samuel_n sacrifice_v together_o in_o gilgal_n whence_o we_o may_v certain_o conclude_v that_o the_o charge_n which_o samuel_n give_v to_o saul_n chap._n 10.8_o that_o he_o shall_v stay_v for_o samuel_n at_o gilgal_n seven_o day_n till_o he_o come_v to_o offer_v sacrifice_n for_o he_o be_v not_o mean_v of_o saul_n immediate_a go_v to_o gilgal_n but_o of_o his_o go_v thither_o when_o he_o shall_v be_v in_o a_o strait_a and_o have_v not_o samuel_n with_o he_o as_o be_v before_o note_v in_o the_o exposition_n of_o that_o place_n chap._n xii_o verse_n 1._o and_o samuel_n say_v unto_o all_o israel_n behold_v i_o have_v hearken_v unto_o your_o voice_n in_o all_o that_o you_o say_v unto_o i_o etc._n etc._n samuel_n press_v they_o now_o more_o close_o and_o sharp_o then_o ever_o with_o their_o sin_n in_o reject_v the_o government_n which_o god_n have_v establish_v among_o they_o first_o because_o in_o this_o their_o jollity_n for_o that_o glorious_a victory_n which_o their_o new_a king_n have_v obtain_v against_o the_o ammonite_n they_o be_v in_o danger_n to_o be_v puff_v up_o with_o a_o opinion_n that_o god_n approve_v that_o which_o they_o have_v do_v and_o that_o they_o have_v not_o sin_v in_o desire_v a_o king_n second_o because_o have_v establish_v saul_n in_o the_o throne_n &_o actual_o resign_v the_o government_n into_o his_o hand_n he_o may_v now_o speak_v the_o more_o free_o without_o give_v the_o least_o ground_n of_o suspicion_n that_o he_o be_v loath_a to_o give_v over_o the_o government_n and_o therefore_o condemn_v they_o for_o choose_v a_o king_n verse_n 2._o and_o now_o behold_v the_o king_n walk_v before_o you_o this_o be_v mean_v of_o saul_n be_v now_o settle_v in_o the_o supreme_a magistracy_n as_o a_o shepherd_n or_o captain_n to_o lead_v and_o govern_v the_o people_n and_o to_o be_v as_o a_o shield_n unto_o they_o to_o stand_v betwixt_o they_o and_o harm_n way_n the_o like_a phrase_n there_o be_v numb_a 27.17_o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o and_o i_o be_o old_a and_o gray-headed_a and_o behold_v my_o son_n be_v with_o you_o to_o imply_v how_o good_a cause_n he_o have_v to_o be_v very_o well_o content_a in_o regard_n of_o himself_o that_o the_o burden_n of_o the_o government_n shall_v be_v take_v from_o his_o shoulder_n he_o wish_v they_o to_o remember_v that_o he_o be_v now_o grow_v age_v i_o be_o say_v he_o old_a and_o gray-headed_a and_o then_o he_o add_v and_o behold_v my_o son_n be_v with_o you_o that_o be_v they_o be_v among_o you_o as_o one_o of_o you_o they_o shall_v lay_v no_o claim_n to_o the_o government_n no_o more_o than_o i_o do_v so_o that_o this_o he_o say_v either_o first_o the_o more_o to_o clear_v his_o integrity_n who_o be_v willing_a his_o son_n shall_v lay_v down_o the_o power_n of_o government_n as_o well_o as_o himself_o or_o second_o to_o intimate_v that_o if_o they_o can_v charge_v he_o for_o any_o wrong_n do_v his_o son_n shall_v make_v satisfaction_n or_o else_o to_o imply_v that_o of_o they_o they_o may_v be_v satisfy_v concern_v his_o course_n of_o life_n and_o particular_o whether_o he_o do_v any_o way_n encourage_v they_o in_o those_o wicked_a course_n they_o run_v into_o chap._n 8.3_o verse_n 3._o behold_v here_o i_o be_o witness_v against_o i_o before_o the_o lord_n and_o before_o his_o anointed_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v be_v now_o the_o power_n of_o government_n be_v transfer_v to_o another_o you_o need_v not_o fear_v to_o speak_v your_o mind_n of_o i_o and_o therefore_o if_o you_o can_v accuse_v i_o of_o any_o evil_n speak_v it_o free_o and_o this_o protestation_n of_o his_o innocency_n he_o make_v first_o that_o he_o may_v the_o more_o free_o reprove_v they_o second_o to_o manifest_v the_o greivousnesse_n of_o their_o sin_n who_o have_v without_o any_o just_a cause_n reject_v the_o government_n which_o god_n have_v erect_v among_o they_o and_o three_o to_o propound_v this_o covert_o as_o a_o pattern_n for_o their_o new_a choose_a king_n to_o follow_v before_o who_o all_o this_o be_v speak_v witness_n against_o i_o before_o the_o lord_n and_o before_o his_o anoint_v verse_n 7._o now_o therefore_o stand_v still_o that_o i_o may_v reason_v with_o you_o before_o the_o lord_n of_o all_o the_o righteous_a act_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v both_o mercy_n and_o punishment_n but_o chief_o i_o conceive_v this_o be_v mean_v of_o his_o mercy_n wherein_o the_o lord_n approve_v his_o faithfulness_n in_o perform_v the_o covenant_n which_o he_o have_v make_v with_o they_o for_o these_o he_o press_v upon_o they_o to_o discover_v the_o heinousness_n of_o their_o sin_n in_o reject_v his_o government_n who_o have_v so_o careful_o protect_v they_o against_o all_o their_o enemy_n and_o so_o abundant_o bless_v they_o in_o every_o regard_n verse_n 8._o the_o lord_n send_v moses_n and_o aaron_n which_o bring_v forth_o your_o father_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o make_v they_o dwell_v in_o this_o place_n this_o make_v they_o to_o dwell_v in_o the_o land_n
reason_n why_o saul_n have_v raise_v a_o army_n of_o three_o thousand_o israelite_n be_v doubtless_o that_o they_o may_v surprise_v all_o those_o garrison_n which_o the_o philistine_n keep_v in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n wherewith_o they_o do_v mighty_o oppress_v the_o israelite_n and_o keep_v they_o in_o such_o miserable_a bondage_n that_o they_o will_v not_o suffer_v they_o to_o have_v any_o weapon_n of_o war_n but_o what_o they_o get_v by_o stealth_n or_o keep_v hide_v in_o some_o secret_a place_n nor_o will_v let_v a_o smith_n live_v among_o they_o lest_o by_o that_o mean_v they_o shall_v get_v they_o sword_n or_o spear_n as_o be_v afterward_o express_v vers_fw-la 19_o jonathan_n therefore_o have_v a_o thousand_o of_o these_o new_a muster_v force_n to_o be_v under_o his_o command_n do_v present_o address_v himself_o to_o this_o work_n and_o go_v and_o smite_v a_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n in_o gibeah_n make_v this_o no_o doubt_n his_o first_o enterprise_n because_o gibeah_n be_v his_o own_o country_n the_o place_n where_o his_o father_n and_o ancestor_n have_v live_v before_o he_o chap._n 10.26_o and_o saul_n blow_v the_o trumpet_n throughout_o all_o the_o land_n say_v let_v the_o hebrew_n hear_v that_o be_v he_o give_v order_n to_o the_o messenger_n he_o send_v abroad_o to_o proclaim_v and_o to_o make_v know_v in_o all_o part_n by_o the_o sound_n of_o a_o trumpet_n both_o the_o victory_n which_o jonathan_n have_v get_v for_o their_o encouragement_n and_o how_o the_o philistine_n be_v hereupon_o enrage_v and_o make_v great_a preparation_n against_o they_o that_o have_v this_o warning_n they_o may_v in_o every_o place_n take_v heed_n to_o themselves_o and_o that_o they_o may_v send_v further_a force_n from_o all_o part_n to_o be_v with_o he_o at_o gilgal_n verse_n 4._o and_o all_o israel_n hear_v say_v that_o saul_n have_v smite_v a_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n though_o it_o be_v jonathan_n that_o smite_v the_o garrison_n yet_o it_o be_v here_o ascribe_v to_o saul_n because_o usual_o that_o which_o a_o king_n general_n do_v that_o the_o king_n himself_o be_v say_v to_o do_v and_o beside_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o it_o be_v express_o make_v know_v to_o the_o people_n that_o jonathan_n have_v not_o do_v this_o without_o saul_n approbation_n and_o the_o people_n be_v call_v together_o after_o saul_n to_o gilgal_n because_o samuel_n chap._n 10.8_o have_v appoint_v saul_n that_o he_o shall_v go_v down_o to_o gilgal_n to_o wit_n if_o he_o come_v to_o be_v in_o any_o danger_n or_o take_v occasion_n to_o attempt_v any_o thing_n against_o the_o philistine_n and_o shall_v there_o wait_v for_o he_o seven_o day_n till_o he_o come_v and_o advise_v he_o what_o he_o shall_v do_v and_o offer_v sacrifice_n both_o for_o he_o and_o for_o the_o people_n therefore_o be_v gilgal_n appoint_v to_o be_v the_o rendevouz_n for_o the_o people_n verse_n 6._o when_o the_o man_n of_o israel_n see_v that_o they_o be_v in_o a_o straight_a for_o the_o people_n be_v distress_v etc._n etc._n that_o be_v their_o apprehension_n of_o the_o danger_n they_o be_v in_o be_v not_o without_o cause_n for_o they_o be_v indeed_o in_o great_a distress_n the_o enemy_n be_v innumerable_a and_o withal_o strong_a and_o well_o arm_v with_o horse_n and_o chariot_n and_o the_o israelite_n on_o the_o other_o side_n but_o few_o in_o number_n and_o those_o either_o unarmed_a or_o very_o poor_o provide_v to_o join_v in_o battle_n with_o that_o mighty_a army_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o thus_o they_o that_o erewhile_o repose_v all_o their_o hope_n of_o safety_n in_o have_v a_o king_n do_v now_o follow_v their_o king_n tremble_v as_o it_o follow_v vers_fw-la 7._o and_o be_v teach_v that_o without_o god_n assistance_n all_o humane_a device_n and_o counsel_n be_v nothing_o worth_a verse_n 8._o and_o he_o tarry_v seven_o day_n according_a to_o the_o set_a time_n that_o samuel_n have_v appoint_v that_o be_v he_o tarry_v until_o the_o seven_o day_n and_o part_n of_o that_o for_o that_o he_o tarry_v not_o till_o the_o seven_o day_n be_v out_o as_o samuel_n have_v appoint_v chap._n 10.8_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o thirteen_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n where_o samuel_n reprove_v he_o because_o he_o have_v not_o herein_o keep_v the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n verse_n 9_o and_o saul_n say_v bring_v hither_o a_o burnt-offering_a to_o i_o and_o peace-offering_n and_o he_o offer_v the_o burnt-offering_a that_o be_v the_o priest_n for_o he_o as_o elkanah_n do_v chap._n 1.3_o and_o this_o man_n go_v up_o out_o of_o his_o city_n yearly_a to_o worship_n and_o to_o sacrifice_v unto_o the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o shiloh_n and_o solomon_n 1._o king_n 3.4_o and_o the_o king_n go_v to_o gibeon_n to_o sacrifice_v there_o for_o that_o be_v the_o great_a high_a place_n a_o thousand_o burnt-offering_n do_v solomon_n offer_v upon_o that_o altar_n some_o conceive_v that_o he_o do_v it_o himself_o and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o sin_n for_o which_o samuel_n afterward_o reprove_v he_o to_o wit_n that_o he_o intrude_v himself_o into_o the_o priest_n office_n but_o this_o be_v not_o probable_a first_o because_o samuel_n be_v a_o levite_n not_o a_o priest_n may_v not_o offer_v sacrifice_n by_o the_o ordinary_a rule_n of_o the_o law_n no_o more_o than_o saul_n and_o therefore_o saul_n stay_v for_o samuel_n seven_o day_n be_v not_o enjoin_v upon_o this_o ground_n because_o it_o be_v lawful_a for_o he_o to_o sacrifice_v not_o for_o saul_n and_o second_o because_o saul_n afterward_o excuse_v himself_o that_o what_o he_o have_v do_v contrary_a to_o the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n he_o be_v constrain_v by_o necessity_n to_o do_v it_o but_o for_o this_o sacrifice_a himself_o without_o a_o priest_n he_o can_v pretend_v no_o necessity_n ahiah_n the_o high_a priest_n the_o son_n of_o phinehas_n be_v then_o with_o he_o in_o the_o camp_n chap._n 14.3_o doubtless_o therefore_o the_o sin_n of_o saul_n be_v this_o that_o have_v receive_v a_o charge_n from_o the_o lord_n by_o samuel_n chap._n 10.8_o that_o he_o shall_v stay_v for_o samuel_n at_o gilgal_n seven_o day_n and_o not_o resolve_v upon_o any_o thing_n till_o he_o come_v when_o they_o be_v to_o offer_v up_o sacrifice_n unto_o the_o lord_n and_o samuel_n be_v to_o advise_v saul_n what_o he_o shall_v do_v saul_n have_v stay_v till_o the_o seven_o day_n be_v almost_o expire_v begin_v to_o conclude_v that_o samuel_n will_v not_o come_v and_o fear_v lest_o if_o he_o stay_v any_o long_a his_o soldier_n may_v all_o slink_v away_o or_o that_o the_o philistine_n may_v fall_v upon_o they_o on_o a_o sudden_a before_o they_o have_v by_o sacrifice_n seek_v the_o lord_n favour_n and_o help_v he_o resolve_v not_o to_o stay_v any_o long_o for_o samuel_n for_o fear_n of_o the_o worst_a which_o argue_v his_o diffidence_n and_o distrust_n in_o god_n and_o thereupon_o command_v sacrifice_n to_o be_v offer_v intend_v after_o that_o be_v do_v to_o pitch_v upon_o some_o course_n or_o other_o for_o the_o defence_n of_o themselves_o and_o their_o country_n against_o the_o philistine_n this_o i_o say_v be_v saul_n sin_n not_o that_o he_o himself_o offer_v sacrifice_n for_o this_o samuel_n never_o charge_v he_o with_o verse_n 10._o as_o soon_o as_o he_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o offer_v the_o burnt-offering_a behold_v samuel_n come_v and_o thus_o for_o want_v of_o stay_v a_o hour_n or_o two_o long_a than_o he_o do_v perhaps_o less_o he_o break_v the_o commandment_n of_o god_n and_o forfeit_v his_o kingdom_n and_o go_v out_o to_o meet_v he_o that_o he_o may_v salute_v he_o the_o rather_o happy_o because_o out_o of_o a_o guilty_a conscience_n he_o fear_v samuel_n displeasure_n and_o by_o this_o external_a reverence_n therefore_o seek_v to_o prevent_v it_o and_o to_o let_v he_o see_v that_o what_o he_o have_v do_v be_v not_o do_v out_o of_o any_o contempt_n of_o the_o direction_n which_o he_o have_v give_v he_o verse_n 11._o and_o samuel_n say_v what_o have_v thou_o do_v he_o see_v well_o enough_o what_o he_o have_v do_v but_o by_o these_o word_n of_o discontent_n what_o have_v thou_o do_v he_o express_v his_o displeasure_n against_o he_o and_o withal_o the_o danger_n that_o saul_n be_v in_o because_o of_o this_o his_o disobedience_n and_o saul_n say_v because_o i_o see_v that_o the_o people_n be_v scatter_v from_o i_o and_o that_o thou_o come_v not_o within_o the_o day_n appoint_v etc._n etc._n in_o these_o word_n saul_n intimate_v that_o because_o a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o seven_o day_n be_v past_a he_o conceive_v that_o samuel_n will_v not_o have_v come_v within_o the_o appoint_a time_n and_o so_o he_o seek_v to_o cast_v the_o blame_n upon_o samuel_n rather_o than_o he_o will_v acknowledge_v himself_o in_o a_o fault_n verse_n 12._o i_o force_v myself_o therefore_o
abstain_v from_o fornication_n that_o every_o one_o of_o you_o shall_v know_v how_o to_o possess_v his_o vessel_n in_o sanctification_n and_o 2._o cor._n 4.7_o but_o we_o have_v this_o treasure_n in_o earthen_a vessel_n yet_o it_o may_v be_v mean_v too_o of_o all_o they_o have_v about_o they_o and_o the_o bread_n be_v in_o a_o manner_n common_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v it_o be_v as_o any_o other_o ordinary_a bread_n prepare_v to_o be_v the_o food_n of_o the_o priest_n have_v it_o be_v stand_v upon_o the_o table_n before_o the_o lord_n it_o have_v be_v another_o matter_n but_o be_v take_v thence_o though_o it_o be_v sanctify_v this_o day_n in_o the_o vessel_n however_o it_o be_v reserve_v only_o to_o the_o priest_n because_o it_o have_v be_v hallow_v to_o the_o lord_n yet_o to_o they_o it_o be_v but_o as_o any_o other_o common_a bread_n and_o therefore_o he_o need_v the_o less_o to_o scruple_n in_o case_n of_o necessity_n to_o give_v to_o other_o verse_n 7_o now_o a_o certain_a man_n of_o the_o servant_n of_o saul_n be_v there_o that_o day_n detain_v before_o the_o lord_n and_o his_o name_n be_v doeg_n a_o edomite_n to_o wit_n by_o birth_n or_o because_o he_o have_v dwell_v there_o as_o upon_o the_o same_o ground_n chap._n 26.6_o ahimelech_n be_v call_v the_o hittite_n yet_o in_o profession_n of_o religion_n he_o be_v a_o israelite_n for_o why_o else_o be_v he_o now_o detain_v in_o the_o tabernacle_n to_o wit_n by_o some_o vow_n but_o a_o wicked_a wretched_a man_n he_o be_v know_v to_o be_v a_o man_n of_o ill_a fame_n and_o therefore_o now_o fear_v by_o david_n chap._n 22.22_o and_o david_n say_v unto_o abiathar_n i_o know_v that_o day_n that_o doeg_n the_o edomite_n be_v there_o that_o he_o will_v sure_o tell_v saul_n verse_n 8._o and_o david_n say_v unto_o ahimelech_n and_o be_v there_o not_o here_o under_o thy_o hand_n a_o spear_n or_o sword_n this_o he_o speak_v no_o doubt_n as_o desire_v goliath_n sword_n verse_n 10._o and_o david_n arise_v that_o day_n and_o flee_v for_o fear_n of_o saul_n and_o go_v to_o achish_a the_o king_n of_o gath._n that_o be_v he_o flee_v into_o his_o country_n this_o achish_n be_v in_o the_o title_n of_o the_o thirty_o four_o psalm_n call_v abimelech_n which_o be_v the_o usual_a title_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o philistine_n gen._n 20.2_o doubtless_o he_o hope_v here_o to_o have_v sojourn_v unknown_a but_o however_o though_o he_o can_v not_o but_o apprehend_v much_o danger_n in_o fly_v thither_o because_o the_o philistine_n be_v at_o present_a deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o israelite_n and_o his_o name_n be_v above_o all_o other_o abhor_v among_o they_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o many_o victory_n he_o have_v get_v over_o they_o and_o the_o cruel_a slaughter_n he_o have_v make_v among_o they_o and_o particular_o for_o his_o kill_n of_o goliath_n who_o be_v of_o gath_n chap._n 17.4_o yet_o such_o be_v saul_n rage_n and_o david_n fear_n that_o he_o have_v more_o hope_n of_o safety_n there_o then_o in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o servant_n of_o achish_n say_v unto_o he_o be_v not_o this_o david_n the_o king_n of_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n have_v discover_v and_o catch_v david_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o title_n of_o the_o 56._o psalm_n michtam_n of_o david_n when_o the_o philistine_n take_v he_o in_o gath_n they_o bring_v he_o to_o achish_n and_o make_v know_v who_o he_o be_v that_o he_o may_v consider_v what_o be_v fit_a to_o be_v do_v with_o he_o be_v not_o this_o david_n say_v they_o the_o king_n of_o the_o land_n that_o be_v a_o prince_n or_o ruler_n in_o the_o land_n or_o be_v not_o this_o david_n that_o be_v design_v to_o be_v king_n in_o the_o land_n for_o it_o may_v well_o be_v think_v that_o the_o report_n that_o david_n shall_v be_v king_n and_o that_o saul_n persecute_v he_o because_o of_o this_o be_v now_o so_o rife_a and_o common_a in_o israel_n that_o it_o be_v spread_v even_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n verse_n 13._o and_o he_o change_v his_o behaviour_n before_o they_o and_o feign_v himself_o mad_a etc._n etc._n yet_o still_o withal_o he_o seek_v by_o prayer_n to_o god_n his_o hope_n be_v in_o he_o though_o he_o use_v this_o plot_n as_o a_o mean_n of_o escape_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o 34._o and_o 56._o psalm_n which_o be_v make_v by_o he_o at_o this_o time_n and_o upon_o this_o occasion_n and_o indeed_o have_v not_o the_o lord_n infatuate_v achish_n whereby_o it_o be_v that_o he_o altogether_o slight_v the_o matter_n how_o easy_o may_v this_o dissimulation_n of_o david_n have_v be_v discover_v in_o time_n chap._n xxii_o verse_n 1._o david_n therefore_o depart_v thence_o and_o go_v to_o the_o cave_n of_o adullam_n which_o be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.21_o 35._o a_o place_n of_o good_a strength_n as_o appear_v 2._o sam._n 23.13_o and_o thither_o no_o doubt_n david_n go_v hope_v to_o find_v relief_n and_o comfort_n in_o his_o own_o tribe_n and_o here_o perhaps_o he_o make_v the_o 142._o psalm_n for_o that_o be_v make_v when_o he_o be_v in_o a_o cave_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o title_n maschil_n of_o david_n a_o prayer_n when_o he_o be_v in_o the_o cave_n and_o when_o his_o brethren_n and_o his_o father_n house_n hear_v it_o they_o go_v down_o thither_o to_o he_o to_o wit_n as_o be_v or_o fear_v to_o be_v persecute_v and_o oppress_v by_o saul_n for_o david_n sake_n and_o this_o no_o doubt_n add_v much_o to_o his_o affliction_n not_o only_o because_o it_o must_v needs_o grieve_v he_o to_o see_v they_o force_v to_o fly_v from_o their_o land_n house_n and_o estate_n for_o his_o sake_n but_o also_o because_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o his_o brethren_n who_o do_v former_o cast_v a_o envious_a eye_n upon_o he_o and_o upbraid_v he_o with_o the_o pride_n and_o naughtiness_n of_o his_o heart_n will_v now_o perhaps_o upbraid_v he_o with_o the_o misery_n he_o have_v bring_v upon_o they_o tell_v how_o much_o better_o it_o have_v be_v for_o they_o if_o he_o have_v content_v himself_o with_o that_o mean_a condition_n wherein_o before_o he_o live_v in_o his_o father_n family_n but_o beside_o in_o that_o which_o david_n brethren_n suffer_v for_o david_n sake_n christian_n may_v see_v what_o they_o must_v look_v to_o suffer_v for_o christ_n sake_n they_o be_v dear_a and_o precious_a to_o christ_n as_o his_o mother_n and_o brethren_n luke_n 8.21_o my_o mother_n and_o my_o brethren_n be_v these_o which_o hear_v the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o do_v it_o but_o because_o of_o this_o therefore_o do_v the_o world_n hate_v they_o matth._n 10.22_o you_o shall_v be_v hate_v of_o all_o man_n for_o my_o name_n sake_n see_v also_o john_n 15.19_o 20_o 21._o verse_n 2._o and_o every_o one_o that_o be_v in_o distress_n and_o every_o one_o that_o be_v in_o debt_n etc._n etc._n these_o doubtless_o aim_v at_o the_o shelter_a themselves_o though_o they_o strengthen_v david_n by_o come_v in_o to_o he_o but_o be_v it_o well_o do_v in_o david_n to_o entertain_v such_o as_o these_o i_o answer_v that_o what_o david_n do_v herein_o he_o may_v do_v it_o by_o a_o special_a instinct_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n and_o so_o that_o may_v be_v lawful_a in_o he_o which_o will_v not_o be_v lawful_a in_o a_o ordinary_a way_n but_o then_o beside_o much_o may_v be_v say_v in_o defence_n of_o david_n herein_o even_o in_o a_o ordinary_a way_n for_o first_o david_n may_v not_o know_v of_o the_o several_a engagement_n by_o debt_n or_o otherwise_o of_o those_o that_o come_v in_o to_o he_o second_o he_o have_v no_o purpose_n to_o shelter_v they_o against_o any_o that_o shall_v demand_v justice_n against_o they_o three_o he_o mean_v not_o to_o make_v use_n of_o they_o against_o saul_n or_o to_o make_v a_o prey_n of_o the_o people_n but_o only_o for_o his_o own_o just_a defence_n we_o see_v what_o a_o testimony_n nabals_n servant_n give_v of_o david_n soldier_n chap._n 25.15_o the_o man_n be_v very_o good_a unto_o we_o and_o we_o be_v not_o hurt_v neither_o miss_v we_o any_o thing_n as_o long_o as_o we_o be_v conversant_a with_o they_o when_o we_o be_v in_o the_o field_n and_o fourthly_a it_o be_v probable_a that_o by_o this_o time_n it_o come_v to_o be_v general_o know_v that_o saul_n persecute_v david_n because_o he_o be_v anoint_v of_o god_n by_o samuel_n to_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n and_o if_o they_o come_v pretend_v this_o for_o their_o come_n the_o cause_n they_o allege_v be_v just_a and_o how_o can_v david_n then_o reject_v they_o it_o be_v likely_a indeed_o that_o the_o mouth_n of_o many_o be_v open_v against_o he_o because_o of_o those_o that_o follow_v he_o allege_v that_o they_o be_v a_o company_n of_o
needy_a and_o discontent_a people_n man_n that_o have_v exhaust_v their_o state_n and_o dare_v not_o before_o show_v their_o head_n the_o very_a scum_n and_o dregs_o of_o the_o people_n fit_a only_a to_o prey_v upon_o the_o estate_n of_o other_o and_o that_o david_n show_v now_o what_o love_n he_o bear_v to_o his_o country_n and_o what_o loyalty_n to_o his_o prince_n in_o give_v entertainment_n to_o such_o as_o these_o but_o so_o long_o as_o david_n cause_n be_v just_a and_o that_o he_o do_v not_o undertake_v to_o defend_v they_o in_o any_o evil_n nor_o make_v use_n of_o they_o to_o oppress_v other_o these_o reproach_n be_v unjust_o cast_v upon_o he_o yea_o in_o this_o as_o in_o other_o thing_n david_n be_v a_o notable_a type_n of_o christ_n for_o such_o as_o these_o that_o come_v into_o david_n be_v while_o christ_n live_v upon_o earth_n and_o still_o be_v usual_o the_o disciple_n of_o christ_n to_o wit_n first_o poor_a and_o despise_a man_n and_o woman_n whence_o be_v that_o of_o the_o pharisee_n joh._n 7.48_o have_v any_o of_o the_o ruler_n or_o of_o the_o pharisee_n believe_v on_o he_o you_o see_v your_o call_a brethren_n say_v the_o apostle_n 1._o cor._n 1.26_o how_o that_o not_o many_o wise_a man_n after_o the_o flesh_n not_o many_o mighty_a not_o many_o noble_a be_v call_v etc._n etc._n and_o chap._n 14.13_o we_o be_v make_v as_o the_o filth_n of_o the_o world_n and_o be_v the_o offscouring_a of_o all_o thing_n unto_o this_o day_n and_o second_o man_n and_o woman_n that_o lay_v under_o the_o burden_n of_o a_o grievous_a debt_n of_o sin_n for_o publican_n and_o harlot_n follow_v christ_n when_o the_o self-righteous_a pharisee_n and_o many_o of_o the_o civil_a sort_n of_o people_n be_v enemy_n to_o he_o matth._n 21.31_o 32._o and_o at_o this_o the_o world_n take_v great_a offence_n why_o eat_v your_o master_n with_o publican_n and_o sinner_n matth._n 9.11_o and_o again_o matth._n 11.19_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v eat_v and_o drink_v and_o they_o say_v behold_v a_o man_n gluttonous_a and_o a_o wine-bibber_n a_o friend_n of_o publican_n and_o sinner_n and_o hence_o be_v that_o too_o in_o the_o same_o chapter_n vers_fw-la 5.6_o the_o poor_a have_v the_o gospel_n preach_v to_o they_o and_o bless_a be_v he_o whosoever_o shall_v not_o be_v offend_v in_o i_o some_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o it_o be_v when_o david_n be_v in_o this_o hold_n of_o adullam_n that_o those_o worthy_n come_v to_o he_o also_o that_o be_v speak_v of_o 1._o chron._n 12.16_o etc._n etc._n but_o of_o that_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 3._o and_o david_n go_v thence_o to_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n etc._n etc._n because_o his_o parent_n by_o reason_n of_o age_n be_v not_o able_a well_o to_o endure_v the_o hardness_n of_o be_v with_o he_o in_o the_o cave_n therefore_o david_n go_v to_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n to_o provide_v they_o a_o place_n there_o to_o stay_v a_o while_n in_o hope_v that_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n will_v favour_v he_o out_o of_o hatred_n to_o saul_n who_o have_v make_v war_n against_o moab_n 1._o sam._n 14.47_o let_v say_v he_o my_o father_n and_o my_o mother_n come_v forth_o that_o be_v out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o be_v with_o you_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 4._o and_o they_o dwell_v with_o he_o all_o the_o while_n that_o david_n be_v in_o the_o hold_n that_o be_v in_o the_o cave_n of_o adullam_n most_o expositor_n indeed_o understand_v this_o of_o a_o hold_n in_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n but_o first_o there_o be_v no_o such_o hold_v mention_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n and_o second_o have_v david_n be_v in_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n why_o shall_v it_o be_v say_v he_o leave_v his_o father_n and_o mother_n with_o the_o king_n of_o that_o country_n verse_n 5._o and_o the_o prophet_n gad_n say_v unto_o david_n abide_v not_o in_o the_o hold_n depart_z and_o get_v thou_o into_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n the_o cave_n or_o hold_v of_o adullam_n be_v indeed_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n but_o the_o lord_n appoint_v he_o not_o to_o hide_v himself_o any_o long_o there_o but_o to_o go_v forth_o abroad_o and_o to_o show_v himself_o open_o in_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n and_o that_o no_o doubt_n partly_o for_o the_o trial_n of_o his_o faith_n that_o it_o may_v be_v see_v that_o his_o confidence_n be_v in_o the_o lord_n protection_n and_o partly_o that_o he_o may_v by_o degree_n gain_v esteem_n and_o respect_n among_o the_o people_n verse_n 6._o now_o saul_n abide_v in_o gibeah_n under_o a_o tree_n in_o ramah_n etc._n etc._n this_o may_v be_v translate_v under_o a_o tree_n in_o a_o high_a place_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n of_o our_o bibles_n and_o then_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o word_n be_v clear_a to_o wit_n that_o saul_n be_v in_o some_o hill_n or_o high_a place_n in_o gibeah_n but_o according_a to_o that_o translation_n which_o be_v here_o in_o our_o bibles_n saul_n abode_n in_o gibeah_n under_o a_o tree_n in_o ramah_n it_o may_v be_v question_v how_o it_o can_v be_v say_v that_o he_o be_v in_o gibeah_n and_o in_o ramah_n too_o and_o no_o other_o answer_n can_v be_v give_v but_o that_o ramah_n or_o the_o land_n about_o it_o be_v in_o the_o territory_n of_o gibeah_n and_o so_o because_o he_o be_v under_o a_o tree_n in_o or_o near_o unto_o ramah_n it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o be_v in_o gibeah_n under_o a_o tree_n in_o ramah_n as_o for_o that_o clause_n which_o next_o follow_v have_v his_o spear_n in_o his_o hand_n this_o be_v add_v either_o first_o to_o imply_v how_o full_a of_o jealousy_n and_o fear_n saul_n be_v as_o one_o that_o have_v scarce_o any_o confidence_n in_o any_o that_o be_v about_o he_o he_o have_v still_o his_o javelin_n or_o his_o spear_n in_o his_o hand_n or_o second_o to_o intimate_v that_o he_o have_v muster_v his_o force_n and_o be_v ready_a to_o go_v forth_o in_o the_o pursuit_n of_o david_n or_o three_o because_o in_o those_o time_n king_n be_v wont_a to_o use_v spear_n in_o stead_n of_o sceptre_n as_o the_o ensign_n of_o their_o regal_a power_n which_o be_v indeed_o express_o affirm_v in_o many_o humane_a author_n verse_n 7._o hear_v now_o you_o benjamite_n will_v the_o son_n of_o jesse_n give_v every_o one_o of_o you_o field_n and_o vineyard_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n as_o i_o have_v do_v and_o be_o ready_a still_o to_o do_v and_o thus_o he_o put_v they_o in_o mind_n that_o david_n be_v not_o able_a to_o prefer_v they_o as_o he_o be_v nor_o yet_o likely_a to_o do_v it_o if_o he_o be_v able_a because_o david_n be_v not_o of_o their_o tribe_n as_o he_o be_v verse_n 8._o there_o be_v none_o that_o show_v i_o that_o my_o son_n have_v make_v a_o league_n with_o the_o son_n of_o jesse_n etc._n etc._n because_o david_n as_o he_o have_v hear_v be_v return_v into_o the_o land_n and_o jonathan_n since_o that_o displeasure_n take_v chap._n 20.24_o have_v perhaps_o forbear_v to_o come_v into_o his_o presence_n he_o suspect_v there_o be_v some_o conspiracy_n betwixt_o david_n and_o he_o as_o think_v that_o david_n dare_v not_o else_o have_v enter_v the_o land_n have_v no_o great_a a_o power_n than_o he_o have_v and_o condemn_v his_o follower_n for_o not_o reveal_v it_o to_o he_o intimate_v the_o more_o therewith_o to_o affect_v they_o what_o a_o odious_a thing_n it_o be_v that_o his_o own_o son_n and_o servant_n shall_v conspire_v against_o he_o verse_n 9_o then_o answer_v doeg_n the_o edomite_n which_o be_v set_v over_o the_o servant_n of_o saul_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v over_o his_o herdsman_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 21.7_o the_o bait_n of_o preferment_n which_o saul_n have_v cast_v forth_o in_o the_o forego_n verse_n this_o profane_a edomite_n quick_o snap_v at_o and_o thereupon_o accuse_v ahimelech_n to_o saul_n verse_n 10._o and_o he_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n for_o he_o and_o give_v he_o victual_n etc._n etc._n which_o ahimelech_n acknowledge_v vers_fw-la 15_o but_o while_o doeg_n tell_v saul_n this_o like_o a_o malicious_a wretch_n he_o speak_v not_o a_o word_n to_o he_o of_o david_n excuse_n wherewith_o ahimelech_n be_v deceive_v whence_o be_v those_o word_n of_o david_n psal_n 52.2_o 3._o thy_o tongue_n devise_v mischief_n like_o a_o sharp_a razor_n work_v deceitful_o thou_o love_v evil_o more_o than_o good_a and_o lie_v rather_o then_o to_o speak_v righteousness_n for_o that_o psalm_n be_v compose_v upon_o this_o occasion_n as_o be_v evident_a by_o the_o title_n a_o psalm_n of_o david_n when_o doeg_n the_o edomite_n come_v and_o tell_v saul_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o david_n be_v come_v to_o the_o house_n of_o ahimelech_n verse_n 12._o and_o saul_n say_v hear_v now_o thou_o son_n of_o ahitub_n so_o
david_n shall_v cut_v off_o the_o lap_n of_o his_o garment_n and_o yet_o saul_n never_o feel_v he_o verse_n 6._o and_o he_o say_v unto_o his_o man_n the_o lord_n forbid_v that_o i_o shall_v do_v this_o thing_n unto_o my_o master_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n when_o they_o provoke_v he_o to_o lay_v hand_n upon_o saul_n ver_fw-la 10._o which_o indeed_o be_v a_o great_a proof_n of_o his_o sincerity_n that_o rather_o than_o he_o will_v do_v this_o he_o will_v venture_v the_o displease_a and_o enrage_v of_o all_o his_o follower_n who_o be_v like_o doubtless_o to_o be_v high_o offend_v that_o he_o will_v wilful_o neglect_v this_o opportunity_n to_o put_v a_o end_n to_o all_o their_o danger_n and_o fear_n verse_n 9_o wherefore_o hear_v thou_o man_n word_n say_v behold_v david_n seek_v thy_o hurt_n thus_o david_n do_v with_o great_a wisdom_n cast_v the_o blame_n of_o saul_n violence_n against_o he_o rather_o upon_o saul_n wicked_a counsel_n and_o those_o flatterer_n about_o he_o that_o do_v daily_o incense_v he_o against_o david_n by_o their_o false_a slander_n then_o upon_o saul_n himself_o verse_n 11._o moreover_o my_o father_n see_v etc._n etc._n david_n call_v saul_n father_n either_o because_o he_o have_v indeed_o marry_v his_o daughter_n or_o because_o it_o be_v a_o title_n usual_o give_v to_o king_n as_o the_o father_n of_o the_o people_n verse_n 12._o the_o lord_n judge_n between_o i_o and_o thou_o etc._n etc._n thus_o david_n refer_v his_o cause_n to_o god_n and_o hereby_o also_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o it_o be_v that_o do_v comfort_n david_n against_o saul_n injury_n and_o make_v he_o patient_o bear_v the_o wrong_n he_o do_v he_o and_o restrain_v he_o at_o this_o time_n from_o avenge_a himself_n upon_o saul_n namely_o that_o he_o consider_v that_o god_n be_v the_o judge_n of_o all_o and_o that_o he_o will_v therefore_o certain_o plead_v his_o cause_n and_o take_v occasion_n soon_o or_o late_a to_o revenge_v the_o injury_n that_o he_o have_v suffer_v verse_n 13._o as_o say_v the_o proverb_n of_o the_o ancient_n wickedness_n proceed_v from_o the_o wicked_a but_o my_o hand_n shall_v not_o be_v upon_o thou_o by_o allege_v this_o proverb_n david_n intimate_v first_o that_o a_o good_a man_n can_v not_o allow_v himself_o to_o do_v that_o which_o a_o wicked_a wretch_n will_v make_v no_o conscience_n to_o do_v second_o that_o though_o wicked_a man_n may_v counsel_v &_o advise_v to_o do_v that_o which_o be_v evil_a yet_o a_o good_a man_n will_v not_o hearken_v to_o that_o counsel_n and_o three_o that_o though_o unconscionable_a man_n deal_v wicked_o with_o the_o righteous_a servant_n of_o god_n yet_o the_o righteous_a will_v not_o thence_o take_v liberty_n to_o deal_v wicked_o with_o they_o so_o that_o summary_o this_o be_v the_o drift_n of_o this_o proverb_n that_o no_o example_n nor_o persuasion_n nor_o provocation_n of_o wicked_a man_n shall_v win_v the_o servant_n of_o god_n to_o draw_v the_o same_o guilt_n upon_o themselves_o verse_n 14._o after_o who_o do_v thou_o pursue_v after_o a_o dead_a dog_n after_o a_o flea_n that_o be_v after_o a_o man_n of_o no_o estimation_n nor_o power_n one_o not_o worthy_a thy_o jealousy_n and_o fear_n but_o beside_o it_o may_v be_v that_o david_n have_v also_o respect_n in_o these_o word_n to_o his_o humble_a deportment_n of_o himself_o hitherto_o free_a from_o all_o ambition_n have_v he_o make_v a_o party_n among_o the_o noble_n or_o elder_n of_o israel_n there_o have_v be_v some_o pretence_n of_o suspect_v he_o but_o consider_v his_o lowly_a carriage_n of_o himself_o all_o the_o time_n he_o have_v be_v in_o saul_n court_n saul_n proceed_v against_o he_o in_o that_o manner_n he_o do_v be_v as_o if_o a_o man_n shall_v have_v come_v with_o a_o army_n of_o soldier_n against_o a_o flea_n or_o against_o a_o dead_a dog_n verse_n 22._o and_o saul_n go_v home_o but_o david_n and_o his_o man_n get_v they_o up_o unto_o the_o hold_n namely_o of_o engedi_n vers_fw-la 1._o have_v find_v david_n and_o his_o man_n hem_v up_o in_o a_o cave_n it_o be_v much_o that_o saul_n will_v overslip_v such_o a_o opportunity_n to_o put_v a_o end_n to_o his_o fear_n but_o his_o conscience_n be_v strong_o convince_v and_o thereby_o god_n carry_v he_o away_o and_o hereby_o david_n find_v that_o his_o confidence_n in_o god_n manifest_v in_o the_o 57_o psalm_n be_v not_o in_o vain_a for_o that_o psalm_n be_v pen_v as_o be_v most_o probable_a when_o he_o hide_v himself_o in_o this_o cave_n as_o we_o may_v gather_v from_o the_o title_n michtam_n of_o david_n when_o he_o flee_v from_o saul_n in_o the_o cave_n chap._n xxv_o verse_n 1._o and_o samuel_n die_v and_o all_o the_o israelite_n be_v gather_v together_o and_o lament_v he_o etc._n etc._n under_o saul_n government_n they_o have_v find_v what_o cause_n they_o have_v to_o respect_n samuel_n and_o how_o much_o better_o it_o have_v be_v for_o they_o to_o have_v live_v under_o a_o judge_n of_o god_n appoint_v than_o a_o king_n of_o their_o own_o choose_n and_o therefore_o now_o they_o lament_v samuel_n death_n and_o bury_v he_o in_o his_o house_n in_o ramah_n in_o ramah_n samuel_n father_n dwell_v before_o he_o 1._o sam._n 1.1_o and_o there_o in_o the_o ancient_a burial_n place_n of_o his_o family_n be_v samuel_n bury_v and_o david_n arise_v and_o go_v down_o to_o the_o wilderness_n of_o paran_n which_o border_v upon_o the_o south_n of_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n not_o far_a from_o the_o desert_n of_o maon_n it_o seem_v samuel_n death_n add_v to_o david_n fear_n he_o have_v lose_v he_o to_o who_o he_o be_v wont_a to_o go_v for_o counsel_n and_o comfort_n and_o be_v like_a enough_o now_o to_o have_v more_o enemy_n and_o few_o friend_n and_o therefore_o now_o he_o be_v glad_a to_o flee_v to_o a_o wilderness_n without_o the_o border_n of_o israel_n land_n verse_n 2._o and_o there_o be_v a_o man_n in_o maon_n who_o possession_n be_v in_o carmel_n and_o that_o man_n be_v very_o great_a etc._n etc._n because_o carmel_n be_v near_o to_o the_o wilderness_n of_o paran_n whether_o david_n be_v remove_v than_o maon_n be_v therefore_o this_o be_v express_v concern_v nabal_n that_o though_o he_o dwell_v in_o maon_n yet_o his_o possession_n be_v in_o carmel_n and_o so_o there_o he_o shear_v his_o sheep_n which_o be_v the_o occasion_n of_o david_n send_v to_o he_o and_o indeed_o maon_n ziph_n and_o carmel_n be_v all_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n not_o far_o it_o seem_v asunder_o and_o therefore_o join_v together_o josh_n 15.55_o his_o great_a riches_n be_v here_o mention_v as_o a_o aggravation_n of_o his_o inhumanity_n towards_o david_n follower_n have_v he_o be_v a_o man_n of_o a_o mean_a estate_n he_o may_v have_v plead_v that_o he_o be_v not_o able_a to_o send_v relief_n to_o david_n six_o hundred_o man_n but_o be_v a_o man_n of_o so_o vast_a a_o estate_n he_o may_v have_v send_v somewhat_o to_o david_n and_o his_o man_n and_o have_v be_v never_o the_o worse_o for_o it_o and_o therefore_o there_o can_v be_v nothing_o say_v by_o way_n of_o excuse_v he_o verse_n 6._o peace_n be_v both_o to_o thou_o and_o peace_n be_v to_o thy_o house_n etc._n etc._n this_o modest_a manner_n of_o their_o seek_v some_o relief_n from_o nabal_n be_v therefore_o express_v to_o let_v we_o see_v that_o they_o speak_v nothing_o that_o can_v provoke_v he_o to_o answer_v they_o so_o bitter_o and_o so_o churlish_o as_o he_o do_v verse_n 7._o for_o we_o come_v in_o a_o good_a day_n give_v i_o pray_v thou_o whatsoever_o come_v to_o thy_o hand_n etc._n etc._n in_o these_o word_n for_o we_o be_v come_v in_o a_o good_a day_n two_o reason_n be_v employ_v to_o move_v nabal_n to_o satisfy_v their_o desire_n first_o because_o he_o have_v now_o provide_v a_o liberal_a feast_n out_o of_o which_o he_o may_v well_o spare_v they_o somewhat_o second_o because_o it_o be_v a_o day_n of_o rejoice_v at_o which_o time_n man_n heart_n be_v free_a to_o give_v and_o so_o thence_o he_o conclude_v give_v i_o pray_v thou_o whatsoever_o come_v to_o thy_o hand_n that_o be_v whatsoever_o thou_o think_v good_a to_o bestow_v upon_o we_o verse_n 9_o they_o speak_v to_o nabal_n according_a to_o all_o those_o word_n in_o the_o name_n of_o david_n and_o cease_v these_o last_o word_n and_o cease_v be_v add_v to_o imply_v that_o this_o before_o mention_v be_v all_o they_o say_v they_o be_v neither_o importunate_a nor_o insolent_a in_o their_o speech_n but_o in_o a_o fair_a manner_n speak_v what_o david_n have_v give_v they_o in_o charge_n and_o then_o they_o have_v do_v verse_n 10._o there_o be_v many_o servant_n now_o adays_o that_o break_v away_o every_o man_n from_o his_o master_n herein_o covert_o he_o upbraid_v david_n first_o for_o fly_v from_o the_o
etc._n by_o a_o certain_a figure_n call_v apostrophe_n david_n be_v now_o speak_v to_o god_n turn_v his_o speech_n as_o it_o be_v abrupt_o to_o the_o people_n of_o god_n and_o to_o do_v for_o you_o that_o be_v for_o you_o o_o israel_n great_a thing_n and_o then_o in_o the_o next_o word_n direct_v his_o speech_n again_o to_o god_n for_o thy_o land_n before_o thy_o people_n which_o thou_o redeem_v to_o thou_o from_o egypt_n from_o the_o nation_n and_o their_o god_n deliver_v they_o from_o all_o the_o nation_n that_o fight_v their_o ruin_n and_o from_o the_o false_a god_n on_o who_o their_o enemy_n rely_v for_o help_v so_o that_o here_o david_n join_v together_o the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o israelite_n both_o from_o the_o egyptian_n and_o from_o the_o canaanite_n and_o other_o nation_n that_o seek_v to_o oppress_v they_o as_o it_o be_v also_o express_v 1._o chron._n 17.21_o what_o one_o nation_n in_o the_o earth_n be_v like_o thy_o people_n israel_n who_o god_n go_v to_o redeem_v to_o be_v his_o own_o people_n to_o make_v thou_o a_o name_n of_o greatness_n and_o terriblenesse_n by_o drive_v out_o the_o nation_n from_o before_o thy_o people_n who_o thou_o have_v redeem_v out_o of_o egypt_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o exod._n 12.12_o chap._n viii_o verse_n 1._o and_o after_o this_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o david_n smite_v the_o philistine_n and_o subdue_v they_o in_o this_o chapter_n the_o war_n and_o victory_n of_o david_n be_v record_v both_o to_o discover_v one_o cause_n among_o other_o why_o the_o lord_n appoint_v he_o to_o give_v over_o his_o purpose_n of_o build_v the_o temple_n to_o wit_n because_o he_o shall_v not_o have_v leisure_n to_o do_v it_o by_o reason_n of_o his_o many_o war_n and_o also_o to_o show_v how_o the_o lord_n perform_v his_o promise_n make_v to_o david_n in_o the_o former_a chapter_n concern_v the_o prosperity_n and_o flourish_a estate_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o people_n and_o david_n take_v metheg-ammah_a out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o philistine_n that_o be_v gath_n and_o her_o town_n 1._o chron._n 18.1_o this_o gath_n call_v afterward_o dio-caesaria_a stand_v on_o the_o frontier_n of_o palestina_n at_o the_o entrance_n into_o judea_n and_o ephraim_n and_o the_o mountainous_a tract_n of_o ground_n whereon_o it_o stand_v be_v it_o seem_v call_v ammah_o or_o amgar_n whereupon_o it_o be_v call_v metheg-ammah_a or_o the_o bridle_n of_o ammah_o because_o be_v a_o town_n of_o great_a strength_n it_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o bridle_n whereby_o the_o whole_a country_n about_o be_v keep_v in_o awe_n verse_n 2._o and_o he_o smite_v moab_n and_o measure_v they_o with_o a_o line_n cast_v they_o down_o to_o the_o ground_n etc._n etc._n the_o moabite_n be_v always_o deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o israelite_n as_o be_v evident_a num._n 22.1_o 2_o etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o though_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n give_v entertainment_n to_o david_n father_n and_o mother_n take_v he_o then_o to_o be_v a_o enemy_n to_o saul_n and_o his_o people_n 1._o sam._n 22.3_o 4._o david_n go_v thence_o to_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n let_v my_o father_n and_o my_o mother_n i_o pray_v thou_o come_v forth_o and_o be_v with_o you_o till_o i_o know_v what_o god_n will_v do_v for_o i_o and_o he_o bring_v they_o before_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n and_o they_o dwell_v with_o he_o all_o the_o while_n that_o david_n be_v in_o the_o hold_n yet_o when_o david_n be_v once_o establish_v king_n of_o israel_n it_o be_v likely_a the_o moabite_n bear_v now_o the_o same_o hostile_a mind_n against_o david_n which_o they_o have_v former_o against_o saul_n and_o may_v give_v just_a occasion_n to_o david_n to_o make_v war_n against_o they_o yea_o indeed_o the_o lord_n have_v command_v the_o israelite_n always_o to_o account_v they_o enemy_n deut_n 23.6_o thou_o shall_v not_o seek_v their_o peace_n nor_o their_o prosperity_n all_o thy_o day_n for_o ever_o and_o thereupon_o he_o smite_v moab_n and_o measure_v they_o with_o a_o line_n that_o be_v he_o do_v so_o absolute_o vanquish_v they_o that_o they_o be_v whole_o at_o his_o mercy_n he_o may_v dispose_v of_o they_o as_o seem_v good_a to_o himself_o slay_v and_o spare_v who_o he_o please_v and_o have_v make_v such_o havoc_n in_o the_o country_n level_v their_o town_n and_o city_n with_o the_o ground_n that_o it_o lay_v open_a before_o he_o to_o be_v measure_v with_o a_o line_n to_o be_v divide_v and_o dispose_v of_o as_o a_o place_n new_o to_o be_v plant_v and_o inhabit_v this_o phrase_n of_o measure_v with_o a_o line_n be_v ground_v upon_o the_o custom_n of_o absolute_a conqueror_n who_o have_v get_v a_o land_n into_o their_o power_n do_v divide_v it_o among_o those_o that_o shall_v dwell_v in_o it_o as_o the_o israelite_n do_v the_o land_n of_o canaan_n or_o else_o it_o be_v a_o similitude_n borrow_v from_o husbandman_n that_o measure_v out_o land_n some_o for_o tillage_n some_o for_o wood_n some_o for_o pasture_n or_o rather_o from_o carpenter_n who_o with_o a_o line_n strike_v their_o timber_n to_o set_v out_o how_o much_o shall_v be_v hew_v off_o and_o how_o much_o reserve_v for_o the_o build_n imply_v that_o even_o so_o david_n slay_v and_o keep_v alive_a of_o the_o moabite_n take_v prisoner_n who_o he_o please_v even_o with_o two_o line_n measure_v he_o to_o put_v to_o death_n and_o with_o one_o full_a line_n to_o keep_v alive_a that_o be_v he_o slay_v two_o three_o part_n of_o the_o people_n and_o one_o three_o part_n he_o keep_v alive_a that_o the_o land_n may_v not_o lie_v whole_o desolate_a and_o so_o now_o be_v that_o pprophecy_n in_o part_n fulfil_v numb_a 24.17_o there_o shall_v come_v a_o star_n out_o of_o jacob_n and_o a_o sceptre_n shall_v rise_v out_o of_o israel_n and_o shall_v smite_v the_o corner_n of_o moab_n and_o destroy_v all_o the_o child_n of_o sh_v and_o moab_n become_v david_n washpot_n as_o david_n sing_v psal_n 60.8_o moab_n be_v my_o washpot_n over_o edom_n will_v i_o cast_v my_o shoe_n which_o be_v compose_v at_o this_o time_n and_o so_o the_o moabite_n become_v david_n servant_n and_o bring_v gift_n to_o wit_n by_o way_n of_o tribute_n verse_n 3._o david_n smite_v also_o hadadezer_n the_o son_n of_o rehob_n king_n of_o zobah_n as_o he_o go_v to_o recover_v his_o border_n at_o the_o river_n euphrates_n with_o this_o hadadezer_n or_o hadarezer_n 1._o chron._n 18.3_o king_n of_o zobah_n call_v syria_n zobah_n and_o with_o his_o father_n rehob_n saul_n have_v war_n 1._o sam._n 14.47_o he_o grow_v now_o exceed_o powerful_a and_o have_v it_o seem_v subject_v damascus_n or_o aram_n another_o part_n of_o syria_n lie_v north_n east_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n as_o syria_n zobah_n also_o do_v for_o the_o syrian_n of_o damascus_n be_v engage_v in_o this_o war_n no_o doubt_n by_o his_o command_n vers_n 5._o and_o when_o the_o syrian_n of_o damascus_n come_v to_o succour_n hadadezer_n king_n of_o zobah_n david_n slay_v of_o the_o syrian_n twenty_o thousand_o man_n and_o 1._o king_n 11.23_o rezon_n a_o servant_n to_o this_o hadadezer_n take_v advantage_n of_o this_o overthrow_n of_o his_o lord_n mention_v chap._n 10.16_o 17_o 18._o gather_v together_o a_o band_n of_o soldier_n happy_o the_o remainder_n of_o hadadezer_n break_a troop_n and_o make_v himself_o king_n of_o damascus_n and_o as_o it_o seem_v of_o all_o that_o be_v his_o lord_n david_n therefore_o consider_v how_o mighty_a this_o neighbour_n king_n begin_v to_o be_v who_o be_v always_o a_o enemy_n to_o the_o israelite_n and_o know_v of_o this_o his_o expedition_n for_o the_o recover_n or_o establish_v the_o border_n of_o his_o dominion_n at_o the_o river_n euphrates_n he_o raise_v a_o army_n under_o the_o command_n of_o joab_n as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o title_n of_o the_o 60._o psalm_n to_o the_o chief_a musician_n upon_o shushan-eduth_a michtam_n of_o david_n to_o teach_v when_o he_o strive_v with_o aram_n naharaim_n and_o with_o aram_n zobah_n when_o joab_n return_v and_o smite_v of_o edom_n in_o the_o valley_n of_o salt_n twelve_o thousand_o and_o abishai_n 1._o chron._n 18.12_o and_o so_o encounter_v with_o hadadezer_n who_o must_v need_v pass_n either_o through_o some_o part_n of_o david_n kingdom_n on_o the_o other_o side_n jordan_n or_o close_o by_o it_o he_o utter_o overthrow_v his_o army_n other_o conceive_v indeed_o that_o it_o be_v david_n of_o who_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o he_o go_v to_o recover_v his_o border_n at_o the_o river_n euphrates_n &_o that_o upon_o that_o occasion_n he_o vanquish_v hadadezer_n that_o seek_v to_o oppose_v he_o but_o however_o thus_o that_o prophecy_n be_v in_o part_n fulfil_v gen._n 15.18_o that_o the_o lord_n will_v give_v unto_o abraham_n seed_n that_o land_n even_o unto_o
go_v out_o after_o he_o joabs_n man_n and_o the_o cherethite_n and_o the_o pelethite_n and_o all_o the_o mighty_a man_n and_o they_o go_v out_o of_o jerusalem_n to_o pursue_v after_o sheba_n the_o son_n of_o bichri_fw-la and_o 1._o king_n 1.38.44_o so_o zadok_v the_o priest_n and_o nathan_n the_o prophet_n and_o benaiah_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n and_o the_o cherethite_n and_o the_o pelethite_n go_v down_o and_o cause_v king_n solomon_n to_o ride_v upon_o king_n david_n mule_n but_o why_o be_v they_o so_o call_v some_o derive_v their_o name_n from_o certain_a hebrew_n word_n which_o may_v imply_v that_o the_o cherethites_n be_v the_o king_n executioner_n that_o do_v cut_v off_o malefactor_n and_o the_o pelethites_n be_v excellent_a man_n and_o choose_v to_o defend_v his_o person_n but_o because_o we_o find_v that_o the_o philistine_n be_v call_v cherethites_n 1._o sam._n 30.14_o we_o make_v a_o invasion_n upon_o the_o south_n of_o the_o cherethite_n and_o upon_o the_o coast_n which_o belong_v to_o judah_n and_o cherethims_n ezek_n 25.16_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v stretch_v out_o mire_n hand_n upon_o the_o philistine_n and_o i_o will_v cut_v off_o the_o cherethim_n and_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o cherethite_n zeph._n 2.4_o 5._o gaza_n shall_v be_v forsake_v and_o ashkelon_n a_o desolation_n they_o shall_v drive_v out_o ashdod_n at_o the_o noon_n day_n and_o ekron_n shall_v be_v root_v up_o wo_n unto_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o sea_n coast_n the_o nation_n of_o the_o cherethite_n the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v against_o you_o i_o rather_o subscribe_v to_o those_o that_o hold_v that_o the_o cherethites_n be_v such_o garrison_n soldier_n of_o the_o israelite_n as_o be_v seat_v in_o cheer_v of_o the_o philistine_n from_o who_o there_o be_v still_o a_o band_n choose_v to_o attend_v the_o king_n person_n as_o the_o guard_n of_o his_o body_n because_o they_o be_v the_o most_o expert_a and_o able_a soldier_n and_o so_o also_o the_o pelethite_n may_v be_v garrison_n soldier_n among_o the_o japhlethite_n josh_n 16.3_o and_o go_v down_o westward_o to_o the_o coast_n of_o japhleti_n and_o david_n son_n be_v chief_a ruler_n in_o 1._o chron._n 18.17_o chief_n about_o the_o king_n chap._n ix_o verse_n 1._o and_o david_n say_v be_v there_o yet_o any_o left_a of_o the_o house_n of_o saul_n etc._n etc._n thus_o david_n begin_v now_o to_o call_v to_o mind_v the_o covenant_n he_o make_v with_o jonathan_n 1._o sam._n 20.14_o 15._o and_o thou_o shall_v not_o only_a while_n yet_o i_o live_v show_v i_o the_o kindness_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o i_o die_v not_o but_o also_o thou_o shall_v not_o cut_v off_o thy_o kindness_n from_o my_o house_n forever_o no_o not_o when_o the_o lord_n have_v cut_v off_o the_o enemy_n of_o david_n it_o may_v seem_v strange_a indeed_o that_o david_n do_v not_o long_o ago_o think_v of_o this_o or_o that_o now_o think_v of_o it_o he_o shall_v know_v nothing_o of_o mephibosheth_n jonathans_n son_n but_o for_o the_o first_o of_o these_o we_o may_v ascribe_v it_o to_o the_o continual_a war_n wherewith_o he_o have_v be_v hitherto_o encumber_a and_o beside_o we_o know_v that_o in_o the_o sacred_a history_n all_o thing_n be_v not_o set_v down_o in_o the_o very_a same_o order_n wherein_o they_o be_v do_v and_o for_o the_o second_o we_o must_v consider_v first_o that_o david_n have_v live_v as_o a_o exile_n both_o from_o the_o court_n and_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n a_o long_a time_n may_v happy_o know_v nothing_o of_o this_o child_n of_o jonathans_n when_o he_o come_v to_o the_o crown_n second_o that_o the_o friend_n of_o saul_n may_v purposely_o conceal_v he_o for_o fear_n of_o david_n three_o that_o david_n be_v not_o through_o jealousy_n and_o fear_n inquisitive_a after_o saul_n posterity_n and_o fourthly_a that_o there_o be_v no_o cause_n why_o we_o shall_v be_v so_o solicitous_a to_o clear_a david_n from_o be_v too_o remiss_a in_o take_v care_n of_o perform_v the_o covenant_n which_o he_o have_v make_v with_o jonathan_n however_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o when_o he_o inquire_v whether_o there_o be_v any_o leave_v of_o saul_n family_n he_o express_v the_o reason_n that_o i_o may_v show_v he_o kindness_n for_o jonathans_n sake_n for_o doubtless_o this_o be_v add_v purposely_o that_o his_o courtier_n may_v not_o forbear_v to_o deal_v plain_o with_o he_o for_o fear_v he_o shall_v inquire_v after_o they_o with_o a_o ill_a intent_n verse_n 3._o be_v there_o not_o yet_o any_o of_o the_o house_n of_o saul_n that_o i_o may_v show_v the_o kindness_n of_o god_n unto_o he_o that_o be_v that_o great_a kindness_n that_o in_o the_o presence_n of_o god_n i_o promise_v to_o jonathan_n or_o the_o kindness_n which_o god_n show_v to_o the_o fatherless_a and_o afflict_a yea_o to_o his_o very_a enemy_n and_o which_o he_o likewise_o require_v that_o we_o shall_v show_v to_o they_o that_o be_v in_o distress_n and_o misery_n that_o we_o may_v be_v like_o herein_o to_o god_n all_o this_o may_v be_v comprehend_v in_o this_o expression_n and_o it_o be_v indeed_o in_o the_o very_a same_o term_n challenge_v from_o david_n when_o jonathan_n make_v a_o covenant_n with_o he_o 1._o sam._n 20.14_o 15._o and_o thou_o shall_v not_o only_a while_n yet_o i_o live_v show_v i_o the_o kindness_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o i_o die_v not_o but_o also_o thou_o shall_v not_o cut_v off_o thy_o kindness_n from_o my_o house_n for_o ever_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 4._o behold_v he_o be_v in_o the_o house_n of_o machir_n the_o son_n of_o ammiel_n in_o lodebar_v a_o place_n beyond_o jordan_n see_v chap._n 17.27_o so_o far_o from_o jerusalem_n he_o be_v perhaps_o purposely_o remove_v that_o he_o may_v be_v the_o better_o conceal_v from_o david_n verse_n 6._o now_o when_o mephibosheth_n the_o son_n of_o jonathan_n etc._n etc._n who_o be_v also_o call_v meribbaal_a 1._o chron._n 8.34_o verse_n 7._o i_o will_v sure_o show_v thou_o kindness_n for_o jonathan_n thy_o father_n sake_n and_o will_v restore_v thou_o all_o the_o land_n of_o saul_n thy_o father_n etc._n etc._n this_o land_n of_o saul_n have_v be_v hitherto_o it_o seem_v in_o david_n hand_n either_o by_o way_n of_o confiscation_n because_o of_o ishbosheths_n rebellion_n or_o by_o title_n of_o succession_n as_o crown_v land_n belong_v to_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n or_o by_o right_a of_o inheritance_n because_o david_n have_v marry_v saul_n daughter_n according_a to_o the_o law_n num._n 27.8_o if_o a_o man_n die_v and_o have_v no_o son_n than_o you_o shall_v cause_v his_o inheritance_n to_o pass_v to_o his_o daughter_n verse_n 10._o and_o thou_o shall_v bring_v in_o the_o fruit_n that_o thy_o master_n son_n may_v have_v food_n to_o eat_v etc._n etc._n that_o be_v that_o mephibosheth_n thy_o master_n saul_n son_n may_v have_v wherewith_o to_o nourish_v and_o provide_v for_o his_o son_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o family_n many_o expositor_n hold_v that_o by_o his_o master_n son_n in_o these_o word_n be_v mean_v micha_n mention_v vers_fw-la 12._o the_o son_n of_o mephibosheth_n who_o be_v now_o ziba_n master_n and_o so_o they_o take_v the_o drift_n of_o david_n word_n to_o be_v this_o that_o with_o the_o fruit_n of_o the_o land_n he_o shall_v nourish_v micha_n his_o master_n mephibosheths_n son_n and_o that_o mephibosheth_n himself_o shall_v live_v with_o he_o in_o his_o court_n and_o eat_v at_o his_o table_n but_o because_o in_o the_o verse_n immediate_o before_o this_o by_o his_o master_n son_n be_v mean_v mephibosheth_n i_o have_v give_v to_o thy_o master_n son_n all_o that_o pertain_v to_o saul_n and_o to_o all_o his_o house_n and_o so_o likewise_o in_o the_o word_n immediate_o follow_v but_o mephibosheth_n thy_o master_n son_n shall_v eat_v bread_n always_o at_o my_o table_n i_o can_v think_v that_o in_o these_o word_n between_o he_o shall_v not_o mean_v the_o same_o by_o his_o master_n son_n only_o indeed_o it_o be_v plain_a by_o these_o word_n that_o thy_o master_n son_n may_v have_v food_n to_o eat_v be_v only_o mean_v that_o he_o may_v have_v food_n in_o his_o house_n for_o his_o family_n to_o eat_v for_o the_o next_o word_n show_v that_o himself_o be_v to_o be_v continual_o at_o david_n table_n but_o mephibosheth_n thy_o master_n son_n shall_v eat_v bread_n always_o at_o my_o table_n verse_n 12._o and_o mephibosheth_n have_v a_o young_a son_n who_o name_n be_v micha_n mephibosheth_n be_v but_o five_o year_n old_a when_o saul_n and_o jonathan_n be_v slay_v chap._n 4.4_o and_o now_o he_o have_v a_o young_a son_n so_o long_v it_o be_v after_o saul_n death_n ere_o david_n begin_v to_o think_v of_o requite_v the_o love_n which_o jonathan_n have_v show_v to_o he_o chap._n x._o verse_n 2._o then_o say_v david_n i_o will_v show_v kindness_n unto_o hanun_n the_o
because_o it_o be_v close_o by_o jordan_n right_a against_o the_o portion_n of_o ephraim_n on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o river_n or_o else_o because_o this_o be_v the_o place_n where_o jephthah_n slay_v the_o ephraimite_n judg._n 12.5_o 6._o and_o the_o gileadite_n take_v the_o passage_n of_o jordan_n before_o the_o ephraimite_n and_o it_o be_v so_o that_o when_o those_o ephraimite_n which_o be_v escape_v say_v let_v i_o go_v over_o that_o the_o man_n of_o gilead_n say_v unto_o he_o be_v thou_o a_o ephraimite_n if_o he_o say_v nay_o then_o say_v they_o unto_o he_o say_v now_o shibbole_v and_o he_o say_v sibbole_v for_o he_o can_v not_o frame_v to_o pronounce_v it_o right_n than_o they_o toâ—k_v she_o and_o slay_v he_o at_o the_o passage_n of_o jordan_n whence_o it_o seem_v it_o be_v afterward_o call_v the_o wood_n of_o ephraim_n verse_n 8._o and_o the_o wood_n devour_v more_o people_n that_o day_n than_o the_o sword_n devour_v that_o be_v when_o they_o flee_v into_o the_o wood_n there_o perish_v more_o there_o by_o the_o sword_n of_o those_o that_o pursue_v they_o and_o by_o the_o country_n people_n that_o sound_v they_o there_o straggle_a and_o fall_v upon_o they_o than_o do_v in_o the_o battle_n by_o the_o valour_n of_o the_o servant_n of_o david_n that_o fight_v there_o against_o they_o for_o as_o i_o conceive_v even_o those_o that_o be_v slay_v in_o the_o wood_n by_o the_o soldier_n of_o david_n pursue_v they_o be_v here_o include_v in_o the_o number_n of_o those_o who_o the_o wood_n devour_v and_o be_v oppose_v to_o those_o only_a that_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n in_o the_o battle_n other_o understand_v it_o of_o such_o as_o perish_v there_o by_o wild_a beast_n by_o be_v hang_v in_o the_o tree_n by_o tumble_v into_o ditch_n and_o pit_n and_o cave_n unknown_a but_o the_o first_o exposition_n i_o think_v most_o probable_a for_o it_o can_v hardly_o be_v conceive_v how_o more_o shall_v perish_v by_o such_o casualty_n then_o by_o the_o sword_n in_o general_n verse_n 9_o and_o his_o head_n catch_v hold_v of_o the_o oak_n and_o he_o be_v take_v up_o between_o the_o heaven_n and_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n the_o word_n seem_v to_o imply_v that_o his_o head_n be_v catch_v in_o a_o crotch_n or_o fork_a branch_n of_o the_o oak_n and_o so_o his_o mule_n run_v away_o from_o under_o he_o there_o he_o hang_v by_o the_o neck_n but_o the_o most_o common_a opinion_n of_o expositor_n be_v that_o it_o be_v his_o long_a and_o thick_a hair_n that_o be_v entangle_v and_o wound_n about_o the_o thick_a bough_n of_o the_o oak_n by_o which_o he_o hang_v when_o his_o mule_n be_v go_v from_o he_o and_o thus_o say_v they_o god_n testify_v against_o his_o pride_n in_o his_o hair_n make_v those_o goodly_a curl_a lock_n of_o his_o as_o a_o halter_n to_o hang_v he_o whereof_o he_o have_v always_o be_v so_o proud_a that_o he_o will_v only_o cut_v they_o but_o once_o a_o year_n and_o that_o too_o because_o they_o grow_v too_o heavy_a for_o he_o verse_n 11._o and_o why_o do_v thou_o not_o smite_v he_o there_o to_o the_o ground_n and_o i_o will_v have_v give_v thou_o ten_o shekel_n of_o silver_n and_o a_o girdle_n as_o great_a a_o friend_n as_o joab_n have_v former_o be_v to_o absalon_n yet_o now_o that_o he_o have_v rebel_v against_o his_o father_n and_o endanger_v the_o ruin_n of_o the_o land_n by_o a_o civil_a war_n he_o resolve_v to_o take_v away_o his_o life_n only_o still_o he_o have_v rather_o it_o shall_v have_v be_v by_o another_o then_o by_o he_o or_o his_o command_n and_o therefore_o he_o tell_v the_o soldier_n what_o a_o reward_n he_o will_v have_v give_v he_o if_o he_o have_v slay_v he_o thereby_o also_o intimate_v that_o he_o will_v give_v he_o the_o reward_n if_o he_o will_v go_v and_o do_v it_o i_o will_v have_v give_v thou_o say_v he_o ten_o shekel_n of_o silver_n and_o a_o girdle_n that_o be_v a_o soldier_n girdle_n which_o be_v a_o sign_n of_o strength_n and_o valour_n and_o a_o ornament_n and_o ensign_n of_o honour_n verse_n 13._o otherwise_o i_o shall_v have_v wrought_v falsehood_n against_o my_o own_o life_n this_o phrase_n be_v somewhat_o difficult_a that_o he_o mean_v he_o shall_v witting_o have_v expose_v himself_o to_o the_o danger_n of_o lose_v his_o life_n by_o disobey_v the_o king_n command_v in_o kill_a absalon_n be_v very_o evident_a but_o why_o do_v he_o call_v this_o work_a falsehood_n against_o his_o own_o life_n i_o answer_v either_o first_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o secrecy_n of_o the_o fact_n as_o if_o he_o have_v say_v that_o though_o no_o body_n have_v see_v he_o do_v it_o and_o he_o have_v endeavour_v to_o have_v conceal_v it_o with_o lie_n and_o falsehood_n yet_o it_o will_v at_o last_o have_v bring_v a_o shameful_a death_n upon_o he_o or_o else_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o vanity_n of_o his_o hope_n if_o he_o have_v do_v it_o in_o hope_n that_o it_o will_v not_o prove_v any_o way_n perilous_a to_o he_o but_o rather_o will_v be_v reward_v as_o if_o he_o have_v say_v whatever_o vain_a encouragement_n have_v embolden_v i_o to_o do_v it_o they_o will_v have_v prove_v false_a and_o deceitful_a i_o shall_v have_v wrought_v falsehood_n against_o my_o own_o life_n for_o as_o when_o man_n fail_v of_o effect_v what_o they_o hope_v and_o desire_v they_o be_v say_v in_o the_o scripture_n phrase_n to_o bring_v forth_o falsehood_n psal_n 7.14_o he_o have_v conceive_v mischief_n and_o bring_v forth_o falsehood_n so_o when_o man_n effect_v any_o thing_n but_o fail_v of_o their_o hope_n therein_o they_o may_v be_v say_v to_o work_v falsehood_n and_o three_o because_o of_o the_o care_n which_o every_o man_n be_v natural_o bind_v to_o have_v of_o his_o own_o life_n in_o regard_n whereof_o he_o that_o witting_o doâ—h_v any_o thing_n to_o the_o prejudice_n of_o his_o life_n may_v be_v true_o say_v to_o work_v falsehood_n against_o his_o own_o life_n verse_n 14._o and_o he_o take_v three_o dart_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o thrust_v they_o through_o the_o heart_n of_o absalon_n joab_n know_v well_o enough_o that_o as_o long_o as_o absalon_n live_v there_o will_v be_v great_a danger_n lest_o his_o party_n shall_v again_o make_v head_n and_o maintain_v their_o former_a act_n in_o make_v he_o king_n and_o know_v withal_o david_n indulgence_n towards_o he_o and_o what_o strict_a charge_n he_o have_v give_v for_o the_o spare_n of_o he_o at_o this_o very_a time_n he_o have_v just_a cause_n to_o fear_v that_o david_n will_v not_o do_v justice_n to_o he_o if_o they_o shall_v carry_v he_o away_o alive_a and_o therefore_o prefer_v the_o peace_n and_o welfare_n of_o the_o king_n and_o commonwealth_n before_o the_o king_n command_n he_o thrust_v these_o dart_n into_o he_o and_o so_o slay_v he_o yet_o withal_o perhaps_o he_o be_v also_o a_o little_a move_v with_o a_o particular_a spleen_n against_o absalon_n to_o wit_n because_o he_o have_v late_o dispose_v of_o his_o place_n of_o captain_n of_o the_o host_n to_o amasa_n his_o cousin_n german_a chap._n 17.25_o verse_n 17._o and_o they_o take_v absalon_n and_o cast_v he_o into_o a_o great_a pit_n in_o the_o wood_n and_o lay_v a_o very_a great_a heap_n of_o stone_n upon_o he_o see_v the_o note_n josh_n 7.26_o verse_n 18._o now_o absalon_n in_o his_o life_n time_n have_v take_v and_o rear_v up_o for_o himself_o a_o pillar_n which_o be_v in_o the_o king_n dale_n the_o same_o which_o be_v call_v the_o valley_n of_o saveh_n where_o the_o king_n of_o sodom_n meet_v abraham_n when_o he_o return_v with_o victory_n have_v discomfit_v those_o four_o king_n that_o have_v pillage_v sodom_n and_o have_v carry_v lot_n away_o captive_a gen._n 14.17_o and_o the_o king_n of_o sodom_n go_v out_o to_o meet_v he_o after_o his_o return_n from_o the_o slaughter_n of_o chedorlaomer_n and_o of_o the_o king_n that_o be_v with_o he_o at_o the_o valley_n of_o saveh_n which_o be_v the_o king_n dale_n where_o this_o vale_n be_v or_o why_o it_o be_v so_o call_v we_o find_v not_o where_o express_v only_o many_o conjecture_n we_o find_v in_o expositor_n as_o that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o which_o be_v call_v the_o valley_n of_o jehoshaphat_n joel_n 3.2_o and_o consequent_o the_o king_n dale_n or_o that_o it_o be_v so_o call_v from_o the_o exceed_a pleasantness_n and_o fruitfulness_n of_o it_o as_o a_o place_n fit_a for_o the_o delight_n of_o king_n or_o because_o the_o king_n of_o sodom_n and_o melchizedek_n king_n of_o salem_n do_v there_o meet_a abraham_n and_o indeed_o if_o it_o be_v call_v the_o king_n dale_n because_o of_o any_o king_n of_o judah_n or_o israel_n than_o that_o clause_n gen._n 14.17_o be_v not_o write_v by_o moses_n but_o insert_v afterward_o by_o some_o other_o as_o
for_o the_o pillar_n which_o absalon_n here_o rear_v up_o that_o the_o memory_n of_o his_o name_n may_v thereby_o be_v preserve_v unto_o posterity_n it_o be_v very_o probable_o conceive_v by_o some_o expositor_n that_o it_o be_v some_o monument_n such_o as_o be_v the_o egyptian_a pyramid_n which_o he_o intend_v to_o be_v the_o place_n of_o his_o burial_n and_o that_o upon_o the_o relation_n of_o his_o ignoble_a burial_n in_o the_o forego_n verse_n to_o wit_n that_o he_o be_v cast_v into_o a_o pit_n and_o have_v a_o heap_n of_o stone_n throw_v upon_o he_o this_o be_v present_o insert_v concern_v the_o goodly_a sepulchral_v monument_n which_o he_o have_v provide_v for_o himself_o to_o show_v how_o he_o be_v cross_v in_o his_o expectation_n for_o he_o say_v i_o have_v no_o son_n to_o keep_v my_o name_n in_o remembrance_n hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o god_n have_v before_o this_o time_n deprive_v he_o of_o his_o three_o son_n mention_v chap._n 14.27_o not_o judge_v he_o worthy_a of_o son_n that_o will_v not_o stoop_v to_o honour_v his_o own_o father_n and_o that_o have_v murder_v his_o own_o brother_n and_o withal_o hereby_o god_n provide_v for_o the_o more_o peaceable_a advance_n of_o solomon_n to_o the_o throne_n after_o david_n decease_n verse_n 22._o then_o say_v ahimaaz_v the_o son_n of_o zadok_n yet_o again_o to_o joab_n but_o howsoever_o let_v i_o i_o pray_v thou_o also_o run_v after_o cushi_n he_o press_v again_o for_o liberty_n to_o go_v after_o cushi_n as_o hope_v to_o outrun_v he_o and_o have_v bethink_v himself_o that_o he_o may_v acquaint_v david_n with_o the_o good_a tiding_n of_o the_o victory_n though_o he_o suppress_v that_o particular_a concern_v the_o death_n of_o absalon_n verse_n 23._o then_o ahimaaz_n run_v by_o the_o way_n of_o the_o plain_a and_o overran_a cushi_n whereas_o cushi_n run_v the_o near_a way_n which_o be_v hilly_a and_o mountainous_a ahimaaz_v choose_v to_o go_v a_o further_a way_n by_o the_o way_n of_o the_o plain_a and_o so_o by_o the_o advantage_n of_o the_o way_n he_o outrun_v cushi_n and_o come_v first_o to_o david_n verse_n 24._o and_o david_n sit_v between_o the_o two_o gate_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v at_o the_o enter_v in_o of_o the_o city_n mahanaim_n wait_v to_o hear_v tiding_n from_o the_o army_n that_o be_v go_v forth_o against_o absalon_n it_o seem_v that_o the_o gate_n of_o city_n be_v in_o those_o time_n build_v as_o they_o be_v now_o with_o high_a tower_n and_o so_o strong_a and_o thick_a than_o other_o part_n of_o the_o wall_n and_o therefore_o have_v two_o gate_n one_o inward_a towards_o the_o city_n and_o another_o outward_a towards_o the_o suburb_n and_o between_o these_o two_o gate_n it_o be_v that_o david_n now_o sit_v verse_n 25._o and_o the_o king_n say_v if_o he_o be_v alone_o there_o be_v tiding_n in_o his_o mouth_n that_o be_v if_o there_o be_v many_o come_n together_o we_o may_v well_o fear_v they_o flee_v from_o the_o face_n of_o the_o enemy_n but_o if_o there_o be_v but_o one_o alone_a doubtless_o it_o be_v a_o messenger_n that_o be_v send_v with_o some_o tiding_n verse_n 27._o and_o the_o king_n say_v he_o be_v a_o good_a man_n and_o come_v with_o good_a tiding_n david_n infer_v that_o if_o it_o be_v ahimaaz_n that_o be_v come_v he_o doubtless_o bring_v good_a tiding_n because_o he_o be_v a_o good_a man_n whereof_o there_o may_v be_v two_o reason_n conceive_v first_o that_o be_v a_o good_a man_n he_o be_v not_o likely_a to_o be_v the_o first_o in_o fly_v away_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a he_o flee_v from_o the_o enemy_n but_o rather_o he_o come_v with_o tiding_n and_o second_o that_o be_v a_o good_a man_n he_o be_v the_o more_o likely_a to_o be_v desirous_a to_o bring_v good_a tiding_n to_o the_o king_n or_o have_v use_v to_o bring_v he_o good_a tiding_n verse_n 33._o and_o the_o king_n be_v much_o move_v and_o go_v up_o to_o the_o chamber_n over_o the_o gate_n see_v the_o note_n above_o vers_n 5._o partly_o as_o apprehend_v the_o misery_n of_o absaloms_n die_v in_o his_o sin_n and_o partly_o as_o remember_v that_o his_o sin_n in_o the_o matter_n of_o uriah_n be_v now_o punish_v in_o the_o death_n of_o this_o his_o ungracious_a son_n he_o feel_v his_o passion_n break_v out_o so_o violent_o that_o not_o be_v able_a to_o go_v home_o to_o his_o own_o house_n and_o be_v withal_o doubtless_o ashamed_a that_o his_o passion_n shall_v be_v see_v he_o be_v glad_a to_o run_v up_o to_o the_o chamber_n over_o the_o gate_n where_o he_o be_v sit_v when_o he_o hear_v the_o tiding_n there_o in_o secret_a to_o pour_v out_o his_o sorrow_n nor_o be_v he_o able_a to_o suppress_v his_o passion_n â—o_o long_o but_o as_o he_o go_v up_o as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o word_n he_o break_v out_o into_o a_o bitter_a lamentation_n o_o my_o son_n absalon_n my_o son_n my_o son_n absalon_n will_v god_n i_o have_v die_v for_o thou_o etc._n etc._n because_o he_o fear_v his_o everlasting_a perdition_n he_o wish_v that_o he_o have_v die_v rather_o than_o absalon_n chap._n xix_o verse_n 3._o and_o the_o people_n get_v they_o by_o stealth_n that_o day_n into_o the_o city_n as_o people_n be_v ashamed_a steal_v away_o when_o they_o flee_v in_o battle_n that_o be_v in_o stead_n of_o enter_v the_o city_n in_o a_o triumphant_a manner_n as_o soldier_n be_v wont_a to_o do_v that_o return_n with_o victory_n from_o the_o battle_n they_o scatter_v themselves_o asunder_o and_o steal_v secret_o into_o the_o city_n as_o if_o they_o have_v flee_v in_o the_o battle_n and_o as_o ashamed_a of_o their_o cowardice_n be_v now_o loath_a that_o any_o body_n shall_v see_v they_o verse_n 4._o but_o the_o king_n cover_v his_o face_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 15.30_o verse_n 5_o and_o joab_n come_v into_o the_o house_n to_o the_o king_n and_o say_v thou_o have_v shame_v this_o day_n the_o face_n of_o all_o thy_o servant_n etc._n etc._n joab_n see_v that_o there_o be_v some_o danger_n lest_o the_o heart_n of_o david_n friend_n and_o servant_n shall_v be_v alienate_v from_o he_o by_o his_o carry_v of_o himself_o so_o disrespectful_o to_o those_o that_o have_v hazard_v their_o life_n for_o he_o and_o he_o perceive_v too_o that_o his_o passion_n be_v so_o violent_a that_o there_o be_v no_o way_n to_o win_v he_o to_o withstand_v they_o unless_o he_o speak_v that_o which_o may_v startle_v he_o and_o scare_v he_o and_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o he_o speak_v so_o rough_o and_o sharp_o to_o david_n more_o rough_o indeed_o then_o otherwise_o it_o have_v be_v fit_a for_o a_o subject_a to_o speak_v to_o his_o sovereign_a verse_n 7._o now_o therefore_o arise_v go_v forth_o and_o speak_v comfortable_o unto_o thy_o servant_n etc._n etc._n this_o joab_n advise_v david_n to_o do_v that_o he_o may_v prevent_v the_o alienate_n of_o his_o servant_n affection_n from_o he_o and_o perhaps_o too_o because_o the_o address_v of_o himself_o to_o the_o affair_n of_o his_o kingdom_n will_v be_v the_o best_a mean_n to_o allay_v his_o passion_n and_o indeed_o after_o that_o he_o come_v forth_o and_o sit_v in_o the_o gate_n we_o hear_v no_o more_o of_o his_o violent_a weep_v and_o wail_v verse_n 9_o and_o all_o the_o people_n be_v at_o strife_n throughout_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v throughout_o all_o the_o ten_o tribe_n of_o the_o israelite_n the_o people_n begin_v to_o blame_v one_o another_o for_o side_v with_o absalon_n in_o his_o insurrrection_n against_o his_o father_n and_o to_o call_v upon_o their_o elder_n and_o officer_n to_o go_v and_o submit_v themselves_o to_o he_o and_o to_o fetch_v he_o back_o again_o into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n to_o the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n that_o he_o may_v be_v reestablish_v in_o the_o throne_n to_o reign_v over_o they_o again_o as_o he_o have_v do_v verse_n 10._o and_o absalon_n who_o we_o anoint_v over_o we_o be_v dead_a in_o battle_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v another_o argument_n wherewith_o the_o israelite_n persuade_v one_o another_o to_o submit_v themselves_o again_o to_o david_n and_o it_o be_v as_o if_o they_o have_v say_v we_o see_v that_o god_n be_v against_o we_o in_o that_o attempt_n of_o we_o to_o make_v absalon_n king_n and_o why_o do_v we_o then_o still_o stand_v it_o out_o and_o not_o go_v in_o and_o seek_v reconciliation_n with_o our_o king_n who_o we_o have_v wrong_v verse_n 11._o and_o king_n david_n send_v to_o zadok_v and_o to_o abiathar_n the_o priest_n say_v speak_v unto_o the_o elder_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n the_o man_n of_o judah_n have_v be_v the_o first_o and_o chief_a in_o side_v with_o absalon_n and_o have_v deliver_v up_o to_o he_o the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o strong_a fort_n of_o
david_n but_o the_o most_o hold_v that_o they_o be_v the_o son_n of_o nathan_n the_o prophet_n prefer_v by_o solomon_n partly_o out_o of_o a_o grateful_a respect_n which_o he_o bear_v to_o their_o father_n partly_o because_o he_o have_v have_v his_o education_n with_o they_o under_o the_o tutouridge_n of_o nathan_n their_o father_n as_o the_o hebrew_n hold_v verse_n 10._o to_o he_o pertain_v sochoh_o and_o all_o the_o land_n of_o hepher_n a_o tract_n of_o land_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n so_o call_v from_o hepher_n the_o son_n of_o asher_n of_o the_o posterity_n of_o hezron_n 1_o chron._n 4.6_o verse_n 11._o the_o son_n of_o abinadab_n in_o all_o the_o region_n of_o dor._n which_o be_v manasses_n portion_n josh_n 17.11_o as_o be_v also_o taanach_n and_o bethshean_n and_o megiddo_n mention_v vers_fw-la 12._o verse_n 12._o even_o unto_o the_o place_n that_o be_v beyond_o jokneam_fw-la which_o be_v in_o the_o border_n of_o zebulon_n josh_n 19.11_o verse_n 19_o geber_n the_o son_n of_o uri_n be_v in_o the_o country_n of_o gilead_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v in_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o country_n of_o gilead_n and_o in_o the_o country_n which_o belong_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o sihon_n and_o og_n without_o jordan_n to_o wit_n beside_o that_o before_o mention_v vers_fw-la 13._o which_o be_v the_o charge_n of_o the_o son_n of_o geber_n and_o because_o it_o be_v so_o great_a a_o circuit_n of_o land_n which_o be_v allot_v to_o he_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o close_a of_o this_o verse_n and_o he_o be_v the_o only_a officer_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n that_o be_v there_o be_v no_o other_o officer_n to_o gather_v up_o provision_n for_o the_o king_n household_n in_o this_o land_n before_o mention_v but_o he_o only_o verse_n 20._o judah_n and_o israel_n be_v many_o as_o the_o sand_n etc._n etc._n and_o herein_o be_v solomon_n kingdom_n a_o type_n of_o christ_n who_o people_n by_o the_o confluence_n of_o the_o gentile_n shall_v become_v innumerable_a like_o the_o sand_n of_o the_o seashore_n but_o especial_o in_o that_o which_o follow_v concern_v the_o comfortable_a condition_n wherein_o the_o people_n live_v under_o solomon_n reign_n eat_v and_o drink_v and_o make_v merry_a for_o this_o do_v notable_o shadow_v forth_o the_o joyful_a estate_n of_o christian_n partly_o in_o this_o world_n but_o especial_o in_o heaven_n the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n be_v not_o meat_n and_o drink_n but_o righteousness_n and_o peace_n and_o joy_n in_o the_o holy_a ghost_n rom._n 14.7_o though_o they_o be_v often_o afflict_v yet_o they_o rejoice_v in_o tribulation_n rom._n 5.3_o the_o pardon_n of_o their_o sin_n the_o light_n of_o god_n countenance_n and_o the_o hope_n of_o a_o incorruptible_a crown_n of_o glory_n be_v sufficient_a to_o make_v they_o rejoice_v in_o affliction_n even_o with_o joy_n unspeakable_a and_o full_a of_o glory_n and_o much_o more_o than_o shall_v their_o joy_n be_v great_a when_o all_o tear_n shall_v be_v wipe_v from_o their_o eye_n and_o they_o shall_v sit_v down_o with_o abraham_n and_o isaac_n and_o jacob_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o heaven_n matt._n 8.11_o verse_n 21._o and_o solomon_n reign_v over_o all_o kingdom_n from_o the_o river_n unto_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o egypt_n that_o be_v from_o the_o river_n euphrates_n which_o because_o it_o lay_v north-east_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n be_v the_o only_a limit_n here_o mention_v of_o solomon_n kingdom_n on_o those_o two_o quarter_n unto_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n which_o be_v the_o western_a bound_n as_o lie_v all_o along_o by_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n and_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o egypt_n where_o be_v the_o river_n sihor_n josh_n 13.3_o which_o be_v the_o south_n bound_n and_o thus_o be_v that_o promise_n make_v to_o abraham_n fulfil_v gen._n 15.18_o unto_o thy_o seed_n have_v i_o give_v this_o land_n from_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n unto_o the_o great_a river_n the_o river_n euphrates_n and_o in_o this_o exceed_a glory_n of_o his_o kingdom_n be_v solomon_n also_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n concern_v who_o royalty_n and_o kingdom_n so_o many_o glorious_a thing_n be_v speak_v as_o where_o it_o be_v say_v ephes_n 1.21_o 22._o that_o he_o raise_v he_o from_o the_o dead_a and_o set_v he_o at_o his_o own_o right_a hand_n in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n far_o above_o all_o principality_n and_o power_n and_o might_n and_o dominion_n and_o every_o name_n that_o be_v name_v not_o only_o in_o this_o world_n but_o also_o in_o that_o which_o be_v to_o come_v and_o have_v put_v all_o thing_n under_o his_o foot_n and_o give_v he_o to_o be_v the_o head_n over_o all_o thing_n to_o the_o church_n and_o philip._n 2_o 9_o 10_o 11_o wherefore_o god_n also_o have_v high_o exalt_v he_o and_o give_v he_o a_o name_n which_o be_v above_o every_o name_n that_o at_o the_o name_n of_o jesus_n every_o knee_n shall_v bow_v of_o thing_n in_o heaven_n and_o thing_n in_o earth_n and_o thing_n under_o the_o earth_n and_o that_o euâ—ry_o tongue_n shall_v confess_v that_o jesus_n christ_n be_v lord_n to_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n the_o father_n and_o again_o psal_n 2.8_o ask_v of_o i_o and_o i_o shall_v give_v thou_o the_o heathen_a for_o thy_o inheritance_n and_o the_o uttermost_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n for_o thy_o possession_n verse_n 24._o and_o he_o have_v peace_n on_o all_o side_n round_o about_o he_o and_o herein_o vas_fw-la solomon_n also_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n the_o prince_n of_o peace_n esa_n 9.6_o whence_o be_v that_o luke_n 2.14_o glory_n to_o god_n in_o the_o high_a and_o on_o earth_n peace_n good_a will_n towards_o mâ—n_z john_n 14.27_o peace_n i_o leave_v with_o you_o my_o peace_n i_o give_v unto_o you_o not_o as_o the_o word_n give_v give_v i_o unto_o you_o verse_n 25._o and_o judah_n and_o israel_n dwell_v safe_o every_o man_n under_o his_o vine_n and_o under_o his_o figtree_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v not_o only_o in_o the_o fence_a city_n but_o also_o in_o the_o open_a country_n they_o live_v without_o fear_n of_o enemy_n follow_v their_o husbandry_n and_o enjoy_v with_o much_o cheerfulness_n choice_n and_o plenty_n of_o god_n good_a blessing_n verse_n 26._o and_o solomon_n have_v forty_o thousand_o stall_n of_o horse_n for_o his_o chariot_n in_o 2._o chron._n 9.25_o it_o be_v four_o thousand_o but_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a here_o translate_v stall_n do_v signify_v both_o stable_n wherein_o many_o horse_n be_v keep_v together_o and_o also_o the_o stall_n or_o sever_v petition_n for_o each_o horse_n in_o those_o stable_n and_o so_o it_o be_v take_v here_o whereas_o in_o the_o 2._o chron._n 9.25_o by_o stall_n be_v mean_v stable_n contain_v at_o least_o ten_o stall_n or_o several_a partition_n for_o horse_n a_o piece_n for_o so_o in_o four_o thousand_o stable_n there_o may_v stand_v forty_o thousand_o horse_n in_o their_o several_a stall_n as_o be_v here_o express_v indeed_o a_o far_o less_o number_n will_v have_v suffice_v for_o fourteen_o hundred_o chariot_n and_o we_o read_v of_o no_o more_o that_o solomon_n have_v 2._o chron._n 1.14_o and_o solomon_n gather_v chariot_n and_o horseman_n and_o he_o have_v a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o chariot_n etc._n etc._n but_o first_o those_o horse_n that_o be_v fit_a for_o service_n in_o the_o chariot_n may_v also_o be_v employ_v in_o his_o carriage_n for_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n etc._n etc._n and_o second_o herein_o lay_v his_o magnificence_n that_o he_o have_v such_o choice_n and_o store_n of_o horse_n and_o as_o herein_o it_o seem_v he_o transgress_v the_o commandment_n of_o god_n deut._n 17.16_o he_o shall_v not_o multiply_v horse_n himself_o nor_o cause_v the_o people_n to_o return_v to_o egypt_n to_o the_o end_n that_o he_o shall_v multiply_v horse_n so_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o hereby_o he_o overburthen_v his_o people_n and_o give_v too_o just_a a_o occasion_n to_o that_o complaint_n of_o the_o israelite_n chap._n 12.4_o thy_o father_n make_v our_o yoke_n grievous_a now_o therefore_o make_v thou_o the_o grievous_a service_n of_o thy_o father_n and_o his_o heavy_a yoke_n which_o he_o put_v on_o we_o light_a and_o we_o will_v serve_v thou_o verse_n 29._o and_o god_n give_v solomon_n wisdom_n and_o understanding_n exceed_v much_o and_o largeness_n of_o heart_n even_o as_o the_o sand_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o lord_n give_v he_o such_o a_o vast_a capacity_n a_o extraordinary_a measure_n of_o understanding_n judgement_n memory_n that_o the_o knowledge_n which_o he_o have_v seem_v even_o infinite_a nor_o be_v there_o any_o thing_n almost_o which_o he_o be_v not_o able_a to_o reach_v and_o comprehend_v see_v the_o note_n chap._n 3.12_o verse_n 3â—_n and_o solomon_n wisdom_n excll_v the_o wisdom_n of_o all_o the_o child_n of_o the_o east_n country_n
or_o else_o they_o be_v not_o see_v without_o that_o be_v the_o staff_n be_v draw_v out_o so_o little_a that_o in_o the_o most_o holy_a place_n they_o may_v be_v discern_v or_o happy_o at_o the_o very_a door_n where_o they_o go_v out_o of_o the_o most_o holy_a place_n into_o the_o temple_n but_o further_a out_o in_o the_o temple_n they_o can_v not_o be_v discern_v verse_n 9_o there_o be_v nothing_o in_o the_o ark_n save_o the_o two_o table_n of_o stone_n for_o though_o the_o pot_n of_o manna_n exod._n 16.34_o and_o aaron_n rod_n numb_a 17.10_o and_o the_o book_n of_o the_o law_n deut._n 31.26_o be_v lay_v up_o before_o the_o ark_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o put_v into_o the_o ark_n as_o be_v the_o two_o table_n of_o stone_n and_z according_o we_o must_v understand_v that_o place_n heb._n 9.3_o 4._o and_o after_o the_o second_o vail_n the_o tabernacle_n which_o be_v call_v the_o holy_a of_o all_o which_o have_v the_o golden_a censer_n and_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n overlay_v round_o about_o with_o gold_n wherein_o be_v the_o golden_a pot_n that_o have_v manna_n and_o aaron_n rod_n that_o bud_v and_o the_o table_n of_o the_o covenant_n verse_n 10._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o the_o priest_n be_v come_v out_o of_o the_o holy_a place_n that_o the_o cloud_n fill_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n when_o the_o priest_n have_v set_v the_o ark_n in_o his_o place_n and_o be_v come_v out_o immediate_o there_o be_v a_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o priest_n with_o trumpet_n and_o the_o levite-singer_n stand_v at_o the_o east_n end_n of_o the_o altar_n with_o their_o cymbal_n psaltery_n and_o harp_n appoint_v to_o sound_v forth_o the_o praise_n of_o god_n and_o while_o they_o be_v thus_o employ_v sudden_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v fill_v with_o a_o cloud_n so_o that_o the_o priest_n be_v not_o able_a to_o minister_v no_o not_o in_o the_o court_n where_o the_o brazen_a altar_n stand_v for_o thus_o it_o be_v express_v 2._o chron._n 5.11_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 12._o then_o speak_v solomon_n the_o lord_n say_v that_o he_o will_v dwell_v in_o the_o thick_a darkness_n solomon_n stand_v where_o he_o see_v how_o on_o a_o sudden_a the_o house_n be_v fill_v with_o a_o cloud_n to_o wit_n upon_o the_o brazen_a scaffold_n that_o be_v build_v for_o he_o in_o the_o outward_a court_n which_o be_v therefore_o it_o seem_v right_a before_o the_o door_n of_o the_o priest_n court_n through_o which_o he_o may_v look_v 2_o chron._n 6.13_o for_o solomon_n have_v make_v a_o brazen_a scaffold_n of_o five_o cubit_n long_o and_o five_o cubit_n broad_a and_o three_o cubit_n high_a and_o have_v set_v it_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o court_n and_o upon_o it_o he_o stand_v etc._n etc._n apprehend_v right_o that_o it_o be_v send_v of_o god_n as_o a_o sign_n of_o his_o presence_n in_o that_o rapture_n of_o his_o joy_n he_o break_v forth_o into_o these_o follow_a word_n the_o lord_n say_v that_o he_o will_v dwell_v in_o the_o thick_a darkness_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o lord_n have_v say_v he_o will_v appear_v in_o a_o cloud_n levit._fw-la 16.2_o i_o will_v appear_v in_o the_o cloud_n upon_o the_o mercy_n seat_n and_o by_o a_o cloud_n he_o have_v usual_o testify_v his_o presence_n among_o his_o people_n as_o in_o the_o lead_n of_o the_o israelite_n by_o a_o cloud_n exod_a 13.21_o in_o the_o thick_a cloud_n that_o be_v upon_o mount_n sinai_n at_o the_o give_v of_o the_o law_n exod._n 19_o 16._o in_o the_o cloud_n that_o cover_v and_o fill_v the_o tabernacle_n so_o soon_o as_o it_o be_v rear_v up_o by_o moses_n exod._n 40.34_o and_o therefore_o say_v solomon_n doubtless_o by_o this_o cloud_n the_o lord_n do_v show_v we_o that_o he_o have_v favourable_o accept_v our_o service_n in_o build_v this_o house_n and_o that_o he_o have_v take_v it_o to_o be_v the_o settle_a place_n wherein_o he_o will_v abide_v for_o ever_o verse_n 14._o and_o the_o king_n turn_v his_o face_n about_o and_o bless_v all_o the_o congregation_n of_o israel_n for_o hitherto_o he_o have_v stand_v with_o his_o face_n towards_o the_o altar_n observing_z what_o be_v do_v at_o the_o carry_v in_o of_o the_o ark_n verse_n 16._o since_o the_o day_n that_o i_o bring_v forth_o my_o people_n israel_n out_o of_o egypt_n i_o choose_v no_o city_n out_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n to_o build_v a_o house_n etc._n etc._n see_v this_o more_o full_o express_v 2._o chron._n 6.5_o 6._o verse_n 18._o thou_o do_v well_o that_o it_o be_v in_o thy_o heart_n see_v the_o note_n 2_o sam._n 7.5_o 6._o verse_n 22._o and_o solomon_n stand_v before_o the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v have_v turn_v himself_o from_o the_o people_n he_o stand_v upon_o the_o brazen_a scaffold_n with_o his_o face_n towards_o the_o altar_n and_o then_o kneel_v down_o upon_o his_o knee_n as_o be_v express_v vers_fw-la 54._o and_o 2._o chron._n 6.13_o he_o lift_v up_o his_o hand_n towards_o heaven_n and_o so_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n verse_n 25._o therefore_o now_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n keep_v with_o thy_o servant_n david_n my_o father_n that_o thou_o promise_v he_o that_o be_v see_v thou_o have_v keep_v with_o thy_o servant_n david_n my_o father_n that_o thou_o promise_v he_o in_o raise_v i_o his_o son_n up_o to_o build_v a_o temple_n for_o thou_o therefore_o now_o also_o keep_v with_o thy_o servant_n david_n my_o father_n that_o thou_o promise_v he_o say_v there_o shall_v not_o fail_v thou_o a_o man_n in_o my_o sight_n to_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 27._o behold_v the_o heaven_n and_o heaven_n of_o heaven_n can_v contain_v thou_o see_v the_o note_n deut._n 10.14_o verse_n 30._o and_o harken_v thou_o to_o the_o supplication_n of_o thy_o servant_n and_o of_o thy_o people_n israel_n when_o they_o shall_v pray_v towards_o this_o place_n or_o in_o this_o place_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n even_o herein_o as_o in_o other_o thing_n be_v this_o temple_n a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o prayer_n of_o god_n people_n be_v the_o more_o accept_v of_o god_n when_o they_o pray_v in_o the_o temple_n or_o but_o with_o their_o face_n towards_o the_o temple_n so_o be_v now_o the_o prayer_n of_o god_n righteous_a servant_n accept_v of_o god_n because_o they_o be_v put_v up_o in_o christ_n name_n with_o a_o eye_n of_o faith_n fix_v upon_o he_o as_o their_o mediator_n joh._n 14.13_o 14._o whatsoever_o you_o ask_v in_o my_o name_n that_o i_o will_v do_v etc._n etc._n and_o when_o thou_o hear_v forgive_v this_o clause_n be_v add_v first_o because_o pardon_v of_o sin_n be_v the_o chief_a thing_n to_o be_v beg_v of_o god_n in_o all_o our_o prayer_n for_o hereby_o a_o way_n be_v make_v for_o the_o obtain_n of_o other_o blessing_n and_o beside_o there_o be_v no_o true_a comfort_n in_o obtain_v any_o blessing_n if_o our_o sin_n shall_v still_o remain_v unforgve_v and_o second_o because_o the_o best_a be_v subject_n to_o so_o many_o fail_n in_o prayer_n that_o shall_v not_o the_o lord_n pardon_v the_o sin_n of_o their_o prayer_n there_o will_v be_v no_o hope_n that_o any_o prayer_n of_o they_o shall_v do_v they_o good_a verse_n 31._o if_o any_o man_n trespass_n against_o his_o neighbour_n and_o a_o oath_n be_v lay_v upon_o he_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v if_o a_o man_n be_v charge_v that_o he_o have_v trespass_v against_o his_o neighbour_n and_o be_v bring_v before_o the_o altar_n to_o clear_v himself_o by_o oath_n as_o in_o case_n where_o sufficient_a proof_n and_o witness_n be_v want_v they_o use_v to_o do_v exod._n 22.8.11_o numb_a 5.12.19_o do_v thou_o according_o deal_v with_o the_o man_n that_o take_v the_o oath_n punish_v he_o if_o he_o be_v faulty_a and_o acquit_v he_o if_o he_o be_v innocent_a verse_n 33._o when_o thy_o people_n israel_n be_v smite_v and_o shall_v turn_v again_o to_o thou_o and_o confess_v thy_o name_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n thy_o justice_n by_o lay_v all_o the_o blame_n upon_o themselves_o acknowledge_v that_o they_o have_v deserve_o suffer_v and_o thy_o mercy_n and_o power_n by_o seek_v to_o thou_o for_o pardon_n and_o succour_v verse_n 34._o and_o bring_v they_o again_o unto_o the_o land_n which_o thou_o give_v unto_o their_o father_n this_o may_v be_v mean_v either_o of_o those_o that_o be_v take_v prisoner_n in_o battle_n to_o wit_n that_o upon_o the_o prayer_n of_o their_o brethren_n in_o the_o temple_n or_o their_o own_o prayer_n towards_o the_o temple_n the_o lord_n will_v be_v please_v to_o bring_v they_o again_o into_o the_o land_n or_o else_o of_o those_o that_o by_o the_o enemy_n shall_v be_v drive_v out_o of_o their_o dwell_a place_n yet_o not_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n to_o
year_n before_o solomon_n be_v crown_v king_n of_o israel_n for_o solomon_n reign_v but_o forty_o year_n chap._n 11.42_o and_o rehoboam_n be_v one_o and_o forty_o year_n old_a when_o solomon_n die_v 2._o chron._n 12.13_o be_v therefore_o the_o undoubted_a heir_n to_o the_o kingdom_n for_o god_n have_v now_o settle_v the_o kingdom_n upon_o solomon_n and_o his_o heir_n 2._o sam._n 7.12_o 13._o and_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o people_n be_v never_o require_v for_o the_o establish_n of_o his_o father_n solomon_n in_o the_o throne_n why_o shall_v it_o be_v now_o necessary_a to_o make_v he_o king_n or_o if_o the_o people_n must_v be_v call_v together_o for_o this_o why_o not_o to_o jerusalem_n rather_o than_o to_o shechem_n sure_o this_o do_v very_o probable_o imply_v that_o the_o ten_o tribe_n be_v already_o seditious_o incline_v do_v present_o upon_o the_o death_n of_o solomon_n revive_v the_o memory_n of_o that_o old_a division_n of_o the_o kingdom_n in_o the_o day_n of_o david_n and_o ishbosheth_n the_o son_n of_o saul_n 2._o sam._n 2.8_o 9_o 10._o and_o do_v open_o make_v know_v that_o they_o will_v have_v he_o receive_v the_o crown_n and_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n apart_o by_o itself_o as_o david_n do_v at_o hebron_n 2._o sam._n 5.3_o and_o to_o that_o end_n call_v a_o assembly_n of_o the_o people_n at_o shechem_n resolve_v to_o make_v themselves_o another_o king_n if_o rehoboam_n give_v they_o not_o the_o better_a satisfaction_n and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o rehoboam_n go_v thither_o verse_n 2._o when_o jeroboam_n the_o son_n of_o nebat_fw-la who_o be_v yet_o in_o egypt_n hear_v of_o it_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v when_o he_o hear_v of_o solomon_n death_n and_o that_o the_o ten_o tribe_n begin_v to_o stir_v against_o rehoboam_n and_o to_o that_o end_n have_v appoint_v a_o assembly_n at_o shechem_n verse_n 3._o they_o send_v and_o call_v he_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v at_o the_o same_o time_n when_o the_o people_n give_v he_o notice_n of_o solomon_n death_n etc._n etc._n they_o desire_v he_o to_o come_v out_o of_o egypt_n to_o they_o and_o this_o too_o discover_v that_o they_o mean_v not_o well_o to_o rehoboam_n whatever_o they_o pretend_v that_o they_o send_v for_o jeroboam_n who_o flee_v away_o as_o a_o traitor_n from_o solomon_n his_o father_n into_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n verse_n 4._o thy_o father_n make_v our_o yoke_n grievous_a etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n by_o tribute_n and_o tax_n impose_v upon_o they_o for_o though_o he_o make_v not_o the_o israelite_n bondman_n chap._n 9.22_o yet_o we_o read_v of_o provision_n that_o be_v gather_v in_o all_o his_o land_n for_o his_o household_n chap._n 4.7_o and_o of_o levy_n make_v for_o his_o building_n chap._n 9.15_o and_o beside_o in_o his_o latter_a day_n when_o his_o thousand_o wife_n and_o concubine_n be_v to_o be_v provide_v for_o and_o temple_n build_v for_o their_o idol-god_n and_o withal_o hadad_n of_o edom_n and_o rezon_n of_o damascus_n begin_v to_o make_v war_n against_o he_o we_o may_v well_o think_v he_o lay_v still_o great_a and_o heavy_a imposition_n upon_o they_o and_o of_o these_o they_o desire_v now_o to_o be_v ease_v in_o this_o petition_n they_o present_v to_o rehoboam_n they_o have_v cause_n enough_o indeed_o to_o complain_v of_o solomon_n government_n in_o his_o latter_a day_n because_o of_o the_o idolatry_n he_o have_v set_v up_o in_o the_o land_n but_o of_o this_o they_o speak_v not_o one_o word_n but_o only_o complain_v of_o their_o tax_n make_v thou_o the_o grievous_a service_n and_o the_o heavy_a yoke_n which_o thy_o father_n put_v upon_o we_o light_a and_o we_o will_v serve_v thou_o verse_n 6._o and_o king_n rehoboam_n consult_v with_o the_o old_a man_n that_o stand_v before_o solomon_n his_o father_n etc._n etc._n how_o much_o more_o likely_a these_o man_n be_v to_o give_v he_o the_o best_a counsel_n than_o those_o who_o counsel_n he_o afterward_o follow_v be_v intimate_v in_o these_o word_n first_o because_o they_o be_v old_a man_n who_o judgement_n be_v usual_o by_o long_a experience_n better_a than_o the_o judgement_n of_o young_a man_n with_o the_o ancient_a be_v wisdom_n and_o in_o length_n of_o day_n be_v understanding_n job_n 12.12_o and_o second_o because_o they_o have_v stand_v before_o solomon_n his_o father_n that_o be_v they_o have_v be_v of_o his_o servant_n and_o counsel_n and_o can_v not_o therefore_o but_o learn_v much_o wisdom_n of_o he_o who_o be_v the_o great_a oracle_n of_o wisdom_n in_o those_o day_n verse_n 7._o if_o thou_o will_v be_v a_o servant_n unto_o this_o people_n this_o day_n and_o will_v serve_v they_o etc._n etc._n in_o 2._o chron._n 10.7_o it_o be_v if_o thou_o be_v kind_a to_o this_o people_n and_o please_v they_o and_o speak_v good_a word_n to_o they_o that_o be_v if_o thou_o will_v answer_v they_o gentle_o which_o be_v indeed_o the_o counsel_n of_o his_o father_n solomon_n prov._n 15.1_o a_o soft_a answer_n turn_v away_o wrath_n and_o if_o thou_o will_v grant_v they_o their_o desire_n at_o present_a than_o they_o will_v always_o continue_v thy_o subject_n and_o servant_n because_o rehoboam_n may_v think_v that_o if_o he_o shall_v yield_v to_o the_o people_n when_o they_o come_v in_o such_o a_o imperious_a insolent_a manner_n hereby_o he_o shall_v make_v himself_o a_o slave_n and_o a_o servant_n to_o those_o which_o shall_v be_v subject_n and_o servant_n to_o he_o therefore_o to_o answer_v this_o the_o old_a man_n express_v themselves_o thus_o if_o thou_o will_v be_v a_o servant_n to_o this_o people_n this_o day_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o they_o shall_v say_v be_v it_o so_o better_a it_o be_v to_o be_v a_o servant_n to_o they_o for_o a_o day_n and_o to_o stoop_v to_o they_o beyond_o that_o which_o be_v otherwise_o fit_v and_o so_o to_o work_v they_o to_o the_o obedience_n of_o subject_n by_o degree_n which_o afterward_o may_v be_v easy_o do_v then_o by_o stand_v too_o much_o upon_o term_n of_o honour_n now_o to_o enrage_v they_o and_o drive_v they_o off_o to_o a_o open_a rebellion_n and_o this_o indeed_o be_v wise_a politic_a counsel_n but_o yet_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o as_o prince_n counselor_n be_v wont_a to_o do_v that_o which_o they_o aim_v at_o be_v not_o the_o benefit_n and_o ease_v of_o the_o people_n but_o that_o he_o may_v appease_v they_o for_o the_o present_a and_o so_o have_v win_v they_o to_o submit_v to_o his_o sovereignty_n may_v afterward_o use_v they_o as_o he_o please_v himself_o than_o they_o will_v be_v say_v they_o thy_o servant_n for_o ever_o verse_n 8._o but_o he_o forsake_v the_o counsel_n of_o the_o old_a man_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o mislike_v their_o counsel_n to_o wit_n because_o he_o think_v it_o stand_v not_o with_o his_o honour_n so_o to_o stoop_v to_o the_o people_n and_o so_o thereupon_o he_o consult_v with_o the_o young_a man_n that_o be_v grow_v up_o with_o he_o and_o stand_v before_o he_o that_o be_v the_o young_a gallant_n that_o attend_v he_o in_o his_o court_n the_o son_n of_o the_o noble_n that_o have_v be_v from_o their_o childhood_n and_o youth_n bring_v up_o with_o he_o and_o herein_o we_o have_v the_o reason_n intimate_v why_o he_o afterward_o prefer_v these_o man_n counsel_n before_o the_o counsel_n of_o his_o age_a grave_n senator_n to_o wit_n because_o his_o affection_n be_v more_o to_o these_o then_o to_o the_o other_o and_o so_o that_o make_v he_o the_o more_o inclinable_a to_o like_v that_o which_o they_o say_v but_o herein_o rehoboam_n do_v notable_o discover_v his_o folly_n and_o make_v good_a what_o his_o father_n have_v write_v eccles_n 2.18_o 19_o i_o hate_v all_o my_o labour_n which_o i_o have_v take_v under_o the_o sun_n because_o i_o shall_v leave_v it_o unto_o the_o man_n that_o shall_v be_v after_o i_o and_o who_o know_v whether_o he_o shall_v be_v a_o wise_a man_n or_o a_o fool_n yet_o shall_v he_o have_v dominion_n over_o all_o my_o labour_n verse_n 10._o my_o little_a finger_n shall_v be_v thick_a than_o my_o father_n loin_n etc._n etc._n these_o be_v doubtless_o proverbial_a speech_n the_o meaning_n whereof_o be_v that_o rehoboam_n will_v lay_v far_o heavy_a burden_n upon_o the_o people_n than_o ever_o his_o father_n have_v and_o that_o he_o will_v handle_v they_o more_o severe_o than_o ever_o his_o father_n have_v do_v my_o father_n have_v chastise_v you_o with_o whip_n but_o i_o will_v chastise_v you_o with_o scorpion_n that_o be_v with_o whip_n that_o sting_v like_o scorpion_n and_o some_o indeed_o think_v that_o there_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o whip_n use_v in_o those_o time_n that_o for_o this_o cause_n be_v call_v scorpion_n now_o herein_o be_v the_o folly_n of_o rehoboam_n young_a courtier_n discover_v that_o will_v teach_v their_o king_n to_o give_v such_o harsh_a language_n to_o a_o people_n
refresh_v himself_o in_o a_o prophet_n house_n these_o and_o other_o consideration_n mighth_n move_v he_o to_o believe_v what_o the_o old_a prophet_n have_v say_v the_o rather_o because_o his_o desire_n of_o some_o refresh_n after_o such_o a_o time_n of_o abstinence_n and_o travel_n must_v needs_o make_v he_o the_o ready_a to_o hearken_v to_o he_o verse_n 20._o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v unto_o the_o prophet_n that_o bring_v he_o back_o to_o wit_n by_o some_o intemall_a inspiration_n or_o prophetic_a ecstasy_n whereby_o he_o be_v as_o it_o be_v constrain_v to_o denounce_v against_o his_o seduce_a guest_n even_o while_o he_o sit_v at_o his_o table_n the_o judgement_n that_o shall_v fall_v upon_o he_o for_o his_o eat_n and_o drink_v with_o he_o and_o so_o consequent_o to_o condemn_v himself_o for_o that_o gross_a lie_n wherewith_o he_o have_v deceive_v he_o verse_n 22._o thy_o carcase_n shall_v not_o come_v unto_o the_o sepulchre_n of_o thy_o father_n and_o herein_o be_v employ_v that_o he_o shall_v die_v in_o his_o return_n before_o he_o get_v home_o to_o his_o own_o land_n a_o gracious_a warning_n that_o he_o may_v repent_v of_o his_o sin_n before_o his_o death_n verse_n 23._o he_o saddle_v for_o he_o the_o ass_n that_o be_v for_o the_o prophet_n who_o he_o have_v bring_v back_o he_o saddle_v his_o own_o ass_n for_o we_o read_v not_o but_o that_o hitherto_o the_o man_n of_o god_n that_o come_v from_o judah_n have_v go_v on_o foot_n and_o doubtless_o the_o more_o officious_a and_o kind_a he_o be_v because_o he_o consider_v the_o mischief_n he_o have_v do_v he_o and_o be_v trouble_v for_o it_o yet_o withal_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o he_o do_v not_o accompany_v he_o homeward_o which_o may_v well_o be_v for_o scare_v of_o be_v involve_v with_o he_o in_o the_o judgement_n that_o be_v to_o come_v upon_o he_o verse_n 24._o a_o lion_n meet_v he_o by_o the_o way_n and_o slay_v he_o and_o thus_o first_o the_o lord_n chastise_v his_o servant_n for_o his_o sin_n second_o he_o confirm_v the_o certainty_n of_o what_o this_o man_n of_o god_n have_v former_o speak_v in_o his_o name_n he_o tell_v the_o king_n that_o god_n have_v charge_v he_o not_o to_o eat_v in_o that_o place_n so_o that_o when_o such_o a_o hand_n of_o god_n be_v upon_o he_o for_o not_o persevere_v to_o obey_v this_o command_n every_o one_o may_v hereby_o be_v assure_v that_o he_o be_v indeed_o a_o prophet_n of_o god_n and_o that_o all_o the_o rest_n that_o he_o have_v speak_v concern_v jeroboam_n altar_n shall_v in_o its_o season_n come_v to_o pass_v too_o as_o the_o old_a prophet_n do_v afterward_o from_o hence_o conclude_v vers_fw-la 32._o and_o three_o he_o show_v how_o he_o abhor_v that_o place_n in_o that_o he_o slay_v his_o own_o prophet_n for_o eat_v and_o drink_v among_o they_o and_o the_o ass_n stand_v by_o it_o the_o lion_n also_o stand_v by_o the_o carcase_n that_o the_o ass_n shall_v not_o sly_a from_o the_o lion_n and_o that_o the_o lion_n shall_v neither_o prey_n upon_o the_o live_a ass_n not_o the_o prophet_n dead_a body_n but_o shall_v rather_o stand_v as_o a_o guard_n to_o preserve_v the_o dead_a body_n from_o be_v tear_v by_o other_o creature_n and_o as_o it_o be_v to_o force_v the_o ass_n not_o to_o stir_v thence_o but_o to_o stay_v there_o in_o a_o readiness_n to_o carry_v back_o his_o master_n body_n to_o be_v bury_v in_o beth-el_a i_o say_v both_o these_o be_v miraculous_a passage_n and_o be_v as_o sign_n to_o manifest_v unto_o all_o man_n first_o that_o it_o be_v not_o hunger_n that_o have_v provoke_v the_o beast_n to_o this_o violence_n but_o the_o overrule_a command_n and_o providence_n of_o god_n and_o second_o that_o god_n love_v his_o prophet_n dead_a and_o will_v miraculous_o preserve_v he_o for_o burial_n though_o he_o have_v testify_v his_o displeasure_n against_o his_o sin_n for_o the_o example_n of_o other_o even_o by_o take_v away_o his_o life_n verse_n 29._o and_o the_o prophet_n take_v up_o the_o carcase_n of_o the_o man_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n either_o therefore_o the_o lion_n go_v away_o as_o soon_o as_o the_o old_a prophet_n come_v as_o have_v now_o do_v what_o he_o stay_v for_o or_o else_o the_o prophet_n be_v by_o the_o evident_a proof_n he_o see_v of_o god_n overrule_a hand_n in_o this_o business_n hearten_v against_o the_o fear_n of_o that_o beast_n and_o so_o take_v and_o carry_v away_o his_o body_n to_o be_v bury_v verse_n 30._o and_o he_o lay_v his_o carcase_n in_o his_o own_o grave_n etc._n etc._n and_o so_o that_o be_v perform_v which_o god_n have_v say_v vers_fw-la 22._o thy_o carcase_n shall_v not_o come_v to_o the_o sepulchre_n of_o thy_o father_n as_o for_o that_o which_o follow_v and_o they_o mourn_v over_o he_o say_v alas_o my_o brother_n this_o be_v according_a to_o the_o usual_a manner_n of_o bewail_v their_o dead_a friend_n in_o those_o time_n jer._n 22.18_o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n concern_v jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n they_o shall_v not_o lament_v for_o he_o say_v ah_o my_o brother_n or_o ah_o sister_n they_o shall_v not_o lament_v for_o he_o say_v ah_o lord_n or_o ah_o his_o glory_n verse_n 31._o bury_v i_o in_o the_o sepulchre_n wherein_o the_o man_n of_o god_n be_v bury_v lay_v my_o bone_n beside_o his_o bone_n to_o wit_n that_o his_o bone_n may_v be_v suffer_v to_o lie_v at_o rest_n and_o may_v not_o be_v dig_v up_o and_o burn_v by_o josiah_n to_o which_o end_n it_o seem_v also_o he_o take_v order_n to_o have_v a_o superscription_n engrave_v on_o the_o sepulchre_n whereby_o it_o may_v be_v know_v who_o it_o be_v that_o be_v bury_v there_o and_o indeed_o herein_o he_o have_v his_o desire_n 2_o king_n 23.17.18_o verse_n 32._o the_o city_n of_o samaria_n that_o be_v the_o city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n which_o be_v afterward_o call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o samaria_n from_o a_o city_n so_o call_v build_v by_o omrie_n and_o which_o be_v in_o his_o day_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o that_o kingdom_n chap._n 16.24_o verse_n 33._o after_o this_o thing_n jeroboam_n return_v not_o from_o his_o evil_a way_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v though_o the_o lord_n use_v such_o a_o singular_a mean_n to_o reclaim_v he_o from_o his_o idolatry_n yet_o he_o still_o continue_v therein_o one_o will_v have_v think_v that_o his_o hand_n be_v so_o miraculous_o strike_v dead_a and_o then_o as_o miraculous_o heal_v again_o upon_o the_o prayer_n of_o the_o prophet_n he_o shall_v present_o with_o that_o hand_n have_v pull_v down_o his_o calf_n and_o his_o altar_n but_o neither_o the_o wither_a nor_o the_o heal_n of_o his_o hand_n nor_o the_o cleave_a of_o his_o altar_n asunder_o nor_o this_o strange_a death_n that_o befall_v the_o prophet_n whereby_o the_o truth_n of_o what_o he_o have_v speak_v be_v singular_o confirm_v can_v do_v any_o good_a to_o withdraw_v he_o from_o that_o idolatry_n whereby_o he_o seek_v to_o assure_v his_o kingdom_n to_o himself_o and_o his_o posterity_n yea_o indeed_o it_o be_v like_a enough_o that_o from_o this_o violent_a death_n that_o befall_v the_o prophet_n he_o take_v occasion_n to_o harden_v himself_o in_o his_o evil_a way_n chap._n xiiii_o verse_n 1._o at_o that_o time_n abijah_n the_o son_n of_o jeroboam_n fall_v sick_a that_o be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o jeroboam_n wicked_a reign_n whereof_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v in_o the_o two_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n for_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o be_v not_o mean_v of_o the_o time_n when_o the_o man_n of_o god_n be_v slay_v as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n that_o it_o seem_v be_v in_o the_o very_a beginning_n of_o jeroboam_n kingdom_n this_o rather_o towards_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o his_o reign_n when_o ahijah_n the_o prophet_n who_o first_o give_v he_o notice_n of_o be_v raise_v to_o the_o kingdom_n be_v now_o blind_a with_o old_a age_n vers_fw-la 4._o jeroboam_n continue_v in_o his_o idolatry_n and_o so_o god_n hand_n be_v again_o upon_o he_o in_o the_o sickness_n of_o this_o perhaps_o his_o elder_a son_n rehoboam_n have_v a_o son_n also_o of_o the_o same_o name_n who_o succeed_v he_o both_o in_o his_o crown_n and_o in_o his_o vice_n 2._o chron._n 12_o 16._o but_o this_o abijah_n the_o son_n of_o jeroboam_n in_o who_o there_o be_v some_o goodness_n vers_fw-la 13._o die_v of_o this_o sickness_n verse_n 2._o and_o jeroboam_n say_v to_o his_o wife_n arise_v i_o pray_v thou_o and_o disguise_v thyself_o &_o why_o he_o send_v his_o wife_n and_o that_o disguise_a may_v be_v easy_o conceive_v to_o wit_n because_o he_o be_v so_o loath_a it_o shall_v be_v know_v among_o the_o people_n that_o in_o his_o extremity_n he_o be_v glad_a to_o sly_a
year_n he_o do_v and_o asa_n his_o son_n succeed_v he_o yet_o have_v reign_v two_o year_n complete_a and_o somewhat_o more_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o he_o reign_v three_o year_n in_o jerusalem_n and_o his_o mother_n name_n be_v maachah_n the_o daughter_n of_o abishalom_n rehoboam_n have_v eighteen_o wife_n and_o sixty_o concubine_n by_o who_o he_o have_v eight_o and_o twenty_o son_n and_o sixty_o daughter_n but_o among_o all_o his_o wife_n he_o love_v this_o maachah_n the_o mother_n of_o abijam_n best_o and_o therefore_o allot_v he_o to_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n 2._o chron._n 11.18_o 23._o elsewhere_o she_o be_v call_v michaiah_n the_o daughter_n of_o uriel_n of_o gibeah_n 2._o chron._n 13.2_o and_o maachah_n the_o daughter_n of_o absalon_n 2._o chron._n 11.20_o some_o therefore_o conceive_v that_o she_o be_v the_o daughter_n of_o tamar_n the_o only_a daughter_n of_o absalon_n who_o husband_n this_o uriel_n of_o gibeah_n be_v &_o so_o she_o be_v the_o daughter_n of_o uriel_n and_o withal_o the_o daughter_n that_o be_v the_o grandchild_n of_o absalon_n and_o this_o they_o judge_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o the_o mother_n of_o absalon_n be_v call_v maachah_n 2._o sam._n 3.3_o but_o indeed_o the_o most_o expositor_n hold_v that_o it_o be_v not_o absalon_n david_n rebellious_a son_n of_o who_o she_o be_v descend_v but_o another_o of_o that_o name_n call_v also_o abishalom_n as_o here_o we_o have_v it_o verse_n 3._o and_o he_o walk_v in_o all_o the_o sin_n of_o his_o father_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v of_o rehoboam_n whereby_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o though_o rehoboam_n and_o his_o prince_n humble_v themselves_o before_o the_o lord_n upon_o the_o preach_n of_o shemaiah_n to_o they_o when_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n make_v such_o a_o dangerous_a incursion_n into_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n 2._o chron._n 12.6_o yet_o when_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n be_v out_o of_o his_o land_n he_o soon_o return_v to_o his_o former_a evil_a way_n and_o so_o his_o son_n after_o he_o tread_v in_o his_o step_n verse_n 5._o because_o david_n do_v that_o which_o be_v right_a in_o the_o eye_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o turn_v not_o aside_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o do_v not_o witting_o and_o presumptuous_o do_v any_o thing_n wherein_o he_o do_v open_o and_o scandalous_o turn_v aside_o from_o that_o which_o god_n have_v command_v he_o especial_o in_o the_o point_n of_o his_o government_n save_v only_o in_o the_o matter_n of_o uriah_n verse_n 6._o and_o there_o be_v war_n between_o rehoboam_n and_o jeroboam_n all_o the_o day_n of_o his_o life_n in_o the_o story_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o abijam_n this_o be_v insert_v concern_v the_o continual_a war_n which_o be_v betwixt_o his_o father_n rehoboam_n and_o jeroboam_n to_o intimate_v that_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o war_n betwixt_o abijam_n and_o jeroboam_n be_v the_o old_a quarrel_n about_o the_o rend_n away_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n this_o quarrel_n be_v not_o yet_o appease_v there_o be_v for_o this_o continual_a war_n betwixt_o jeroboam_n and_o the_o house_n of_o solomon_n first_o in_o the_o day_n of_o rehoboam_n the_o father_n and_o afterward_o in_o the_o day_n of_o abijam_n his_o son_n verse_n 7._o now_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o act_n of_o abijam_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 14.19_o some_o of_o these_o act_n we_o have_v also_o record_v in_o the_o sacred_a chronicle_n as_o his_o marry_v fourteen_o wife_n by_o who_o he_o have_v two_o and_o twenty_o son_n and_o sixteen_o daughter_n 2._o chron._n 13.21_o but_o especial_o that_o famous_a battle_n which_o he_o fight_v with_o jeroboam_n wherein_o with_o four_o hundred_o thousand_o man_n he_o encounter_v and_o beat_v jeroboam_n that_o have_v in_o his_o army_n eight_o hundred_o thousand_o and_o slay_v of_o they_o five_o hundred_o thousand_o and_o then_o be_v master_n of_o the_o field_n recover_v beth-el_a jeshanah_n and_o ephraim_n from_o he_o verse_n 10._o and_o forty_o and_o one_o year_n reign_v he_o in_o jerusalem_n a_o long_a reign_n which_o be_v no_o doubt_n by_o the_o special_a providence_n of_o god_n that_o he_o may_v have_v the_o more_o time_n to_o reform_v a_o kingdom_n so_o exceed_o out_o of_o order_n as_o his_o was_z when_o he_o first_o come_v to_o the_o crown_n and_o his_o mother_n name_n be_v maachah_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v his_o grandmother_n see_v vers_fw-la 2._o verse_n 12._o and_o he_o take_v away_o the_o sodomite_n out_o of_o the_o land_n to_o wit_n all_o that_o he_o can_v discover_v but_o some_o remain_v till_o his_o son_n jehoshaphat_n come_v to_o the_o crown_n and_o then_o he_o remove_v they_o chap._n 22.46_o verse_n 13._o and_o also_o maachah_n his_o mother_n even_o her_o he_o remoove_v from_o be_v queen_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v from_o be_v queen_n regent_n for_o how_o else_o she_o shall_v be_v remoove_v from_o be_v queen_n i_o can_v conceive_v abijam_n the_o father_n of_o asa_n sit_v in_o the_o throne_n not_o full_a three_o year_n complete_a it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o asa_n be_v very_o young_a when_o he_o come_v to_o the_o crown_n and_o that_o hereupon_o maachah_n his_o grandmother_n once_o the_o wife_n of_o rehoboam_n his_o mother_n happy_o be_v dead_a be_v make_v queen_n regent_n during_o the_o king_n minority_n but_o then_o asa_n come_v to_o some_o ripeness_n of_o year_n and_o be_v well_o affect_v in_o matter_n of_o religion_n a_o enemy_n to_o the_o idolatry_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n and_o desirous_a to_o promote_v the_o true_a worship_n of_o god_n a_o thing_n the_o more_o wonderful_a because_o he_o be_v train_v up_o under_o such_o a_o guardian_n because_o his_o grandmother_n have_v set_v up_o some_o new_a abominable_a idol_n in_o a_o grove_n and_o that_o perhaps_o contrary_a to_o his_o command_n despise_v his_o youth_n and_o exalt_v herself_o because_o of_o her_o power_n as_o queen_v regent_n he_o take_v courage_n and_o assume_v the_o government_n into_o his_o own_o hand_n depose_v she_o from_o be_v queen_n regent_n any_o long_o and_o withal_o he_o destroy_v her_o idol_n and_o burn_v it_o by_o the_o brook_n kidron_n which_o be_v express_v thus_o 2._o chron._n 15.16_o asa_n cut_v down_o her_o idol_n and_o stamp_v it_o and_o burn_v it_o at_o the_o brook_n kidron_n verse_n 14._o but_o the_o high_a place_n be_v not_o remove_v that_o be_v the_o high_a place_n wherein_o the_o people_n serve_v and_o worship_v the_o god_n of_o israel_n those_o high_a place_n which_o be_v dedicate_v to_o the_o worship_n of_o strange_a god_n he_o take_v away_o 2._o chron._n 14.3_o but_o these_o wherein_o the_o true_a god_n be_v worship_v he_o remove_v not_o either_o for_o fear_n of_o the_o people_n or_o because_o he_o conceive_v there_o have_v be_v no_o great_a hurt_n in_o they_o since_o of_o old_a yea_o in_o the_o day_n of_o david_n the_o people_n have_v be_v enure_v to_o worship_n there_o as_o for_o the_o high_a place_n which_o solomon_n build_v in_o mount_n olivet_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o the_o 2._o king_n 23.13_o nevertheless_o asa_n his_o heart_n be_v perfect_a with_o the_o lord_n all_o his_o day_n that_o be_v the_o whole_a bent_n of_o his_o heart_n be_v sincere_o to_o do_v what_o god_n require_v though_o through_o ignorance_n or_o the_o prevail_a of_o his_o corruption_n he_o many_o time_n do_v that_o which_o be_v not_o approvable_a but_o evil_a in_o god_n sight_n and_o though_o many_o of_o his_o people_n sacrifice_v in_o the_o high_a place_n yet_o it_o be_v altogether_o without_o his_o approbation_n verse_n 15._o and_o he_o bring_v in_o the_o thing_n which_o his_o father_n have_v dedicate_v etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n silver_n gold_n and_o vessel_n 2._o chron._n 15.18_o it_o may_v be_v probable_o conceive_v that_o great_a victory_n in_o the_o battle_n which_o he_o fight_v with_o jeroboam_n 2_o chron._n 13.17_o but_o not_o live_v to_o perform_v his_o vow_n his_o son_n asa_n do_v it_o for_o he_o add_v somewhat_o more_o of_o his_o own_o free_a gift_n verse_n 16._o and_o there_o be_v war_n between_o asa_n and_o baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n all_o their_o day_n the_o first_o ten_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n he_o enjoy_v peace_n 2._o chron._n 14.1_o in_o his_o day_n the_o land_n be_v quiet_a ten_o year_n the_o courage_n and_o the_o strength_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n be_v much_o abate_v by_o that_o great_a overthrow_n which_o abijam_n his_o father_n have_v give_v they_o and_o in_o this_o time_n asa_n reform_v those_o thing_n that_o be_v out_o of_o order_n concern_v matter_n of_o religion_n and_o withal_o fortify_v many_o city_n and_o other_o place_n provide_v for_o the_o trouble_n of_o war_n in_o the_o leisure_n of_o peace_n 2._o chron._n 14.2_o 7._o when_o those_o ten_o year_n of_o peace_n be_v expire_v in_o which_o time_n jeroboam_n die_v and_o nadab_n his_o son_n be_v slay_v by_o
hill_n verse_n 24._o take_v the_o king_n away_o every_o man_n out_o of_o his_o place_n and_o put_v captain_n in_o their_o room_n this_o they_o add_v as_o imply_v that_o their_o former_a loss_n may_v be_v by_o their_o mean_n rather_o than_o the_o cowardice_n of_o his_o own_o people_n to_o wit_n by_o their_o unfaithfulnesse_n or_o want_n of_o skill_n in_o martial_a affair_n or_o by_o their_o delicacy_n and_o the_o evil_a example_n they_o have_v give_v in_o be_v feast_v and_o drink_v when_o they_o shall_v have_v be_v prepare_v for_o the_o battle_n verse_n 26._o benhadad_a number_v the_o syrian_n and_o go_v up_o to_o aphek_n to_o fight_v against_o israel_n which_o be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n josh_n 19.30_o 31._o and_o here_o benhadad_a now_o choose_v to_o fight_v with_o israel_n not_o only_o because_o it_o be_v a_o plain_a country_n vers_fw-la 23._o let_v we_o fight_v against_o they_o in_o the_o plain_a and_o sure_o we_o shall_v be_v strong_a than_o they_o but_o also_o because_o this_o be_v one_o of_o those_o city_n which_o his_o father_n have_v former_o take_v from_o the_o israelite_n vers_fw-la 34._o and_o so_o hither_o they_o may_v retire_v to_o shelter_v themselves_o if_o the_o battle_n shall_v go_v against_o they_o as_o we_o see_v they_o do_v vers_fw-la 30._o but_o the_o rest_n flee_v to_o aphek_n into_o the_o city_n verse_n 27._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n pitch_v before_o they_o like_o two_o little_a flock_n of_o kid_n hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o israelite_n have_v divide_v their_o force_n into_o two_o body_n and_o be_v but_o weak_o provide_v for_o war_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o syrian_n verse_n 28._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n because_o the_o syrian_n have_v say_v the_o lord_n be_v god_n of_o the_o hill_n but_o he_o be_v not_o god_n of_o the_o valley_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v however_o you_o deserve_v not_o the_o least_o help_n from_o heaven_n because_o of_o your_o wickedness_n and_o the_o little_a good_a do_v among_o you_o by_o the_o former_a victory_n i_o give_v you_o yet_o to_o confute_v this_o blasphemy_n of_o the_o syrian_n even_o in_o the_o valley_n i_o will_v again_o deliver_v all_o this_o great_a multitude_n into_o thy_o hand_n verse_n 30._o and_o there_o be_v a_o wall_n fall_v upon_o twenty_o and_o five_o thousand_o of_o the_o man_n that_o be_v leave_v either_o by_o some_o warlike_a stratagem_n of_o the_o israelite_n when_o they_o be_v batter_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n or_o rather_o by_o some_o earthquake_n or_o other_o immediate_a hand_n of_o god_n overturning_a the_o wall_n upon_o they_o perhaps_o when_o they_o be_v busy_v to_o raise_v they_o high_o or_o to_o make_v they_o strong_a that_o under_o the_o covert_n thereof_o they_o may_v the_o better_o shelter_v themselves_o against_o the_o israelite_n or_o while_o they_o be_v stand_v behind_o the_o wall_n to_o defend_v the_o city_n against_o the_o israelite_n that_o seek_v to_o storm_v it_o verse_n 31._o we_o have_v hear_v that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n be_v merciful_a king_n it_o seem_v their_o merciful_a deal_n with_o those_o they_o overcome_v in_o battle_n have_v get_v the_o king_n of_o israel_n this_o report_n among_o other_o nation_n verse_n 34._o and_o benhadad_a say_v unto_o he_o the_o city_n which_o my_o father_n take_v from_o thy_o father_n i_o will_v restore_v this_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o those_o city_n which_o benhadad_a his_o father_n take_v from_o baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n chap._n 15.20_o who_o be_v here_o call_v the_o father_n of_o ahab_n only_o because_o ahab_n succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n yet_o rather_o i_o believe_v that_o as_o now_o so_o former_o in_o the_o day_n of_o omâ—i_n the_o father_n of_o ahab_n the_o syrian_n have_v make_v some_o inroad_n into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n though_o it_o be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o sacred_a story_n and_o take_v some_o city_n in_o that_o invasion_n which_o now_o he_o promise_v to_o restore_v but_o how_o he_o keep_v this_o his_o promise_n we_o may_v see_v in_o the_o war_n which_o ahab_n afterward_o make_v against_o he_o for_o the_o recovery_n of_o ramoth_n gilead_n chapter_n 22.3_o and_o thou_o shall_v make_v street_n for_o thou_o in_o damascus_n as_o my_o father_n make_v in_o samaria_n that_o be_v thou_o shall_v appoint_v thou_o in_o damascus_n place_n of_o free_a trade_n for_o thy_o people_n as_o i_o have_v in_o samaria_n for_o the_o syrian_n or_o else_o the_o street_n here_o mention_v be_v mean_v of_o place_n of_o trade_n for_o the_o syrian_n out_o of_o which_o the_o tribute_n now_o yield_v to_o ahab_n shall_v be_v raise_v yearly_a so_o he_o make_v a_o covenant_n with_o he_o and_o send_v he_o away_o thus_o slight_o do_v ahab_n pass_v over_o the_o great_a damage_n the_o people_n of_o god_n have_v undergo_v by_o his_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n two_o year_n together_o and_o that_o horrible_a blasphemy_n of_o he_o and_o his_o syrian_n in_o say_v that_o the_o lord_n be_v god_n in_o the_o hill_n and_o not_o in_o the_o valley_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a season_n he_o that_o be_v thus_o ready_a to_o pity_v benhadad_a can_v persecute_v the_o poor_a prophet_n of_o god_n and_o not_o show_v they_o the_o least_o mercy_n at_o all_o verse_n 35._o and_o a_o certain_a man_n of_o the_o son_n of_o the_o prophet_n say_v unto_o his_o neighbour_n in_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n smite_v i_o i_o pray_v thou_o that_o be_v one_o of_o those_o young_a prophet_n that_o be_v train_v up_o in_o the_o school_n or_o college_n of_o the_o prophet_n under_o their_o age_a father_n do_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n require_v one_o of_o his_o fellow_n prophet_n to_o smite_v he_o to_o wit_n with_o a_o sword_n so_o as_o to_o wound_v he_o as_o appear_v vers_fw-la 37._o and_o this_o he_o require_v first_o that_o be_v wound_v he_o may_v the_o better_o resemble_v a_o soldier_n that_o have_v be_v in_o the_o battle_n to_o who_o custody_n a_o prisoner_n be_v commit_v verse_n 39_o and_o second_o that_o be_v wound_v and_o bloody_a he_o may_v the_o better_o in_o that_o his_o condition_n show_v ahab_n what_o he_o be_v to_o expect_v from_o the_o revenge_a hand_n of_o god_n to_o wit_n that_o the_o lord_n shall_v smite_v he_o and_o that_o his_o blood_n and_o life_n too_o shall_v be_v require_v for_o spare_v benhadad_a for_o thus_o it_o be_v usual_a with_o the_o prophet_n to_o foreshow_v in_o themselves_o a_o shadow_n of_o that_o calamity_n which_o they_o foretell_v shall_v come_v upon_o other_o esay_n 20.2_o 3_o 4_o jerem._n 27.2_o and_o act_v 21.10_o 11._o see_v also_o ezek._n 12.3.12_o verse_n 36._o because_o thou_o have_v not_o obey_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o lord_n behold_v assoon_o as_o thou_o be_v depart_v from_o i_o a_o lion_n shall_v slay_v thou_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o this_o his_o neighbour_n that_o refuse_v to_o strike_v he_o be_v one_o of_o his_o fellow-prophet_n and_o so_o be_v conscious_a to_o himself_o that_o what_o the_o prophet_n require_v be_v indeed_o of_o god_n and_o yet_o prefer_v his_o own_o reason_n before_o god_n command_n and_o be_v therefore_o for_o his_o disobedience_n slay_v by_o a_o lion_n however_o herein_o the_o lord_n as_o in_o a_o figure_n discover_v the_o justice_n of_o his_o punish_a ahab_n who_o under_o a_o show_n and_o pretence_n of_o clemency_n spare_v benhadad_a who_o god_n have_v appoint_v to_o utter_v destruction_n verse_n 41._o and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n discern_v he_o that_o he_o be_v of_o the_o prophet_n it_o seem_v he_o be_v one_o that_o be_v know_v to_o the_o king_n and_o so_o when_o the_o blood_n and_o ash_n be_v wipe_v from_o his_o face_n he_o discern_v who_o he_o be_v or_o else_o he_o may_v know_v he_o by_o his_o attire_n which_o when_o he_o address_v himself_o to_o speak_v to_o the_o king_n have_v wipe_v his_o face_n the_o king_n then_o observe_v and_o not_o before_o verse_n 42._o because_o thou_o have_v let_v go_v out_o of_o thy_o hand_n a_o man_n who_o i_o appoint_v to_o utter_v destruction_n happy_o ahab_n have_v be_v express_o charge_v not_o to_o spare_v benhadad_o but_o however_o the_o prophet_n have_v express_o tell_v he_o vers_n 28._o that_o because_o he_o and_o his_o syrian_n have_v blaspheme_v the_o lord_n say_v the_o lord_n be_v god_n of_o the_o hill_n but_o not_o of_o the_o valley_n therefore_o the_o lord_n will_v deliver_v they_o into_o his_o hand_n neither_o can_v he_o therefore_o spare_v that_o blasphemous_a wretch_n without_o contempt_n of_o god_n know_v will_n who_o have_v deliver_v he_o as_o it_o be_v into_o his_o power_n that_o he_o may_v by_o he_o be_v slay_v for_o his_o blasphemy_n chap._n xxi_o verse_n 3._o the_o lord_n forbid_v it_o i_o that_o i_o shall_v give_v the_o inheritance_n
of_o my_o father_n unto_o thou_o thus_o he_o reject_v ahabs_n motion_n with_o detestation_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o lord_n have_v forbid_v in_o his_o law_n the_o perpetual_a sale_n of_o any_o man_n inheritance_n levit._n 25.23_o the_o land_n shall_v not_o be_v sell_v for_o ever_o and_o though_o therefore_o such_o a_o motion_n make_v by_o a_o prince_n in_o another_o kingdom_n can_v not_o have_v be_v reject_v by_o any_o subject_n without_o gross_a disregard_n of_o that_o majesty_n which_o god_n have_v put_v upon_o prince_n yet_o naboth_n be_v bind_v in_o conscience_n to_o do_v it_o and_o no_o doubt_n though_o it_o be_v not_o here_o express_v as_o he_o refuse_v to_o satisfy_v the_o desire_n of_o his_o sovereign_n herein_o so_o also_o he_o humble_o present_v he_o with_o the_o reason_n why_o he_o dare_v not_o do_v it_o and_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o it_o be_v not_o so_o much_o the_o part_n with_o his_o vineyard_n as_o his_o sin_v against_o god_n in_o part_v with_o it_o that_o he_o stumble_v at_o whereby_o it_o appear_v also_o that_o this_o naboth_n be_v a_o pious_a man_n and_o zealous_a of_o observe_v god_n law_n even_o in_o these_o idolatrous_a time_n which_o make_v his_o blood_n cry_v the_o loud_a for_o vengeance_n against_o ahab_n and_o jezebel_n verse_n 4._o and_o he_o lay_v he_o down_o upon_o his_o bed_n and_o turn_v away_o his_o face_n &c_n &c_n as_o one_o that_o be_v discontent_v and_o therefore_o will_v have_v no_o body_n to_o speak_v to_o he_o that_o care_v not_o to_o see_v any_o body_n nor_o to_o have_v any_o body_n see_v he_o verse_n 7._o i_o will_v give_v thou_o the_o vineyard_n of_o naboth_n the_o jezreelite_n this_o be_v speak_v in_o a_o vaunt_a way_n and_o it_o may_v have_v reference_n either_o to_o naboth_n refuse_v to_o give_v ahab_n his_o vineyard_n as_o if_o she_o have_v say_v though_o he_o will_v not_o give_v thou_o his_o vineyard_n i_o will_v thou_o shall_v not_o need_v to_o purchase_v it_o nor_o to_o stand_v to_o his_o courtesy_n whether_o he_o will_v yield_v it_o up_o to_o thou_o or_o no_o i_o will_v give_v it_o thou_o or_o else_o to_o those_o forego_v word_n of_o jezebel_n do_v thou_o now_o govern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n as_o if_o she_o have_v say_v one_o will_v think_v a_o king_n shall_v not_o whine_v for_o a_o subject_n denial_n of_o such_o a_o thing_n have_v so_o much_o power_n to_o satisfy_v himself_o but_o since_o thou_o know_v not_o how_o to_o improve_v thy_o power_n i_o that_o be_o but_o a_o woman_n will_v do_v it_o for_o thou_o i_o will_v give_v thou_o the_o vineyard_n of_o naboth_n the_o jezreelite_n verse_n 8._o so_o she_o write_v letter_n in_o ahab_n name_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n ahab_n not_o know_v nor_o care_v to_o know_v what_o course_n she_o take_v for_o the_o accomplish_n of_o that_o promise_n she_o have_v make_v of_o get_v naboth_n vineyard_n for_o he_o verse_n 9_o proclaim_v a_o fast_n and_o set_v naboth_n on_o high_a among_o the_o people_n some_o understand_v this_o thus_o that_o naboth_n shall_v be_v set_v as_o in_o regard_n of_o his_o dignity_n he_o use_v to_o be_v in_o some_o eminent_a place_n among_o the_o chief_a man_n of_o the_o city_n as_o if_o there_o have_v be_v no_o evil_n at_o all_o plot_v against_o he_o and_o then_o on_o a_o sudden_a the_o witness_n shall_v out_o and_o accuse_v he_o of_o blaspheme_a god_n and_o the_o king_n but_o i_o rather_o think_v that_o malefactor_n when_o they_o come_v to_o be_v try_v before_o the_o magistrate_n be_v usual_o set_v upon_o some_o scaffold_n where_o they_o may_v be_v in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o people_n and_o thence_o it_o be_v that_o jezebel_n write_v in_o her_o letter_n and_o set_v naboth_n on_o high_a among_o the_o people_n as_o for_o the_o fast_o to_o be_v proclaim_v that_o be_v enjoin_v to_o make_v a_o show_n as_o if_o indeed_o such_o a_o horrible_a wickedness_n have_v be_v commit_v by_o naboth_n as_o may_v bring_v god_n wrath_n upon_o all_o the_o nation_n and_o for_o the_o divert_v whereof_o therefore_o it_o be_v fit_v the_o people_n shall_v in_o a_o solemn_a manner_n humble_v themselves_o and_o cry_v unto_o god_n for_o mercy_n verse_n 10._o and_o then_o carry_v he_o out_o and_o stone_n he_o that_o he_o may_v die_v for_o so_o the_o law_n of_o god_n have_v appoint_v he_o to_o be_v punish_v that_o shall_v blaspheme_v the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n levit._n 24.15_o 16._o whosoever_o curse_v his_o god_n shall_v bear_v his_o sin_n and_o he_o that_o blaspheme_v the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n he_o shall_v sure_o be_v put_v to_o death_n and_o he_o also_o that_o shall_v curse_v his_o father_n exod._n 21.17_o and_o he_o that_o curse_v his_o father_n or_o his_o mother_n shall_v sure_o be_v put_v to_o death_n the_o prince_n therefore_o be_v the_o father_n of_o the_o people_n pater_fw-la patriae_fw-la it_o seem_v the_o curse_v of_o he_o which_o be_v also_o a_o sin_n forbid_v by_o the_o law_n exod._n 22.28_o thou_o shall_v not_o revile_v the_o god_n nor_o curse_v the_o ruler_n of_o thy_o people_n be_v usual_o likewise_o punish_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n verse_n 11._o the_o elder_n and_o the_o noble_n who_o be_v the_o inhabitant_n in_o his_o city_n do_v as_o jezebel_n have_v send_v unto_o they_o etc._n etc._n it_o may_v well_o seem_v strange_a that_o the_o letter_n of_o ahab_n enjoin_v such_o a_o gross_a and_o horrible_a act_n of_o injustice_n shall_v without_o any_o scruple_n be_v so_o ready_o obey_v by_o the_o elder_n and_o noble_n of_o jezreel_n but_o for_o this_o we_o must_v consider_v first_o that_o israel_n be_v now_o become_v idolatrous_a and_o in_o all_o other_o respect_v exceed_o corrupt_a &_o it_o be_v no_o wonder_n that_o a_o people_n that_o have_v change_v their_o religion_n at_o the_o will_n of_o a_o supreme_a magistrate_n shall_v do_v any_o thing_n else_o that_o he_o will_v command_v they_o second_o that_o the_o imperious_a severity_n and_o cruelty_n of_o jezebel_n have_v doubtless_o bring_v this_o people_n into_o a_o miserable_a bondage_n and_o thraldom_n three_o that_o naboth_n be_v a_o man_n strict_o conscionable_a among_o a_o lawless_a degenerate_a people_n it_o be_v likely_a they_o be_v glad_a of_o a_o opportunity_n to_o wreak_v their_o teen_n upon_o he_o four_o that_o jezebel_n may_v inform_v they_o that_o naboth_n have_v do_v this_o she_o charge_v he_o with_o some_o private_a discourse_n betwixt_o the_o king_n and_o he_o only_o the_o king_n have_v no_o witness_n of_o his_o peremptory_a and_o blasphemous_a speech_n and_o so_o that_o she_o desire_v be_v only_o this_o that_o some_o witness_n may_v be_v find_v that_o upon_o the_o credit_n of_o the_o king_n word_n will_v charge_v he_o with_o this_o which_o can_v not_o otherwise_o be_v legal_o prove_v and_o that_o thereupon_o he_o may_v be_v condemn_v for_o blasphemy_n and_o put_v to_o death_n verse_n 13._o then_o they_o carry_v he_o forth_o out_o of_o the_o city_n and_o stone_v he_o with_o stone_n that_o he_o die_v and_o with_o he_o his_o son_n be_v also_o put_v to_o death_n as_o it_o seem_v 2._o king_n 9.26_o sure_o i_o have_v see_v yesterday_o the_o blood_n of_o naboth_n and_o the_o blood_n of_o his_o son_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o i_o will_v requite_v thou_o etc._n etc._n which_o be_v direct_o against_o the_o law_n of_o god_n deut._n 24.16_o the_o father_n shall_v not_o be_v put_v to_o death_n for_o the_o child_n nor_o the_o child_n for_o the_o father_n their_o aim_n herein_o be_v doubtless_o that_o ahab_n may_v without_o opposition_n enjoy_v naboth_n vineyard_n but_o with_o what_o pretence_n of_o justice_n they_o do_v it_o it_o be_v uncertain_a perhaps_o as_o some_o think_v they_o may_v allege_v that_o in_o punish_v so_o execrable_a a_o wickedness_n god_n severity_n against_o achan_n be_v a_o precedent_n fit_a to_o be_v follow_v who_o son_n and_o daughter_n be_v stone_v together_o with_o he_o josh_n 7.24_o verse_n 14._o then_o they_o send_v to_o jezebel_n etc._n etc._n to_o show_v how_o ready_a they_o have_v be_v to_o do_v what_o she_o have_v enjoin_v for_o though_o the_o letter_n they_o have_v receive_v be_v write_v to_o they_o in_o the_o king_n name_n yet_o they_o know_v well_o enough_o that_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v chief_o sway_v by_o she_o and_o that_o she_o do_v all_o and_o carry_v all_o in_o a_o manner_n as_o she_o please_v and_o therefore_o their_o care_n be_v chief_o to_o ingratiate_v themselves_o with_o she_o verse_n 15._o jezebel_n say_v to_o ahab_n arise_v take_v possession_n of_o the_o vineyard_n of_o naboth_n etc._n etc._n some_o conceive_v that_o naboth_n be_v of_o the_o blood_n royal_a and_o that_o ahab_n be_v now_o the_o next_o heir_n which_o they_o judge_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o naboth_n vineyard_n lie_v so_o close_o upon_o
time_n all_o their_o chief_a officer_n be_v call_v eunuch_n as_o we_o see_v potiphar_n to_o who_o joseph_n be_v sell_v though_o he_o be_v a_o marry_a man_n be_v term_v a_o eunuch_n gen._n 37.36_o verse_n 7._o and_o elisha_n come_v to_o damascus_n and_o benhadad_a the_o king_n of_o syria_n be_v sick_a etc._n etc._n the_o most_o receive_a opinion_n be_v that_o elisha_n go_v now_o to_o damascus_n according_a to_o a_o charge_n give_v he_o by_o elijah_n purposely_o to_o anoint_v hazael_n king_n but_o why_o be_v elijah_n send_v from_o mount_n horeb_n to_o damascus_n if_o god_n mean_v not_o that_o he_o himself_o shall_v anoint_v hazael_n 1._o king_n 19.15_o and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o he_o go_v return_v on_o thy_o way_n to_o the_o wilderness_n of_o damascus_n and_o when_o thou_o come_v anoint_v hazael_n to_o be_v king_n over_o syria_n rather_o therefore_o i_o conceive_v that_o elisha_n go_v now_o by_o the_o special_a instinct_n of_o god_n spirit_n to_o confirm_v that_o to_o hazael_n by_o a_o second_o prediction_n which_o former_o upon_o elijah_n anoint_v he_o do_v not_o much_o believe_v and_o that_o the_o rather_o because_o of_o the_o present_a famine_n in_o israel_n and_o so_o come_v thither_o find_v benhadad_a sick_a whether_o his_o sickness_n be_v occasion_v through_o grief_n as_o josephus_n say_v for_o the_o shameful_a flight_n of_o his_o army_n from_o the_o siege_n of_o samaria_n chap._n 7.6_o especial_o when_o he_o hear_v it_o be_v occasion_v by_o a_o causeless_a fear_n the_o scripture_n express_v not_o but_o only_a note_n how_o in_o his_o sickness_n he_o be_v glad_a to_o consult_v with_o the_o prophet_n concern_v his_o recovery_n who_o ere_o while_o he_o send_v to_o apprehend_v in_o dothan_n chap._n 6.13_o 14._o encourage_v happy_o thereto_o also_o by_o the_o miraculous_a cure_n that_o he_o have_v wrought_v upon_o the_o leprosy_n of_o his_o servant_n naaman_n verse_n 10._o go_v say_v unto_o he_o thou_o may_v certain_o recover_v etc._n etc._n that_o be_v thy_o disease_n be_v not_o mortal_a thou_o may_v certain_o recover_v of_o thy_o sickness_n that_o therefore_o which_o the_o prophet_n add_v concern_v his_o death_n howbeit_o the_o lord_n have_v show_v i_o that_o he_o shall_v sure_o die_v do_v not_o contradict_v this_o which_o he_o say_v concern_v his_o sickness_n the_o question_n be_v whether_o he_o shall_v recover_v of_o that_o sickness_n wherewith_o he_o be_v visit_v to_o this_o a_o direct_a answer_n be_v give_v that_o he_o may_v well_o recover_v notwithstanding_o his_o sickness_n but_o withal_o a_o intimation_n be_v give_v to_o the_o messenger_n that_o he_o shall_v sure_o die_v to_o wit_n by_o another_o mean_n though_o not_o by_o his_o sickness_n verse_n 11._o and_o he_o settle_v his_o countenance_n steadfast_o till_o he_o be_v ashamed_a that_o be_v elisha_n do_v fix_v his_o eye_n steadfast_o upon_o hazael_n until_o he_o begin_v to_o be_v ashamed_a because_o he_o see_v he_o can_v not_o forbear_v weep_v or_o rather_o until_o hazael_n begin_v to_o blush_v and_o to_o be_v ashamed_a because_o he_o see_v the_o prophet_n look_v so_o earnest_o upon_o he_o verse_n 13._o and_o elisha_n answer_v the_o lord_n have_v show_v i_o that_o thou_o shall_v be_v king_n over_o syria_n intimate_v that_o in_o this_o regard_n it_o be_v likely_a enough_o he_o will_v exercise_v those_o cruelty_n upon_o the_o israelite_n which_o now_o he_o make_v so_o strange_a of_o and_o that_o because_o he_o shall_v then_o have_v power_n to_o do_v it_o and_o withal_o when_o once_o he_o sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o syria_n he_o will_v bear_v the_o same_o deadly_a hatred_n against_o god_n people_n which_o his_o predecessor_n have_v do_v before_o he_o and_o thence_o be_v damascus_n threaten_v under_o those_o term_n amos_n 1.4_o i_o will_v send_v a_o fire_n into_o the_o house_n of_o hazael_n which_o shall_v devour_v the_o palace_n of_o benhadad_a verse_n 15._o he_o take_v a_o thick_a cloth_n and_o dip_v it_o in_o water_n and_o spread_v it_o on_o his_o face_n etc._n etc._n and_o thus_o benhadad_a be_v strangle_v by_o hazael_n and_o that_o so_o that_o no_o sign_n or_o token_n can_v be_v see_v in_o his_o dead_a body_n of_o any_o violence_n that_o be_v offer_v he_o and_o perhaps_o too_o under_o a_o pretence_n of_o allay_v the_o distemper_n of_o heat_n he_o be_v in_o by_o reason_n of_o his_o sickness_n verse_n 16._o and_o in_o the_o five_o year_n of_o joram_n the_o son_n of_o ahab_n king_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n jehoshaphat_n have_v design_v his_o son_n jehoram_n to_o be_v king_n and_o appoint_v he_o to_o govern_v the_o kingdom_n in_o his_o absence_n in_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n a_o little_a before_o he_o go_v with_o ahab_n against_o ramoth_n gilead_n and_o thence_o the_o year_n of_o jehoram_n king_n of_o israel_n his_o beginning_n to_o reign_v be_v count_v to_o be_v both_o the_o eighteen_o year_n of_o jehoshaphat_n 2._o king_n 3.1_o and_o the_o second_o year_n of_o jehoram_n the_o son_n of_o jehoshaphat_n 2._o king_n 1.17_o but_o at_o his_o return_n he_o resume_v the_o royal_a power_n whole_o to_o himself_o not_o communicate_v the_o same_o again_o to_o his_o son_n until_o the_o five_o year_n of_o joram_n king_n of_o israel_n which_o be_v the_o two_o and_o twenty_o of_o jehoshaphat_n and_o then_o this_o old_a king_n take_v unto_o he_o this_o his_o elder_a son_n as_o partner_n in_o the_o government_n himself_o yet_o live_v the_o cause_n whereof_o in_o all_o probability_n be_v some_o discord_n and_o difference_n which_o break_v out_o even_o then_o between_o he_o and_o his_o young_a brethren_n which_o as_o they_o move_v jehoshaphat_n to_o commit_v to_o his_o young_a son_n the_o custody_n of_o strong_a fence_a city_n in_o judah_n 2._o chron._n 21.3_o the_o better_a to_o assure_v they_o if_o it_o may_v have_v be_v against_o the_o power_n of_o their_o elder_a brother_n so_o also_o on_o the_o other_o side_n it_o cause_v he_o to_o put_v this_o his_o elder_a son_n in_o possession_n of_o the_o kingdom_n while_o himself_o be_v live_v for_o fear_v of_o tumult_n after_o his_o death_n verse_n 17._o and_o he_o reign_v eight_o year_n in_o jerusalem_n to_o wit_n four_o year_n together_o with_o his_o father_n and_o four_o year_n himself_o alone_o verse_n 18._o for_o the_o daughter_n of_o ahab_n be_v his_o wife_n to_o wit_n athaliah_n vers_fw-la 26._o verse_n 19_o yet_o the_o lord_n will_v not_o destroy_v judah_n for_o david_n his_o servant_n sake_n as_o he_o promise_v he_o to_o give_v he_o always_o a_o light_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v one_o of_o his_o seed_n in_o who_o the_o sovereignty_n of_o judah_n shall_v be_v continue_v though_o far_o short_a of_o the_o glory_n that_o former_o they_o enjoy_v before_o the_o revolt_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n verse_n 20._o in_o his_o day_n edom_n revolt_v from_o under_o the_o hand_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n the_o edomite_n ever_o since_o david_n time_n 2._o sam._n 8.14_o have_v be_v tributary_n to_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o have_v be_v govern_v by_o a_o viceroy_n who_o they_o set_v over_o they_o 1._o king_n 22.47_o there_o be_v no_o king_n in_o edom_n a_o deputy_n be_v king_n but_o now_o they_o cast_v off_o this_o yoke_n and_o so_o the_o prophecy_n of_o isaac_n begin_v to_o take_v effect_n gen._n 27.40_o that_o esau_n shall_v break_v the_o yoke_n of_o his_o brother_n jacob_n from_o off_o his_o neck_n 2._o chron._n 21.2_o we_o read_v first_o that_o so_o soon_o as_o his_o father_n be_v dead_a he_o present_o make_v use_v of_o his_o power_n against_o his_o six_o young_a brethren_n and_o have_v get_v they_o into_o his_o hand_n slay_v they_o and_z together_o with_o they_o for_o company_n many_o of_o the_o great_a man_n of_o the_o land_n such_o belike_o as_o either_o former_o or_o then_o have_v take_v their_o part_n &_o that_o withal_o he_o take_v upon_o he_o to_o make_v innovation_n in_o religion_n erect_v high_a place_n in_o the_o mountain_n of_o judah_n and_o force_v the_o people_n to_o embrace_v that_o idolatry_n which_o himself_o have_v learn_v from_o the_o house_n of_o ahab_n vers_fw-la 10.11_o and_o these_o combustion_n in_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n we_o may_v well_o think_v give_v encouragement_n to_o the_o edomite_n to_o revolt_v at_o this_o time_n and_o so_o god_n punish_v these_o his_o abominable_a course_n verse_n 22._o yet_o edom_n revolt_v from_o under_o the_o hand_n of_o judah_n unto_o this_o day_n that_o be_v though_o joram_n overthrow_v the_o edomite_n in_o that_o forementioned_a battle_n vers_fw-la 21._o yet_o they_o retire_v into_o their_o place_n of_o advantage_n persist_v resolute_o in_o their_o revolt_n and_o so_o he_o be_v force_v to_o return_v again_o into_o his_o own_o land_n which_o indeed_o be_v not_o so_o strange_a if_o we_o consider_v that_o he_o may_v perhaps_o hear_v of_o the_o revolt_n of_o
those_o time_n pass_v for_o currant_n among_o they_o and_o that_o the_o rather_o happy_o because_o even_o to_o this_o that_o clause_n may_v be_v refer_v luke_n 3.23_o as_o be_v suppose_v namely_o that_o in_o those_o day_n it_o be_v suppose_v by_o they_o that_o follow_v the_o septuagint_a translation_n that_o shelah_n be_v the_o son_n of_o cainan_n and_o cainan_n the_o son_n of_o arphaxad_n it_o be_v indeed_o true_a that_o some_o interpreter_n do_v leave_n cainan_n out_o of_o the_o genealogy_n of_o luke_n and_o allege_v that_o in_o some_o greek_a copy_n it_o be_v not_o find_v which_o be_v grant_v we_o can_v say_v but_o they_o have_v strong_a inducement_n to_o leave_v it_o out_o but_o on_o the_o other_o side_n admit_v our_o translation_n of_o the_o evangelist_n to_o be_v just_a and_o warrantable_a the_o answer_n former_o give_v for_o the_o reconcile_n of_o this_o difference_n be_v doubtless_o the_o most_o satisfy_a that_o i_o any_o where_o find_v among_o the_o expositor_n both_o of_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n verse_n 35._o the_o son_n of_o esau_n eliphaz_n revel_v etc._n etc._n eliphaz_n be_v the_o son_n of_o esau_n by_o his_o wife_n adah_n and_o revel_v by_o his_o wife_n bashemath_n gen._n 36.10_o verse_n 36._o the_o son_n of_o eliphaz_n teman_fw-mi and_o omar_n zephi_fw-la and_o gatam_fw-la kenaz_n and_o timna_n and_o amalek_n amalek_n be_v the_o son_n of_o eliphaz_n by_o timna_n his_o concubine_n the_o sister_n of_o lotan_n the_o son_n of_o seir_n of_o which_o see_v gen._n 36.12_o but_o this_o timna_n here_o mention_v be_v the_o son_n of_o eliphaz_n though_o of_o the_o same_o name_n with_o his_o concubine_n verse_n 38._o and_o the_o son_n of_o seir_n lotan_n etc._n etc._n this_o seir_n be_v prince_n of_o the_o horites_n who_o at_o first_o inhabit_v the_o land_n of_o edom_n till_o the_o child_n of_o edom_n destroy_v they_o and_o dwell_v in_o their_o room_n deut._n 2.12_o the_o horim_n also_o dwell_v in_o seir_n before_o time_n but_o the_o child_n of_o esau_n succeed_v they_o when_o they_o have_v destroy_v they_o from_o before_o they_o and_o dwell_v in_o their_o stead_n and_o therefore_o be_v the_o genealogy_n of_o the_o horites_n here_o record_v only_o because_o esau_n and_o his_o son_n eliphaz_n be_v join_v in_o affinity_n with_o these_o prince_n of_o the_o horites_n and_o perhaps_o thence_o the_o edomite_n take_v some_o occasion_n of_o quarrel_n against_o they_o and_o so_o seize_v upon_o their_o country_n the_o posterity_n of_o seir_n here_o mention_v be_v duke_n in_o mount_n seir_n as_o be_v note_v gen._n 36.30_o verse_n 43._o now_o these_o be_v the_o king_n that_o reign_v in_o the_o land_n of_o edom_n &c_n &c_n see_v gen._n 36.31_o chap._n ii_o verse_n 6._o and_o the_o son_n of_o zerah_n zimri_n and_o ethan_n and_o heman_n and_o calcol_n and_o dara_n zimri_n as_o be_v most_o probable_a be_v the_o immediate_a son_n of_o zerah_n as_o be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v call_v zabdi_n the_o father_n of_o carmi_n the_o father_n of_o achan_n josh_n 7.1_o but_o the_o rest_n if_o they_o be_v the_o same_o ethan_n and_o heman_n and_o calcol_n and_o dara_n mention_v 1._o king_n 4.31_o that_o be_v so_o famous_a for_o their_o wisdom_n as_o it_o be_v common_o hold_v they_o be_v then_o be_v not_o these_o the_o immediate_a son_n of_o zerah_n but_o reckon_v here_o among_o his_o son_n only_o because_o they_o be_v of_o his_o posterity_n and_o man_n famous_a in_o their_o time_n but_o the_o son_n of_o mahol_n as_o be_v express_o note_v 1._o king_n 4.31_o verse_n 7._o and_o the_o son_n of_o carmi_n etc._n etc._n who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o zimri_n or_o zabdi_n josh_n 7.1_o verse_n 15._o ozem_n the_o six_o david_n the_o seven_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o jesse_n have_v eight_o son_n when_o david_n be_v anoint_v king_n by_o samuel_n 1._o sam._n 16.10_o but_o concern_v that_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 17._o and_o the_o father_n of_o amasa_n be_v jether_o the_o ishmeelite_n see_v the_o note_n 2._o sam._n 17.25_o verse_n 18._o and_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o hezron_n beget_v child_n of_o azubah_n his_o wife_n and_o of_o jerioth_n this_o be_v not_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n who_o be_v but_o forty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o search_v canaan_n josh_n 14.7_o but_o another_o of_o the_o same_o name_n the_o son_n of_o hezron_n of_o who_o see_v gen._n 46.12_o and_o his_o genealogy_n be_v here_o large_o set_v down_o because_o there_o be_v many_o man_n of_o renown_n among_o his_o posterity_n and_o the_o chief_a aim_n of_o this_o chapter_n be_v to_o show_v how_o god_n bless_v the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n according_a to_o his_o promise_n gen._n 49.8_o etc._n etc._n judah_n thou_o be_v he_o who_o thy_o brethren_n shall_v praise_v thy_o hand_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o neck_n of_o thy_o enemy_n thy_o father_n child_n shall_v bow_v down_o before_o thou_o see_v also_o exod._n 31.2_o her_o son_n be_v these_o jesher_n and_o shobab_n and_o ardon_n this_o may_v be_v refer_v either_o to_o azubah_n or_o jerioth_n yet_o by_o most_o expositor_n it_o be_v refer_v to_o the_o last_o to_o wit_n that_o these_o be_v the_o son_n of_o jerioth_n and_o that_o calebs_n son_n by_o azubah_n be_v those_o mention_v vers_fw-la 42._o verse_n 21._o and_o afterward_o hezron_n go_v in_o to_o the_o daughter_n of_o machir_n the_o father_n of_o gilead_n etc._n etc._n see_v josh_n 17.1_o numb_a 26.29_o verse_n 22._o and_o segub_n beget_v jair_a who_o have_v three_o and_o twenty_o city_n in_o the_o land_n of_o gilead_n the_o grandfather_n of_o jair_n be_v hezron_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n but_o his_o grandmother_n be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n the_o daughter_n of_o machir_n and_o it_o seem_v his_o father_n segub_n be_v by_o machir_n his_o mother_n father_n adopt_v for_o his_o son_n and_o so_o jair_a be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n deut._n 3.14_o and_o join_v with_o his_o brethren_n by_o the_o mother_n side_n in_o subdue_a that_o portion_n of_o land_n which_o be_v assign_v to_o they_o without_o jordan_n he_o have_v there_o his_o portion_n among_o they_o though_o he_o be_v by_o the_o father_n side_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o numb_a 32.41_o verse_n 23._o and_o he_o take_v geshur_n and_o aram_n with_o the_o town_n of_o jair_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o take_v geshur_n and_o aram_n from_o those_o that_o be_v the_o ancient_a inhabitant_n but_o this_o be_v geshur_n without_o jordan_n in_o the_o portion_n of_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n there_o seat_v for_o there_o be_v another_o geshuri_n within_o jordan_n that_o be_v not_o subdue_v when_o joshua_n begin_v to_o divide_v the_o land_n among_o the_o israelite_n josh_n 13.2_o as_o for_o kenath_n he_o take_v that_o as_o it_o seem_v by_o mean_n of_o nobah_n who_o happy_o be_v one_o of_o his_o posterity_n or_o captain_n and_o fight_v against_o kenath_n under_o the_o command_n of_o jair_n numb_a 32.41_o 42._o and_o jair_v the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n go_v and_o take_v the_o small_a town_n thereof_o and_o call_v they_o havoth-jair_a and_o nobah_n go_v and_o take_v kenath_n and_o the_o village_n thereof_o and_o call_v it_o nobah_n after_o his_o own_o name_n verse_n 24._o abiah_n hezrons_n wife_n bear_v he_o ashur_n the_o father_n of_o tekoa_n that_o be_v the_o prince_n of_o tekoa_n or_o rather_o the_o father_n of_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o tekoa_n verse_n 34._o now_o sheshan_n have_v no_o son_n but_o daughter_n etc._n etc._n ahlai_n therefore_o the_o son_n of_o sheshan_n mention_v vers_fw-la 31._o die_v it_o seem_v his_o father_n yet_o live_v or_o else_o ahlai_n be_v his_o daughter_n who_o he_o marry_v to_o his_o egyptian_a servant_n verse_n 42._o now_o the_o son_n of_o caleb_n the_o brother_n of_o jerahmeel_n be_v mesha_n his_o first-born_a which_o be_v the_o father_n of_o ziph._n these_o be_v his_o son_n by_o azubah_n his_o first_o wife_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v make_v vers_fw-la 18._o and_o mesha_fw-mi his_o first-born_a be_v call_v the_o father_n of_o ziph_n because_o he_o be_v the_o father_n of_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o ziph._n and_o the_o son_n of_o maresha_n the_o father_n of_o hebron_n that_o be_v the_o son_n of_o maresha_n be_v also_o the_o posterity_n of_o caleb_n by_o azubah_n verse_n 49._o and_o the_o daughter_n of_o caleb_n be_v achsah_n caleb_n the_o son_n of_o jephunneh_n have_v a_o daughter_n also_o name_v achsah_n josh_n 15.17_o but_o this_o must_v needs_o be_v the_o daughter_n of_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o hezron_n verse_n 50._o these_o be_v the_o son_n of_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o hur_z etc._n etc._n this_o be_v the_o posterity_n of_o a_o second_o caleb_n the_o son_n of_o hur_z mention_v before_o vers_fw-la 20._o and_o the_o first_o mention_v be_v shobal_a the_o father_n of_o kirjath-jearim_a which_o
may_v compute_v what_o the_o prince_n give_v vers_fw-la 7._o verse_n 11._o thou_o o_o lord_n be_v the_o greatness_n and_o the_o power_n and_o the_o glory_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v thou_o be_v great_a and_o powerful_a and_o glorious_a etc._n etc._n and_o all_o greatness_n and_o power_n and_o glory_n that_o be_v confer_v upon_o any_o man_n come_v from_o thou_o and_o therefore_o aught_o to_o be_v employ_v to_o thy_o service_n at_o thy_o command_n verse_n 15._o for_o we_o be_v stranger_n before_o thou_o and_o sojourner_n as_o be_v all_o our_o father_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v even_o the_o land_n wherein_o we_o live_v it_o be_v but_o lend_v to_o we_o for_o a_o time_n and_o but_o a_o short_a time_n do_v we_o continue_v in_o it_o be_v all_o as_o a_o shadow_n that_o pass_v sudden_o away_o and_o continue_v not_o so_o that_o the_o very_a land_n be_v thou_o and_o we_o but_o as_o wayfaring_a man_n that_o only_o make_v use_v of_o it_o for_o a_o while_n consequent_o all_o that_o we_o enjoy_v be_v thou_o and_o not_o we_o and_o of_o thy_o own_o have_v we_o give_v thou_o but_o beside_o the_o drift_n of_o this_o clause_n may_v be_v also_o to_o show_v another_o motive_n that_o make_v they_o willing_a to_o give_v so_o free_o to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n to_o wit_n because_o they_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o brevity_n of_o their_o life_n can_v not_o hope_v long_o to_o enjoy_v these_o thing_n and_o therefore_o can_v not_o but_o think_v they_o better_o bestow_v upon_o this_o service_n of_o god_n then_o keep_v for_o themselves_o verse_n 18._o keep_v this_o for_o ever_o in_o the_o imagination_n of_o the_o thought_n of_o the_o heart_n of_o thy_o people_n that_o be_v this_o readiness_n to_o consecrate_v themselves_o and_o all_o that_o they_o have_v to_o thy_o service_n verse_n 21._o and_o they_o sacrifice_v sacrifice_n unto_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n before_o the_o ark_n which_o which_o be_v now_o in_o david_n house_n in_o the_o tent_n which_o there_o he_o have_v prepare_v for_o it_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 22._o that_o the_o people_n do_v eat_v and_o drink_v before_o the_o lord_n on_o that_o day_n and_o sacrifice_n in_o abundance_n for_o all_o israel_n that_o be_v the_o sacrifice_n be_v offer_v in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o the_o people_n and_o in_o such_o abundance_n that_o all_o the_o israelite_n present_a may_v eat_v of_o the_o peace-offering_n that_o be_v then_o offer_v to_o the_o lord_n verse_n 22._o and_o they_o make_v solomon_n the_o son_n of_o david_n king_n the_o second_o time_n etc._n etc._n this_o though_o subjoin_v immediate_o to_o that_o which_o go_v before_o concern_v their_o sacrifice_v the_o next_o day_n after_o that_o david_n have_v make_v know_v his_o mind_n to_o the_o people_n be_v yet_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o anoint_v of_o solomon_n after_o david_n death_n as_o be_v evident_a first_o because_o the_o make_n of_o zadok_n the_o sole_a high_a priest_n instead_o of_o abiathar_n be_v here_o join_v with_o it_o and_o it_o can_v be_v deny_v but_o that_o be_v do_v after_o david_n death_n 1._o king_n 2.35_o second_o because_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n that_o solomon_n sit_v on_o the_o throne_n as_o king_n instead_o of_o his_o father_n david_n three_o because_o when_o david_n make_v these_o thing_n know_v in_o a_o public_a assembly_n of_o his_o prince_n he_o be_v not_o yet_o bedrid_a chap._n 18.1_o 2._o so_o that_o adonijah_n attempt_v to_o make_v himself_o king_n at_o which_o time_n solomon_n be_v first_o anoint_v 1._o king_n 1.33_o 34._o be_v after_o this_o and_o last_o of_o all_o because_o it_o follow_v vers_fw-la 24._o that_o the_o other_o son_n of_o david_n submit_v themselves_o to_o solomon_n which_o be_v not_o till_o adonijah_n usurpation_n be_v defeat_v 1._o king_n 1.9.49.50_o verse_n 23._o then_o solomon_n sit_v on_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o lord_n all_o kingdom_n and_o throne_n be_v the_o lord_n because_o all_o king_n be_v the_o lord_n vicegerent_n and_o have_v their_o power_n from_o he_o but_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n be_v upon_o more_o peculiar_a ground_n call_v the_o throne_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n first_o because_o the_o dispose_n of_o this_o throne_n the_o lord_n whole_o challenge_v to_o himself_o deut._n 17.15_o thou_o shall_v in_o any_o wise_a set_v he_o king_n over_o thou_o who_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n shall_v choose_v and_o second_o because_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n be_v figure_n of_o christ_n the_o true_a anoint_a to_o who_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n be_v promise_v that_o be_v that_o he_o shall_v be_v king_n of_o the_o israel_n of_o god_n for_o ever_o luke_n 1.33_o and_o he_o shall_v reign_v over_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n for_o ever_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 28._o and_o he_o die_v in_o a_o good_a old_a age_n to_o wit_n when_o he_o be_v seventy_o year_n old_a for_o david_n be_v thirty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o he_o reign_v forty_o year_n 2._o sam._n 5.4_o verse_n 29._o now_o the_o act_n of_o david_n the_o king_n first_o and_o last_o behold_v they_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o samuel_n the_o seer_n and_o in_o the_o book_n of_o nathan_n etc._n etc._n some_o understand_v this_o thus_o that_o the_o act_n of_o david_n be_v relate_v in_o the_o history_n or_o book_n of_o samuel_n which_o be_v write_v by_o nathan_n the_o prophet_n and_o gad_n the_o seer_n annotation_n upon_o the_o second_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n chap._n i._o verse_n 3._o so_o solomon_n and_o all_o the_o congregation_n with_o he_o go_v to_o the_o high_a place_n that_o be_v at_o gibeon_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o be_v now_o settle_v in_o his_o kingdom_n maugre_o the_o opposition_n of_o those_o that_o favour_v not_o his_o cause_n he_o desire_v now_o in_o a_o solemn_a manner_n to_o praise_n god_n for_o his_o mercy_n and_o to_o seek_v unto_o the_o lord_n for_o wisdom_n that_o he_o may_v be_v the_o better_a able_a to_o govern_v the_o people_n commit_v to_o his_o charge_n verse_n 5._o the_o brazen_a altar_n that_o bezaleel_n the_o son_n of_o uri_n the_o son_n of_o hur_z have_v make_v he_o put_v before_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v moses_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v before_o make_v vers_fw-la 3._o verse_n 7._o in_o that_o night_n do_v god_n appear_v unto_o solomon_n to_o wit_n in_o that_o night_n after_o they_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o sacrifice_v those_o thousand_o burn_a offering_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a verse_n for_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a they_o offer_v a_o thousand_o burn_a offering_n in_o one_o day_n upon_o one_o altar_n and_o that_o in_o a_o dream_n as_o be_v express_v 1._o king_n 3.6_o where_o see_v also_o what_o be_v to_o be_v note_v either_o in_o solomon_n prayer_n or_o god_n answer_n to_o he_o verse_n 14._o and_o he_o have_v a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o chariot_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 10.26_o and_o 1._o king_n 4.26_o verse_n 16._o and_o solomon_n have_v horse_n bring_v out_o of_o egypt_n and_o linen_n yarn_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 10.28_o 29._o chap._n ii_o verse_n 2._o and_o solomon_n tell_v out_o threescore_o and_o ten_o thousand_o man_n to_o bear_v burden_n see_v 1_o king_n 5.15_o 16._o verse_n 3._o and_o solomon_n send_v to_o huram_fw-la the_o king_n of_o tyre_n say_v as_o thou_o do_v deal_v with_o david_n my_o father_n etc._n etc._n in_o the_o 1._o king_n 5.3_o it_o be_v say_v also_o that_o he_o allege_v to_o huram_fw-la that_o he_o know_v that_o david_n can_v not_o build_v a_o house_n for_o the_o worship_n of_o god_n by_o reason_n of_o his_o continual_a war_n whereof_o himself_o be_v ease_v he_o be_v now_o resolve_v to_o undertake_v the_o work_n where_o also_o such_o other_o passage_n in_o this_o message_n of_o solomon_n to_o huram_fw-la as_o need_v any_o exposition_n be_v already_o explain_v verse_n 8._o for_o i_o know_v that_o thy_o servant_n can_v skill_v to_o cut_v timber_n in_o lebanon_n that_o be_v excellent_o better_o than_o any_o of_o my_o servant_n see_v 1._o king_n 5.6_o verse_n 10._o i_o will_v give_v to_o thy_o servant_n the_o hewer_n that_o cut_v timber_n twenty_o thousand_o measure_n of_o beat_a wheat_n etc._n etc._n or_o if_o this_o do_v not_o like_o he_o whatsoever_o hire_v himself_o do_v appoint_v 1._o king_n 5.6_o verse_n 12._o huram_fw-la say_v moreover_o bless_a be_v the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 5.7_o verse_n 13._o and_o now_o i_o have_v send_v a_o cunning_a man_n etc._n etc._n his_o name_n be_v huram_fw-la chap._n 4.16_o or_o hiram_n 1_o king_n 7.13_o concern_v which_o and_o what_o be_v further_o herein_o to_o be_v note_v see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 15._o the_o
azariah_n himself_o he_o also_o be_v here_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o his_o father_n od_v as_o for_o that_o which_o be_v say_v that_o when_o asa_n have_v hear_v these_o word_n and_o this_o pprophecy_n he_o take_v courage_n and_o put_v away_o the_o abominable_a idol_n out_o of_o all_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n we_o see_v that_o he_o have_v in_o a_o great_a part_n do_v this_o before_o chap._n 14.3_o but_o it_o seem_v now_o upon_o a_o more_o diligent_a search_n make_v throughout_o his_o kingdom_n he_o put_v away_o the_o remainder_n of_o the_o idol_n that_o be_v find_v among_o they_o and_o that_o not_o only_o out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n but_o also_o out_o of_o the_o city_n which_o he_o have_v take_v from_o mount_n ephraim_n which_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o the_o city_n which_o his_o father_n abijam_n have_v take_v chap._n 13.19_o but_o yet_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o city_n of_o ephraim_n which_o asa_n himself_o take_v chapter_n 17.2_o and_o renew_v the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v the_o altar_n which_o solomon_n have_v build_v have_v some_o way_n lose_v its_o beauty_n in_o so_o many_o year_n which_o be_v no_o wonder_n consider_v how_o continual_o it_o be_v use_v and_o stand_v in_o the_o open_a court_n he_o renew_v it_o and_o beautify_v it_o again_o and_o then_o in_o a_o solemn_a manner_n observe_v again_o sacrifice_n thereon_o verse_n 9_o and_o he_o gather_v all_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n and_o the_o stranger_n with_o they_o out_o of_o ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n and_o out_o of_o simeon_n hereby_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o even_o the_o tribe_n of_o simeon_n do_v revolt_v from_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n or_o at_o least_o the_o great_a part_n of_o they_o however_o they_o have_v their_o inheritance_n within_o the_o portion_n of_o judah_n josh_n 19.1_o and_o that_o therefore_o either_o they_o remove_v from_o their_o first_o habitation_n and_o transplant_v themselves_o among_o other_o tribe_n of_o israel_n or_o else_o that_o they_o stand_v out_o against_o judah_n and_o cleave_v to_o the_o party_n of_o the_o other_o tribe_n yea_o though_o they_o have_v their_o dwell_n within_o judah_n portion_n verse_n 10._o so_o they_o gather_v themselves_o together_o at_o jerusalem_n in_o the_o three_o month_n in_o the_o fifteen_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o asa_n which_o be_v the_o twelve_o of_o baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n by_o this_o it_o appear_v that_o zerah_n the_o ethiopian_a do_v not_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o judah_n till_o the_o fourteen_o year_n of_o asa_n indeed_o asa_n live_v in_o peace_n but_o ten_o year_n chap._n 14.1_o but_o it_o be_v therefore_o baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n not_o zerah_n that_o immediate_o after_o those_o ten_o year_n be_v end_v make_v war_n against_o asa_n as_o for_o the_o three_o month_n it_o be_v that_o wherein_o the_o feast_n of_o pentecost_n be_v keep_v verse_n 15._o and_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o rest_v round_o about_o to_o wit_n at_o that_o time_n when_o asa_n and_o the_o people_n make_v this_o covenant_n with_o god_n then_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o rest_n the_o land_n not_o be_v invade_v by_o any_o of_o her_o enemy_n verse_n 16._o and_o also_o concern_v maachah_n the_o mother_n of_o asa_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o grandmother_n the_o annotation_n concern_v these_o three_o follow_a verse_n see_v 1._o king_n 15.2_o 10_o 14_o 15._o verse_n 19_o and_o there_o be_v no_o more_o war_n unto_o the_o five_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o asa_n unto_o the_o five_o and_o thirty_o year_n that_o be_v until_o the_o five_o and_o thirty_o year_n be_v end_v whence_o be_v that_o chap._n 16.1_o in_o the_o six_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o asa_n baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n come_v up_o against_o judah_n etc._n etc._n of_o the_o reign_n of_o asa_n that_o be_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n since_o it_o be_v divide_v from_o that_o of_o israel_n which_o be_v the_o fifteen_o year_n of_o asa_n for_o that_o thus_o these_o word_n must_v be_v expound_v be_v evident_a because_o baasha_n die_v in_o the_o six_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o asa_n 1_o king_n 16.8_o and_o therefore_o can_v not_o come_v up_o in_o the_o six_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o asa_n as_o be_v express_o say_v in_o the_o first_o verse_n of_o the_o follow_a chapter_n we_o have_v a_o like_a passage_n afterward_o chap._n 22.2_o chap._n xvi_o verse_n 1._o in_o the_o six_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o asa_n baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n come_v up_o against_o judah_n and_o build_v ramah_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v in_o the_o thirty_o six_o year_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n which_o be_v the_o sixteenth_o year_n of_o asa_n and_o the_o fourteen_o of_o baasha_n see_v the_o last_o note_n in_o the_o former_a chapter_n as_o also_o see_v the_o note_n 1._o king_n 15.17_o where_o also_o several_a other_o passage_n in_o the_o five_o first_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n be_v already_o explain_v verse_n 7._o because_o thou_o have_v rely_v on_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n and_o not_o rely_v on_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n therefore_o be_v the_o host_n of_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n escape_v out_o of_o thy_o hand_n whereas_o if_o he_o have_v go_v on_o as_o he_o intend_v vers_fw-la 3._o in_o his_o league_n with_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n to_o invade_v thy_o land_n thou_o shall_v have_v overcome_v he_o as_o thou_o do_v the_o ethiopian_a now_o thou_o have_v deprive_v thyself_o of_o this_o glory_n and_o booty_n verse_n 9_o therefore_o from_o henceforth_o thou_o shall_v have_v war_n to_o wit_n with_o bassa_n 1._o king_n 15.16_o and_o there_o be_v war_n betwixt_o asa_n and_o baasha_n king_n of_o israael_n all_o their_o day_n verse_n 12._o and_o asa_n in_o the_o thirty_o and_o nine_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n be_v disease_v in_o his_o foot_n about_o the_o six_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n baasha_n die_v and_o elah_n his_o son_n succeed_v he_o 1._o king_n 16.8_o about_o the_o seven_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n zimri_n one_o of_o his_o captain_n slay_v elah_n and_o all_o the_o house_n of_o baasha_n 1._o king_n 16.9_o etc._n etc._n and_o within_o a_o few_o day_n omri_n be_v make_v king_n by_o the_o soldier_n force_v zimri_n desperate_o to_o burn_v himself_o and_o about_o the_o one_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o asa_n be_v peaceable_o settle_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n tibni_n his_o competitour_n die_v 1._o king_n 16.22.23_o and_o about_o this_o nine_o and_o thirty_o year_n wherein_o asa_n fall_v sick_a of_o the_o gout_n omri_n die_v and_o ahab_n his_o son_n succeed_v he_o 1._o king_n 16.29_o verse_n 14._o and_o lay_v he_o in_o the_o bed_n which_o be_v fill_v with_o sweet_a odour_n and_o diverse_a kind_n of_o spice_n etc._n etc._n after_o the_o manner_n of_o embalm_v king_n use_v in_o those_o time_n they_o fill_v the_o beer_n whereon_o he_o be_v lay_v or_o coffin_n whereinto_o he_o be_v put_v with_o all_o kind_n of_o odour_n and_o sweet_a spice_n and_o they_o make_v a_o very_a great_a burn_a for_o he_o that_o be_v they_o burn_v sweet_a prefume_n at_o his_o burial_n in_o very_o great_a plenty_n chap._n xvii_o verse_n 1._o and_o jehoshaphat_n his_o son_n reign_v in_o his_o stead_n and_o strengthen_v himself_o against_o israel_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n of_o asa_n after_o he_o fall_v into_o those_o grievous_a sin_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n the_o king_n of_o israel_n as_o god_n threaten_v chap._n 16.9_o do_v it_o seem_v in_o their_o several_a time_n renew_v their_o war_n against_o judah_n to_o wit_n baasha_n omri_n and_o ahab_n and_o have_v happy_o often_o the_o better_a of_o they_o but_o about_o the_o three_o or_o four_o year_n of_o ahab_n asa_n die_v 1._o king_n 22.41_o jehoshaphat_n succeed_v he_o and_o make_v great_a preparation_n to_o withstand_v they_o he_o be_v great_o strengthen_v against_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n verse_n 3._o and_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o jehoshaphat_n because_o he_o walk_v in_o the_o first_o way_n of_o his_o father_n david_n which_o be_v pure_a and_o free_a from_o sin_n than_o be_v his_o latter_a day_n for_o while_o he_o be_v in_o continual_a trouble_n we_o read_v not_o any_o such_o foul_a sin_n he_o fall_v into_o as_o afterward_o be_v settle_v in_o his_o kingdom_n when_o he_o commit_v adultery_n with_o uriahs_n wife_n and_o many_o other_o way_n transgress_v god_n law_n and_o seek_v not_o unto_o baalim_fw-la to_o wit_n as_o do_v ahab_n at_o this_o time_n king_n of_o israel_n whether_o by_o baalim_fw-la we_o understand_v all_o false_a god_n in_o general_a or_o in_o particular_a the_o the_o idol_n of_o baal_n the_o god_n of_o the_o sydonian_o 1._o king_n 16.31_o 32._o for_o that_o these_o word_n be_v speak_v by_o
way_n of_o compare_v of_o jehoshaphat_n to_o ahab_n we_o may_v see_v by_o that_o which_o follow_v vers_fw-la 4._o but_o seek_v to_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o his_o father_n and_o walk_v in_o his_o commandment_n and_o not_o after_o the_o do_n of_o israel_n verse_n 6._o and_o his_o heart_n be_v lift_v up_o in_o the_o way_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v he_o become_v zealous_a and_o very_o courageous_a in_o god_n cause_n and_o go_v forward_o with_o a_o high_a and_o magnanimous_a spirit_n without_o any_o baseness_n fear_n or_o carnal_a respect_n moreover_o he_o take_v away_o the_o high_a place_n and_o grove_n out_o of_o judah_n the_o high_a place_n whereon_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v worship_v though_o contrary_a to_o his_o law_n be_v not_o by_o jehoshaphat_n take_v away_o chap._n 20.33_o and_o therefore_o this_o must_v be_v mean_v of_o such_o high_a place_n and_o grove_n wherein_o they_o worship_v idol-god_n these_o indeed_o asa_n his_o father_n have_v take_v away_o chap._n 14.3_o but_o it_o seem_v in_o the_o latter_a and_o decline_a day_n of_o asa_n when_o he_o lay_v sick_a some_o of_o the_o people_n that_o linger_v still_o after_o their_o former_a idolatry_n make_v use_v of_o the_o advantage_n of_o these_o time_n and_o do_v secret_o set_v up_o their_o high_a place_n and_o grove_n again_o and_o these_o they_o be_v that_o jehoshaphat_n after_o search_v make_v do_v now_o take_v away_o verse_n 7._o and_o in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n he_o send_v to_o his_o prince_n etc._n etc._n to_o teach_v in_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n to_o see_v that_o they_o be_v teach_v we_o may_v not_o think_v that_o at_o other_o time_n the_o people_n of_o god_n do_v now_o live_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n without_o any_o ordinary_a teach_n but_o because_o he_o find_v that_o the_o people_n be_v in_o many_o place_n so_o incline_v to_o idolatry_n as_o have_v set_v up_o their_o high_a place_n which_o his_o father_n asa_n have_v pull_v down_o these_o choice_a priest_n and_o levite_n mention_v vers_fw-la 8._o be_v send_v as_o visitour_n into_o the_o several_a part_n of_o his_o kingdom_n to_o see_v whether_o they_o be_v true_o teach_v and_o by_o their_o own_o personal_a teach_n both_o to_o confirm_v those_o that_o be_v right_o instruct_v and_o to_o convince_v those_o that_o be_v corrupt_a and_o to_o show_v they_o how_o express_o the_o law_n do_v forbid_v and_o threaten_v all_o idolatry_n whatsoever_o and_o with_o they_o these_o prince_n be_v send_v to_o countenance_n and_o encourage_v they_o and_o happy_o to_o punish_v those_o that_o shall_v oppose_v they_o or_o that_o shall_v be_v find_v obstinate_a in_o their_o error_n verse_n 13._o and_o the_o man_n of_o war_n mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n be_v in_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v his_o general_n and_o captain_n and_o some_o company_n of_o their_o soldier_n still_o attend_v with_o they_o verse_n 14._o adnah_n the_o chief_a and_o with_o he_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n three_o hundred_o thousand_o that_o be_v under_o his_o command_n verse_n 16._o amasiah_n the_o son_n of_o zichri_fw-la who_o willing_o offer_v himself_o unto_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n to_o fight_v his_o battle_n some_o say_v as_o a_o nazarite_n verse_n 19_o these_o wait_v on_o the_o king_n beside_o those_o who_o the_o king_n put_v in_o the_o fence_a city_n throughout_o all_o judah_n that_o be_v these_o captain_n before_o mention_v and_o some_o of_o their_o band_n by_o course_n for_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o so_o many_o hundred_o thousand_o do_v at_o one_o time_n attend_v on_o the_o king_n person_n at_o jerusalem_n yea_o because_o the_o total_a number_n of_o the_o soldier_n here_o mention_v amount_v to_o eleven_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o thousand_o and_o it_o seem_v not_o probable_a that_o jehoshaphat_n will_v have_v be_v so_o affright_v with_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o moabite_n and_o ammonite_n that_o come_v against_o he_o chap._n 20.12_o if_o he_o have_v have_v eleven_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o thousand_o train_v man_n in_o his_o kingdom_n beside_o those_o wherewith_o his_o strong_a city_n be_v man_v therefore_o some_o conceive_v it_o more_o likely_a that_o he_o have_v not_o all_o these_o at_o one_o time_n but_o successive_o the_o train_a band_n of_o judah_n be_v first_o under_o the_o command_n of_o adnah_n and_o then_o adnah_n be_v dead_a under_o the_o command_n of_o jehohanan_n and_o so_o likewise_o the_o train_a band_n of_o benjamin_n under_o the_o command_n of_o amasiah_n first_o than_o eliada_n and_o then_o jehozabad_n and_o be_v in_o the_o several_a time_n of_o these_o general_n sometime_o more_o and_o sometime_o less_o chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o now_o jehoshaphat_n have_v riches_n and_o honour_n in_o abundance_n and_o join_v affinity_n with_o ahab_n to_o wit_n by_o marry_v his_o elder_a son_n joram_n to_o athaliah_n ahab'_v daughter_n chap._n 21.6_o and_o 2._o king_n 8.18_o verse_n 2._o and_o after_o certain_a year_n he_o go_v down_o to_o ahab_n to_o samaria_n to_o wit_n about_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n see_v the_o note_n for_o this_o chapter_n 1._o king_n 22.1_o etc._n etc._n chap._n xix_o verse_n 2._o and_o jehu_n the_o son_n of_o hanani_n the_o seer_n go_v out_o to_o meet_v he_o who_o reprove_v asa_n jehoshaphats_n father_n see_v chap._n 16.7_o and_o say_v to_o king_n jehoshaphat_n shall_v thou_o help_v the_o ungodly_a and_o love_v they_o that_o hate_v the_o lord_n that_o be_v ought_v thou_o thus_o to_o join_v thyself_o in_o such_o strict_a way_n of_o love_n and_o friendship_n with_o such_o a_o wicked_a idolatrous_a wretch_n such_o a_o enemy_n to_o god_n and_o all_o goodness_n as_o ahab_n be_v in_o some_o case_n to_o join_v in_o league_n with_o infidel_n and_o idolater_n be_v not_o unlawful_a gen._n 14.13_o when_o it_o be_v do_v only_o to_o uphold_v peace_n to_o maintain_v mutual_a traffic_n or_o for_o the_o common_a defence_n of_o their_o country_n but_o otherwise_o unnecessary_o as_o out_o of_o love_n and_o friendship_n to_o join_v with_o they_o and_o help_v they_o be_v doubtless_o unlawful_a and_o so_o it_o have_v be_v now_o with_o jehoshaphat_n therefore_o be_v wrath_n upon_o thou_o from_o before_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v god_n be_v high_o displease_v with_o thou_o and_o have_v determine_v to_o pour_v forth_o his_o displeasure_n upon_o thou_o and_o this_o may_v have_v respect_n to_o that_o invasion_n of_o the_o moabite_n and_o ammonite_n which_o follow_v not_o long_o after_o chap._n 20.1_o or_o happy_o to_o some_o dissension_n that_o begin_v at_o present_a betwixt_o his_o son_n the_o seed_n of_o that_o horrid_a slaughter_n which_o his_o elder_a son_n do_v afterward_o make_v among_o they_o chap._n 21.4_o verse_n 3._o nevertheless_o there_o be_v good_a thing_n find_v in_o thou_o etc._n etc._n this_o be_v add_v to_o intimate_v that_o because_o of_o this_o the_o lord_n will_v deal_v gentle_o with_o he_o and_o even_o in_o judgement_n remember_v mercy_n verse_n 4._o and_o he_o go_v out_o again_o etc._n etc._n and_o bring_v they_o back_o unto_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o their_o father_n that_o be_v where_o he_o find_v any_o idolatry_n or_o any_o corruption_n among_o the_o people_n he_o reduce_v they_o to_o the_o true_a worship_n of_o god_n and_o reform_v what_o be_v out_o of_o order_n among_o they_o verse_n 5._o and_o he_o set_v judge_n in_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n where_o he_o find_v any_o want_v verse_n 6._o you_o judge_v not_o for_o man_n but_o for_o the_o lord_n who_o be_v with_o you_o in_o the_o judgement_n that_o be_v who_o person_n you_o represent_v and_o who_o be_v present_a see_v all_o you_o do_v and_z according_o ready_a to_o stand_v by_o you_o and_o defend_v you_o if_o you_o judge_v aright_o and_o to_o punish_v you_o if_o you_o deal_v unjust_o verse_n 8._o in_o jerusalem_n do_v jehoshaphat_n set_v of_o the_o levite_n and_o of_o the_o priest_n and_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o father_n of_o jerusalem_n etc._n etc._n see_v above_o vers_fw-la 5._o this_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o high_a senate_n or_o council_n of_o the_o sanhedrim_n in_o jerusalem_n to_o which_o all_o appeal_n be_v make_v from_o inferior_a court_n and_o to_o which_o all_o cause_n of_o difficulty_n be_v refer_v both_o for_o ecclesiastical_a and_o civil_a affair_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o they_o be_v for_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v for_o ecclesiastical_a cause_n concern_v which_o god_n have_v determine_v in_o his_o law_n what_o shall_v be_v do_v and_o for_o controversy_n to_o wit_n in_o cause_n mere_o civil_a see_v deut._n 17.8_o 9_o 10._o verse_n 10._o and_o what_o cause_n soever_o shall_v come_v to_o you_o of_o your_o brethren_n that_o dwell_v in_o their_o city_n between_o blood_n and_o blood_n between_o law_n and_o commandment_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v where_o each_o party_n
32._o also_o we_o make_v ordinance_n for_o we_o to_o charge_v ourselves_o yearly_a with_o the_o three_o part_n of_o a_o shekel_n for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o house_n of_o our_o god_n verse_n 7._o for_o the_o son_n of_o athaliah_n that_o wicked_a woman_n have_v break_v up_o the_o house_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n to_o promote_v the_o worship_n of_o baalim_fw-la they_o rob_v the_o temple_n and_o so_o there_o be_v not_o in_o the_o treasury_n of_o the_o temple_n any_o competent_a sum_n of_o money_n whereby_o the_o decay_v thereof_o may_v be_v repair_v indeed_o the_o son_n of_o joram_n by_o athaliah_n be_v all_o slay_v by_o the_o arabian_n save_v only_a ahaziah_n chap._n 21.17_o but_o this_o may_v be_v do_v before_o that_o verse_n 8._o and_o at_o the_o king_n commandment_n they_o make_v a_o chest_n the_o levite_n be_v forbid_v by_o joash_n to_o meddle_v any_o more_o with_o the_o collection_n of_o the_o money_n because_o of_o their_o former_a neglect_n 2._o king_n 12.7_o and_o set_v it_o without_o the_o gate_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n by_o the_o gate_n whereby_o they_o go_v out_o of_o the_o great_a court_n and_o on_o that_o side_n the_o gate_n where_o the_o altar_n stand_v 2._o king_n 12.9_o verse_n 14._o they_o bring_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o money_n before_o the_o king_n and_o jehoiada_n whereof_o be_v make_v vessel_n for_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n see_v 2._o king_n 12.13_o verse_n 16._o and_o they_o bury_v he_o in_o the_o city_n of_o david_n among_o the_o king_n because_o he_o have_v do_v good_a in_o israel_n both_o towards_o god_n and_o towards_o his_o house_n that_o be_v the_o house_n and_o family_n of_o david_n or_o rather_o the_o temple_n the_o house_n of_o god_n verse_n 17._o now_o after_o the_o death_n of_o jehoiada_n come_v the_o prince_n of_o judah_n and_o make_v obeisance_n to_o the_o king_n etc._n etc._n in_o the_o most_o fawn_a and_o flatter_a manner_n they_o present_v themselves_o before_o he_o and_o withal_o petition_v he_o that_o every_o one_o may_v worship_v god_n as_o they_o please_v themselves_o namely_o in_o the_o high_a place_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o their_o father_n to_o wit_n because_o it_o be_v burdensome_a to_o go_v up_o from_o all_o place_n to_o the_o temple_n or_o because_o every_o one_o desire_v to_o have_v his_o own_o proper_a place_n of_o devotion_n now_o this_o request_n be_v employ_v though_o not_o express_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n than_o the_o king_n hearken_v to_o they_o and_o they_o leave_v the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o their_o father_n verse_n 18._o and_o wrath_n come_v upon_o judah_n and_o jerusalem_n for_o this_o their_o trespass_n for_o hazael_n king_n of_o syria_n as_o it_o be_v relate_v 2._o king_n 12.17_o invade_v the_o land_n and_o have_v take_v gath_n address_v himself_o to_o jerusalem_n have_v sufficient_a pretence_n for_o what_o he_o do_v if_o his_o ambition_n care_v for_o pretence_n because_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n have_v former_o assist_v the_o israelite_n against_o the_o syrian_n at_o ramoth_n gilead_n and_o so_o formidable_a to_o joash_n be_v this_o approach_n of_o hazael_n towards_o jerusalem_n that_o he_o take_v all_o the_o hallow_a thing_n and_o all_o the_o gold_n that_o be_v find_v in_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o in_o his_o own_o house_n and_o with_o that_o present_a purchase_v his_o peace_n some_o conceive_v that_o this_o invasion_n of_o hazael_n mention_v in_o the_o king_n be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o inroad_n of_o the_o syrian_n speak_v of_o vers_n 23._o of_o this_o chapter_n but_o that_o can_v be_v for_o this_o be_v before_o the_o slay_v of_o zachariah_n vers_fw-la 20._o that_o after_o it_o vers_n 23._o in_o this_o the_o matter_n be_v compound_v without_o a_o battle_n in_o that_o a_o battle_n be_v fight_v to_o joash_n his_o great_a loss_n vers_fw-la 24._o in_o this_o hazael_n be_v present_a 2._o king_n 12.11_o in_o that_o the_o syrian_n send_v the_o spoil_n they_o take_v to_o their_o king_n at_o damascus_n vers_fw-la 23._o and_o last_o of_o all_o in_o this_o the_o syrian_n have_v great_a force_n else_o joash_n will_v not_o have_v be_v afraid_a of_o they_o in_o that_o they_o come_v with_o a_o small_a band_n of_o man_n vers_fw-la 24._o verse_n 20._o and_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n come_v upon_o zechariah_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n the_o priest_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n among_o expositor_n whether_o this_o be_v that_o zechariah_n of_o who_o our_o saviour_n speak_v matth._n 23.35_o from_o the_o blood_n of_o righteous_a abel_n unto_o the_o blood_n of_o zacharias_n son_n of_o barachias_n who_o you_o slay_v etc._n etc._n most_o conceive_v it_o be_v and_o that_o because_o this_o zechariah_n be_v slay_v by_o the_o jew_n and_o that_o as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n in_o the_o court_n of_o the_o house_n lord_n nor_o do_v we_o read_v in_o scripture_n of_o any_o other_o zechariah_n that_o be_v so_o slay_v for_o though_o this_o be_v the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n and_o that_o zachariah_n of_o who_o christ_n speak_v be_v express_o call_v there_o the_o son_n of_o barachias_n yet_o to_o this_o it_o may_v be_v answer_v that_o jehoiada_n be_v so_o call_v barachias_n or_o that_o he_o be_v call_v barachias_n which_o signify_v the_o bless_a of_o the_o lord_n because_o he_o be_v in_o his_o time_n such_o a_o bless_a instrument_n of_o so_o much_o good_a to_o the_o people_n of_o god_n and_o it_o may_v well_o be_v the_o drift_n of_o christ_n word_n to_o show_v that_o the_o blood_n of_o all_o that_o be_v long_o ago_o slay_v shall_v be_v charge_v upon_o that_o generation_n and_o so_o in_o that_o regard_n this_o zechariah_n be_v join_v there_o with_o abel_n but_o now_o other_o hold_v that_o it_o be_v not_o this_o zechariah_n of_o who_o our_o saviour_n speak_v there_o but_o that_o zachariah_n which_o be_v last_o but_o one_o of_o the_o small_a prophet_n that_o be_v raise_v up_o of_o god_n to_o encourage_v the_o people_n that_o be_v come_v back_o from_o babylon_n to_o rebuild_v the_o temple_n and_o indeed_o first_o because_o that_o zachariah_n be_v express_o call_v the_o son_n of_o barachiah_n zach._n 1.1_o as_o it_o be_v purposely_o to_o distinguish_v he_o from_o this_o zechariah_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n and_o second_o because_o the_o word_n of_o our_o saviour_n seem_v rather_o to_o imply_v that_o all_o the_o blood_n of_o god_n righteous_a servant_n slay_v in_o former_a time_n from_o the_o first_o to_o the_o last_o shall_v be_v charge_v upon_o they_o and_o so_o abel_n be_v mention_v as_o the_o first_o and_o zachariah_n as_o the_o last_o i_o can_v see_v but_o that_o very_o probable_o it_o may_v be_v understand_v of_o that_o zachariah_n and_o that_o he_o after_o the_o re-edify_n of_o the_o temple_n fly_v to_o the_o altar_n for_o sanctuary_n when_o the_o jew_n be_v for_o some_o cause_n enrage_v against_o he_o be_v there_o slay_v as_o our_o saviour_n say_v between_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o altar_n verse_n 25._o for_o they_o leave_v he_o in_o great_a disease_n to_o wit_n by_o reason_n of_o wound_n receive_v in_o the_o fight_n or_o some_o exquisite_a torture_n which_o happy_o the_o syrian_n have_v put_v he_o to_o his_o own_o servant_n conspire_v against_o he_o for_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n the_o priest_n etc._n etc._n hereby_o it_o may_v appear_v that_o have_v slay_v zechariah_n they_o slay_v also_o his_o brethren_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n perhaps_o lest_o they_o shall_v avenge_v his_o death_n yet_o some_o conceive_v that_o the_o plural_a number_n be_v put_v for_o the_o singular_a son_n for_o son_n as_o it_o be_v also_o in_o many_o other_o place_n chap._n xxv_o verse_n 1._o amaziah_n be_v twenty_o and_o five_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o israel_n see_v the_o note_n for_o this_o chapter_n 2._o king_n 14.1_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 13._o but_o the_o soldier_n of_o the_o army_n which_o amaziah_n send_v back_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o go_v with_o he_o to_o battle_n fall_v upon_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n from_o samaria_n even_o unto_o bethhoron_a bethhoron_a be_v one_o of_o the_o city_n of_o ephraim_n josh_n 15.3_o but_o because_o some_o of_o the_o israelite_n city_n have_v be_v take_v by_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n in_o the_o war_n betwixt_o those_o two_o kingdom_n therefore_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o in_o their_o return_n from_o samaria_n they_o fall_v upon_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n from_o samaria_n to_o bethhoron_a verse_n 23._o and_o joash_n the_o king_n of_o israel_n take_v amaziah_n king_n of_o judah_n the_o son_n of_o joash_n the_o son_n of_o jehoahaz_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o son_n of_o ahaziah_n
to_o their_o governor_n and_o teacher_n not_o moses_n only_o but_o the_o seventy_o elder_n also_o numb_a 11.17_o by_o who_o they_o be_v according_o instruct_v and_o govern_v in_o the_o right_a way_n verse_n 22._o thou_o give_v they_o kingdom_n and_o nation_n and_o do_v divide_v they_o into_o corner_n that_o be_v thou_o do_v plant_v they_o in_o the_o several_a part_n and_o corner_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n some_o within_o jordan_n and_o some_o without_o yet_o some_o understand_v this_o of_o the_o heathen_a that_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o their_o dwelling_n before_o the_o israelite_n so_o they_o possess_v the_o land_n of_o sihon_n and_o the_o land_n of_o the_o king_n of_o heshbon_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v also_o at_o that_o time_n when_o the_o israelite_n take_v it_o in_o the_o possession_n of_o sihon_n who_o have_v former_o take_v it_o from_o the_o moabite_n numb_a 21.26_o for_o heshbon_n be_v the_o city_n of_o sihon_n the_o king_n of_o the_o amorites_n who_o have_v fight_v against_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 29._o and_o hearken_v not_o unto_o thy_o commandment_n but_o sin_v against_o thy_o judgement_n which_o if_o a_o man_n do_v he_o shall_v live_v in_o they_o see_v the_o note_n levit._n 18.5_o and_o withdraw_v the_o shoulder_n and_o harden_v their_o neck_n and_o will_v not_o hear_v that_o be_v they_o refuse_v to_o submit_v to_o god_n government_n but_o be_v stubborn_a and_o rebellious_a against_o he_o it_o be_v a_o metaphorical_a expression_n take_v from_o ox_n and_o other_o cattle_n that_o will_v struggle_v and_o will_v not_o take_v yoke_n upon_o they_o the_o like_a phrase_n we_o have_v zach._n 7.11_o but_o they_o refuse_v to_o hearken_v and_o pull_v away_o their_o shoulder_n and_o stop_v their_o ear_n that_o they_o will_v not_o hear_v and_o so_o in_o many_o other_o place_n verse_n 32._o let_v not_o all_o the_o trouble_n seem_v little_a before_o thou_o that_o have_v come_v upon_o we_o that_o be_v take_v compassion_n on_o we_o and_o put_v a_o end_n to_o the_o misery_n that_o we_o have_v a_o long_a time_n suffer_v and_o resolve_v not_o to_o bring_v any_o more_o evil_a upon_o we_o as_o if_o we_o have_v not_o yet_o suffer_v enough_o verse_n 36._o and_o for_o the_o land_n that_o thou_o give_v unto_o our_o father_n to_o eat_v the_o fruit_n thereof_o and_o the_o good_a thereof_o behold_v we_o be_v servant_n in_o it_o this_o be_v mention_v as_o a_o great_a aggravation_n of_o their_o misery_n that_o they_o be_v servant_n in_o their_o own_o land_n in_o the_o land_n which_o god_n have_v give_v their_o father_n for_o their_o inheritance_n so_o that_o we_o reap_v not_o say_v they_o the_o benefit_n of_o the_o land_n fruitfulness_n but_o the_o king_n that_o reign_n over_o we_o as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n vers_fw-la 37._o and_o it_o yield_v much_o increase_n unto_o the_o king_n who_o thou_o have_v set_v over_o we_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 38._o we_o make_v a_o sure_a covenant_n and_o write_v it_o and_o our_o prince_n levite_n and_o priest_n seal_v unto_o it_o to_o wit_n in_o their_o own_o name_n and_o in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o the_o people_n chap._n x._o verse_n 1._o now_o those_o that_o seal_v be_v nehemiah_n the_o tirshatha_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o the_o rest_n both_o of_o the_o magistrate_n priest_n levite_n and_o people_n verse_n 8._o these_o be_v the_o priest_n that_o be_v all_o those_o above_o mention_v who_o name_n be_v add_v after_o nehemiahs_n for_o we_o can_v hence_o infer_v as_o some_o do_v that_o nehemiah_n be_v of_o the_o stock_n of_o the_o priest_n his_o name_n be_v set_v in_o the_o first_o place_n only_o because_o he_o be_v at_o that_o time_n the_o governor_n of_o judea_n verse_n 28._o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n the_o priest_n etc._n etc._n here_o general_o it_o be_v add_v that_o all_o the_o rest_n that_o do_v not_o seal_v the_o covenant_n do_v yet_o consent_v to_o that_o the_o other_o have_v seal_v in_o their_o name_n to_o wit_n the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n the_o levite_n the_o porter_n and_o singer_n and_o why_o the_o porter_n and_o singer_n be_v mention_v several_o from_o the_o levite_n see_v chap._n 7.1_o the_o nethinim_n and_o all_o they_o that_o have_v separate_v themselves_o from_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n unto_o the_o law_n of_o god_n that_o be_v all_o of_o other_o nation_n convert_v to_o the_o jewish_a religion_n call_v usual_o proselyte_n their_o wife_n etc._n etc._n they_o cleave_v to_o their_o brethren_n their_o noble_n vers_n 29._o that_o be_v they_o consent_v to_o stand_v to_o this_o covenant_n which_o the_o other_o have_v seal_v in_o their_o name_n as_o well_o as_o in_o their_o own_o verse_n 30._o and_o that_o we_o will_v not_o give_v our_o daughter_n unto_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n beside_o the_o general_a covenant_n that_o they_o will_v careful_o observe_v all_o the_o commandment_n of_o god_n these_o follow_a head_n they_o do_v particular_o add_v because_o in_o these_o they_o have_v hitherto_o be_v exceed_v faulty_a verse_n 31._o and_o if_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n bring_v ware_n or_o any_o victual_n on_o the_o sabbath_n day_n to_o sell_v that_o we_o will_v not_o buy_v it_o etc._n etc._n though_o it_o be_v not_o in_o their_o power_n to_o force_v the_o neighbour_a nation_n to_o observe_v the_o jewish_a law_n yet_o they_o bind_v themselves_o by_o covenant_n that_o they_o will_v not_o buy_v any_o thing_n they_o bring_v to_o sell_v on_o the_o sabbath_n day_n which_o notwithstanding_o many_o of_o they_o break_v soon_o after_o chap._n 13.15_o 16._o in_o those_o day_n see_v i_o in_o judah_n some_o tread_v wine_n press_v on_o the_o sabbath_n etc._n etc._n there_o dwell_v man_n of_o tyre_n also_o therein_o which_o bring_v fish_n and_o all_o manner_n of_o ware_n and_o sell_v on_o the_o sabbath_n unto_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n and_o that_o we_o will_v leave_v the_o seven_o year_n and_o the_o exaction_n of_o every_o debt_n that_o be_v that_o they_o will_v leave_v the_o land_n every_o seven_o year_n to_o lie_v at_o rest_n not_o sow_v their_o field_n nor_o dress_v their_o vineyard_n nor_o gather_v that_o which_o grow_v of_o itself_o but_o leave_v it_o free_a for_o other_o as_o for_o themselves_o and_o that_o they_o will_v not_o exact_v that_o year_n their_o debt_n of_o those_o that_o be_v indebt_v to_o they_o all_o which_o be_v enjoin_v by_o the_o law_n levit._n 25.3_o 4_o 5._o etc._n etc._n and_o deut._n 5.2_o but_o have_v not_o be_v of_o late_a time_n observe_v by_o they_o verse_n 33._o for_o the_o holy_a thing_n and_o for_o the_o sinne-offering_n hereby_o i_o conceive_v be_v mean_v the_o peace-offering_n which_o be_v offer_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o whole_a congregation_n and_o people_n of_o israel_n which_o therefore_o be_v provide_v as_o here_o it_o be_v say_v by_o a_o common_a contribution_n of_o all_o the_o people_n verse_n 34._o and_o we_o cast_v the_o lot_n among_o the_o priest_n the_o levite_n and_o the_o people_n for_o the_o wood-offering_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v because_o there_o be_v much_o wood_n to_o be_v spend_v in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o there_o be_v not_o those_o treasure_n in_o the_o temple_n as_o have_v be_v former_o wherewith_o it_o seem_v the_o wood_n have_v be_v in_o those_o time_n provide_v both_o priest_n levite_n and_o people_n do_v unanimous_o at_o this_o time_n agree_v to_o undertake_v the_o charge_n and_o care_n of_o provide_v and_o bring_v in_o wood_n for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o so_o have_v equal_o divide_v the_o charge_n among_o they_o according_a to_o their_o family_n and_o assign_v to_o each_o family_n what_o they_o shall_v bring_v in_o the_o time_n assign_v to_o every_o one_o when_o they_o shall_v bring_v in_o that_o which_o they_o be_v appoint_v to_o provide_v be_v determine_v by_o lot_n verse_n 36._o also_o the_o first_o bear_v of_o our_o son_n and_o of_o our_o cattle_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o price_n that_o be_v to_o be_v pay_v for_o their_o redemption_n numb_a 18.15_o 16._o and_o consequent_o also_o the_o redemption-money_n for_o the_o firstling_n of_o all_o beast_n that_o be_v not_o fit_a for_o sacrifice_n and_o all_o this_o be_v for_o the_o priest_n that_o minister_v in_o the_o house_n of_o god_n that_o be_v for_o the_o priest_n that_o do_v at_o that_o time_n attend_v upon_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n for_o the_o priest_n do_v only_o attend_v there_o in_o their_o course_n verse_n 38._o and_o the_o priest_n the_o son_n of_o aaron_n shall_v be_v with_o the_o levite_n when_o the_o levite_n take_v tithe_n that_o be_v the_o priest_n be_v also_o to_o have_v their_o share_n in_o the_o tithe_n together_o with_o the_o levite_n
house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o come_v by_o the_o way_n of_o the_o gate_n of_o the_o guard_n to_o the_o king_n house_n that_o be_v the_o gate_n of_o the_o king_n house_n where_o the_o guard_n usual_o stand_v chap._n xii_o verse_n 3._o but_o the_o high_a place_n be_v not_o take_v away_o etc._n etc._n so_o long_o have_v the_o people_n be_v enure_v to_o this_o erroneous_a worship_n of_o god_n that_o it_o seem_v even_o jehoiada_n himself_o dare_v not_o advice_n the_o king_n to_o proceed_v to_o the_o reformation_n of_o this_o evil_a also_o for_o fear_v of_o cause_v some_o tumult_n among_o they_o verse_n 4._o and_o jehoash_n say_v to_o the_o priest_n all_o the_o the_o money_n of_o the_o dedicate_a thing_n etc._n etc._n the_o temple_n be_v at_o this_o time_n sallen_v into_o great_a decay_n through_o the_o wickedness_n of_o former_a king_n but_o especial_o of_o athaliah_n for_o the_o son_n of_o athaliah_n that_o wicked_a woman_n 2._o chron._n 24.7_o have_v break_v up_o the_o house_n of_o god_n and_o also_o all_o the_o dedicate_v thing_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n do_v the_o bestow_v upon_o baalim_fw-la the_o first_o act_n therefore_o that_o jehoash_n take_v in_o hand_n when_o he_o begin_v to_o rule_v without_o a_o protector_n be_v the_o reparation_n of_o that_o holy_a place_n as_o indeed_o most_o requisite_a it_o be_v that_o he_o shall_v be_v careful_a to_o uphold_v the_o temple_n that_o have_v be_v the_o nursery_n of_o his_o infancy_n and_o the_o best_a mean_n to_o secure_v his_o life_n and_o to_o uphold_v his_o just_a title_n to_o the_o crown_n of_o judah_n and_o to_o this_o end_n he_o enjoin_v the_o priest_n careful_o to_o gather_v all_o the_o money_n of_o the_o dedicate_a thing_n that_o be_v all_o the_o money_n dedicate_v to_o the_o service_n and_o repair_v of_o the_o temple_n and_o then_o the_o particular_n be_v express_v purposely_o i_o conceive_v to_o distinguish_v this_o money_n from_o that_o which_o be_v bring_v in_o for_o the_o use_n of_o the_o priest_n themselves_o as_o the_o money_n for_o the_o redemption_n of_o the_o first_o bear_v and_o such_o like_a namely_o first_o the_o money_n of_o every_o one_o that_o pass_v the_o account_n that_o be_v the_o half_a shekel_n that_o they_o be_v to_o pay_v when_o they_o be_v number_v from_o twenty_o year_n old_a and_o upward_a exod._n 30.12_o 13._o which_o be_v therefore_o call_v 2._o chron._n 24.6_o the_o collection_n of_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o the_o congregation_n of_o israel_n for_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o witness_n and_o vers_fw-la 9_o the_o collection_n that_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o god_n lay_v upon_o israel_n in_o the_o wilderness_n concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n exod._n 30.12_o 13._o second_o the_o money_n that_o every_o man_n be_v set_v at_o that_o be_v the_o money_n which_o any_o man_n shall_v by_o the_o priest_n be_v appoint_v to_o pay_v for_o his_o redemption_n when_o he_o have_v vow_v himself_o to_o god_n according_a to_o that_o law_n levit._n 27.2_o etc._n etc._n of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o and_o three_o all_o the_o money_n that_o come_v into_o any_o man_n heart_n to_o bring_v into_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v which_o any_o man_n shall_v voluntary_o give_v for_o the_o reparation_n of_o the_o house_n verse_n 5._o let_v the_o priest_n take_v it_o to_o they_o every_o man_n of_o his_o acquaintance_n in_o 2._o chron._n 24.5_o it_o be_v say_v that_o joash_n appoint_v they_o to_o go_v out_o unto_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n and_o gather_v this_o money_n from_o year_n to_o year_n this_o receive_v it_o therefore_o every_o man_n of_o his_o acquaintance_n be_v mean_v of_o their_o gather_n it_o in_o the_o several_a city_n where_o they_o dwell_v for_o the_o levite_n be_v disperse_v in_o several_a city_n of_o judah_n where_o they_o be_v acquaint_v and_o well_o know_v among_o the_o people_n verse_n 7._o now_o therefore_o receive_v no_o more_o money_n of_o your_o acquaintance_n but_o deliver_v it_o in_o for_o the_o breach_n of_o the_o house_n that_o be_v he_o enjoin_v they_o to_o meddle_v no_o more_o with_o the_o receive_n of_o the_o money_n but_o to_o pay_v in_o that_o which_o they_o have_v already_o receive_v when_o the_o king_n first_o set_v on_o foot_n this_o work_n as_o he_o appoint_v they_o to_o collect_v the_o money_n above_o mention_v for_o the_o repair_n of_o the_o temple_n so_o also_o he_o charge_v they_o to_o hasten_v the_o work_n 2._o chron._n 24.5_o go_v out_o unto_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n and_o gather_v of_o all_o israel_n money_n to_o repair_v the_o house_n of_o your_o god_n from_o year_n to_o year_n and_o see_v that_o you_o hasten_v the_o matter_n when_o therefore_o in_o the_o twenty_o three_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n he_o see_v that_o yet_o nothing_o be_v do_v he_o take_v it_o for_o grant_v that_o either_o they_o have_v be_v negligent_a in_o collect_v the_o money_n or_o that_o they_o do_v not_o faithful_o pay_v in_o what_o they_o receive_v or_o at_o least_o that_o the_o people_n suspect_v their_o divert_v of_o it_o to_o their_o own_o private_a use_n do_v not_o pay_v it_o so_o willing_o as_o otherwise_o they_o will_v and_o therefore_o he_o take_v the_o work_n out_o of_o their_o hand_n and_o appoint_v another_o way_n for_o the_o gather_n of_o the_o money_n as_o be_v afterward_o express_v verse_n 9_o but_o jehoiada_n the_o priest_n take_v a_o chest_n and_o bore_v a_o hole_n in_o the_o lid_n of_o it_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n by_o the_o command_n of_o the_o king_n 2._o chron._n 24.8_o to_o prevent_v all_o suspicion_n for_o the_o time_n to_o come_v of_o any_o corruption_n in_o this_o business_n first_o they_o make_v this_o chest_n whereinto_o the_o money_n shall_v be_v put_v and_o wherein_o it_o shall_v be_v keep_v and_o then_o they_o make_v a_o proclamation_n throughout_o the_o kingdom_n that_o every_o man_n shall_v bring_v in_o the_o appoint_a contribution_n which_o according_o be_v do_v with_o much_o alacrity_n and_o willingness_n 2._o chron._n 24.9_o 10._o verse_n 10._o the_o king_n scribe_n and_o the_o high_a priest_n come_v up_o and_o they_o put_v it_o up_o in_o bag_n etc._n etc._n in_o 2._o chron._n 24.11_o it_o be_v the_o king_n scribe_n and_o the_o high_a priest_n officer_n come_v up_o and_o empty_v the_o chest_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 13._o howbeit_o there_o be_v not_o make_v for_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n bowl_n of_o silver_n snuffer_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v not_o till_o the_o temple_n be_v full_o repair_v but_o when_o that_o work_n be_v finish_v the_o money_n that_o be_v leave_v be_v employ_v in_o make_v these_o vessel_n for_o the_o house_n 2._o chron._n 24.14_o verse_n 16._o the_o trespasse-money_n and_o sinne-money_n be_v not_o bring_v into_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n it_o be_v the_o priest_n that_o be_v the_o money_n which_o by_o the_o law_n those_o man_n be_v to_o pay_v by_o way_n of_o satisfaction_n according_a to_o the_o estimation_n of_o the_o priest_n that_o have_v any_o way_n wrong_v the_o lord_n in_o his_o holy_a thing_n levit._n 5.15_o whether_o it_o be_v do_v ignorant_o or_o witting_o in_o both_o the_o case_n satisfaction_n be_v to_o be_v make_v and_o the_o one_o of_o these_o be_v call_v trespasse-money_n and_o the_o other_o sinne-money_n verse_n 17._o then_o hazael_n king_n of_o syria_n go_v up_o notwithstanding_o this_o fair_a beginning_n of_o jehoash_n his_o reign_n no_o soon_o be_v jehoiada_n dead_a but_o by_o his_o flatter_a prince_n he_o be_v draw_v away_o to_o the_o worship_n of_o idol_n and_o so_o wrath_n come_v upon_o judah_n and_o jerusalem_n for_o this_o their_o trespass_n 2._o chron._n 24.17_o 18._o namely_o by_o god_n let_v loose_a hazael_n king_n of_o syria_n upon_o they_o as_o be_v here_o say_v from_o who_o they_o be_v fain_o to_o purchase_v their_o peace_n by_o a_o great_a sum_n of_o money_n as_o be_v express_v vers_fw-la 18._o verse_n 20._o and_o his_o servant_n arise_v and_o make_v a_o conspiracy_n and_o slay_v joash_n etc._n etc._n some_o other_o passage_n be_v record_v in_o the_o chronicle_n not_o here_o express_v as_o first_o when_o sundry_a prophet_n have_v in_o vain_a labour_v to_o reclaim_v both_o king_n and_o people_n from_o their_o idolatry_n at_o length_n zachariah_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n the_o priest_n be_v by_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n stir_v up_o to_o admonish_v they_o of_o their_o wickedness_n who_o do_v it_o according_o with_o great_a courage_n assure_v they_o that_o this_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o hazaels_n prevail_v against_o they_o whereupon_o a_o conspiracy_n be_v make_v against_o he_o and_o by_o the_o king_n commandment_n who_o forget_v what_o his_o father_n jehoiada_n have_v do_v for_o he_o he_o be_v stone_v to_o death_n second_o that_o according_a to_o the_o prayer_n of_o this_o
bless_a martyr_n at_o his_o death_n the_o lord_n look_v upon_o it_o and_o require_v it_o before_o that_o year_n be_v expire_v the_o syrian_n invade_v the_o land_n again_o and_o execute_v the_o judgement_n of_o god_n with_o great_a severity_n for_o though_o the_o syrian_n it_o seem_v come_v rather_o to_o pillage_n then_o to_o perform_v any_o great_a action_n for_o they_o come_v with_o a_o small_a company_n of_o man_n and_o jehoash_n go_v out_o against_o they_o with_o a_o very_a great_a army_n yet_o by_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n this_o small_a band_n of_o syrian_a rover_n overthrow_v that_o great_a host_n of_o judah_n wherewith_o be_v encourage_v they_o go_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n and_o destroy_v all_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o people_n who_o have_v draw_v away_o their_o king_n from_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n and_o send_v all_o the_o spoil_n of_o they_o to_o the_o king_n of_o damascus_n and_o as_o for_o jehoash_n they_o leave_v he_o in_o sore_a disease_n perhaps_o by_o torture_n they_o have_v put_v he_o to_o which_o advantage_n two_o of_o his_o servant_n apprehend_v they_o make_v a_o conspiracy_n against_o he_o and_o slay_v he_o in_o his_o bed_n when_o he_o have_v reign_v forty_o year_n vers_fw-la 1._o to_o wit_n two_o and_o twenty_o year_n with_o jehu_n and_o the_o rest_n with_o his_o son_n jehoahaz_n and_o his_o grandchild_n jehoash_n which_o be_v large_o relate_v 2._o chron._n 24.18_o 25._o verse_n 21._o for_o jozachar_n the_o son_n of_o shimeath_n and_o jehozabad_n the_o son_n of_o shomer_n his_o servant_n smite_v he_o and_o he_o die_v this_o jozachar_n be_v also_o call_v zabad_n 2._o chron._n 24.26_o where_o also_o it_o be_v express_v that_o shimeah_n be_v a_o ammonitesse_n and_o that_o shomer_n there_o call_v shimrith_n be_v a_o moabitesse_n and_o these_o be_v they_o that_o conspire_v against_o he_o zabad_n the_o son_n of_o shimeath_n a_o ammonitesse_n and_o jehozabad_n the_o son_n of_o shimrith_n a_o moabitesse_n and_o they_o bury_v he_o with_o his_o father_n in_o the_o city_n of_o david_n but_o not_o in_o the_o sepulcher_n of_o the_o king_n 2_o chron._n 24.25_o chap._n xiii_o verse_n 1._o jehoahaz_n the_o son_n of_o jehu_n begin_v to_o reign_v over_o israel_n in_o samaria_n and_o reign_v seventeen_o year_n yet_o two_o year_n before_o his_o death_n he_o make_v his_o son_n joash_n king_n see_v vers_fw-la 10_o 22._o verse_n 3._o and_o he_o deliver_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o hazael_n king_n of_o syria_n and_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o benhadad_a the_o son_n of_o hazael_n all_o their_o day_n that_o be_v all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n both_o of_o jehu_n the_o father_n and_o jehoahaz_n his_o son_n verse_n 4_o and_o jehoahaz_n beseech_v the_o lord_n namely_o when_o he_o be_v bring_v so_o low_a by_o the_o syrian_n that_o he_o have_v not_o leave_v he_o above_o fifty_o horseman_n and_o ten_o chariot_n and_o ten_o thousand_o footman_n as_o be_v afterward_o express_v vers_fw-la 7._o verse_n 5._o and_o the_o lord_n give_v israel_n a_o saviour_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n joash_n the_o son_n of_o jehoahaz_n who_o afterward_o prevail_v mighty_o against_o the_o syrian_n and_o after_o that_o also_o jeroboam_n his_o son_n chap._n 14.27_o so_o that_o afterward_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n dwell_v in_o their_o tent_n as_o beforetime_o that_o be_v they_o dwell_v in_o their_o house_n quiet_o and_o peaceable_o see_v the_o note_n 1_o king_n 12.16_o verse_n 7._o the_o king_n of_o syria_n have_v destroy_v they_o and_o have_v make_v they_o like_o the_o dust_n by_o thresh_v that_o be_v he_o have_v break_v they_o to_o piece_n and_o scatter_v they_o as_o corn_n may_v be_v with_o too_o much_o thresh_v so_o that_o scarce_o any_o where_n be_v there_o a_o army_n together_o and_o they_o be_v become_v a_o people_n of_o no_o power_n and_o no_o esteem_n verse_n 8._o now_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o act_n of_o jehoahaz_n and_o all_o that_o he_o do_v and_o his_o might_n &c_n &c_n that_o be_v with_o what_o courage_n and_o valour_n he_o resist_v the_o syrian_n though_o they_o still_o prevail_v against_o he_o which_o be_v the_o rather_o note_v to_o make_v it_o manifest_a that_o the_o calamity_n that_o befall_v the_o israelite_n in_o his_o time_n be_v of_o god_n just_a judgement_n because_o of_o their_o sin_n rather_o than_o from_o any_o want_n of_o courage_n and_o might_n in_o their_o king_n verse_n 9_o and_o jehoahaz_n sleep_v with_o his_o father_n have_v reign_v seventeen_o year_n vers_fw-la 1._o all_o which_o time_n jehoash_fw-mi the_o son_n of_o ahaziah_n reign_v in_o judah_n verse_n 10._o in_o the_o thirty_o and_o seven_o year_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o judah_n begin_v jehoash_fw-mi the_o son_n of_o jehoahaz_n to_o reign_v etc._n etc._n jehoahaz_n the_o father_n of_o joash_n begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o three_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o judah_n and_o reign_v seventeen_o year_n vers_fw-la 1._o which_o must_v needs_o be_v till_o the_o nine_o and_o thirty_o year_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o judah_n complete_a and_o how_o then_o do_v his_o son_n begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o thirty_o seven_o year_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o judah_n as_o be_v here_o say_v i_o answer_v that_o joash_n be_v make_v king_n his_o father_n yet_o live_v and_o reign_v three_o year_n together_o with_o his_o father_n but_o reign_v not_o alone_o till_o the_o last_o that_o be_v the_o fourti_v year_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o judah_n and_o hence_o it_o be_v also_o that_o amaziah_n the_o son_n of_o joash_n king_n of_o judah_n be_v say_v to_o have_v begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o joash_n son_n of_o jehoahaz_n king_n of_o israel_n chap._n 14.1_o either_o therefore_o because_o jehoahaz_n be_v weary_v and_o break_v with_o long_a adversity_n desire_v to_o discharge_v himself_o in_o part_n of_o those_o heavy_a care_n that_o lay_v upon_o he_o or_o because_o elisha_n have_v perhaps_o foretell_v the_o victory_n of_o this_o his_o son_n of_o which_o we_o read_v vers_fw-la 14.15_o etc._n etc._n two_o year_n before_o his_o death_n he_o make_v his_o son_n king_n verse_n 12._o and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o act_n of_o joash_n and_o all_o that_o he_o do_v etc._n etc._n as_o namely_o the_o three_o great_a victory_n which_o he_o obtain_v against_o the_o syrian_n of_o which_o elisha_n foretell_v he_o vers_n 17_o 18_o 19_o and_o his_o rescue_v many_o city_n of_o israel_n from_o the_o syrian_n vers_fw-la 25._o and_o how_o he_o prevail_v against_o amaziah_n king_n of_o judah_n which_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n verse_n 13._o and_o joash_n sleep_v with_o his_o father_n have_v reign_v sixteen_o year_n vers_fw-la 10._o to_o wit_n after_o his_o father_n death_n beside_o the_o three_o year_n that_o he_o reign_v with_o his_o father_n the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o sole_a government_n joash_n the_o son_n of_o ahaziah_n reign_v in_o judah_n and_o amaziah_n his_o son_n the_o other_o fifteen_o year_n verse_n 14._o now_o elisha_n be_v fall_v sick_a of_o the_o sickness_n whereof_o he_o die_v to_o wit_n about_o five_o and_o fifty_o year_n at_o least_o as_o be_v general_o think_v after_o elijah_n be_v take_v up_o into_o heaven_n in_o which_o time_n jehoshaphat_n jehoram_n ahaziah_n athaliah_n and_o jehoash_n sway_v the_o sceptre_n of_o judah_n and_o jehoram_n the_o son_n of_o ahab_n jehu_n jehoahaz_n his_o son_n and_o joash_n the_o son_n of_o jehoahaz_n do_v successive_o sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n yet_o some_o expositor_n hold_v that_o joash_n his_o visit_v this_o sick_a prophet_n relate_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n be_v while_o his_o father_n jehoahaz_n be_v yet_o live_v to_o wit_n that_o when_o his_o father_n have_v seek_v unto_o the_o lord_n as_o be_v say_v before_o vers_fw-la 4._o then_o this_o his_o son_n joash_n come_v both_o to_o visit_v the_o sick_a prophet_n and_o to_o inquire_v concern_v those_o sad_a calamity_n that_o have_v befall_v the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n and_o so_o when_o he_o see_v he_o in_o so_o weak_a a_o condition_n weep_v over_o his_o face_n and_o say_v o_o my_o father_n my_o father_n the_o chariot_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o horseman_n thereof_o with_o the_o same_o word_n wherewith_o elisha_n have_v bewail_v the_o loss_n of_o elijah_n chap._n 2.12_o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o nor_o be_v it_o strange_a that_o this_o wicked_a king_n that_o will_v not_o be_v guide_v by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o elisha_n shall_v yet_o thus_o passionate_o bewail_v the_o sickness_n of_o the_o prophet_n if_o we_o consider_v in_o what_o a_o distress_a condition_n his_o kingdom_n be_v at_o present_a and_o how_o great_a thing_n god_n have_v do_v for_o his_o predecessor_n the_o king_n of_o israel_n by_o elishaes_n mean_n verse_n 16._o and_o elisha_n put_v his_o hand_n upon_o the_o king_n hand_n the_o